Catalogo BT 2011 ENG PDF

Cables and Accessories
for Low Voltage

CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
FOR LOW VOLTAGE
low voltage index
INDEX
USER GUIDE ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5
Suggested usual applications for LV cables................................................................................................................................................. 6

Afumex solutions for Electrotechnical Regulation on LV ............................................................................................................................... 8
Examples of applying Afumex Firs (AS+) in public places............................................................................................................................ 10
Types of Prysmian cables for Low Voltage................................................................................................................................................... 12
TECHNICAL INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
A) Interior or receiving installations ................................................................................................................................................................. 17

Installation modes ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Maximum allowable current for installations in buildings ............................................................................................................................ 22
Correction factors ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 24
B) Overhead networks for distribution or exterior lighting at Low Voltage .................................................................................................. 29

Maximum allowable current ....................................................................................................................................................................... 29
C) Underground networks for distribution at Low Voltage (according to UNE 211435 standard) ............................................................... 32
Maximum allowable current ....................................................................................................................................................................... 32
C bis) Underground networks for distribution at Low Voltage (according to Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation for
Low Voltage REBT) ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 36
Cables buried directly or in a tube ................................................................................................................................................................ 36
Maximum allowable current ................................................................................................................................................................ 37
Correction factors ................................................................................................................................................................................. 38
Cables installed in underground galleries ................................................................................................................................................... 39
Maximum allowable current .................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Correction factors .................................................................................................................................................................................. 40
D) Calculation of intensity of current ............................................................................................................................................................... 42
E) Calculation of the section by voltage drop ................................................................................................................................................. 43

Form........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Maximum allowable voltage drops in % according to the Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage ........................................................ 45
Voltage drop tables ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 46
F) Maximum short-circuit current .................................................................................................................................................................... 48
G) Examples of LV section calculations .......................................................................................................................................................... 50

Power line in residential building ................................................................................................................................................................ 50
Individual branch in residential building ...................................................................................................................................................... 51
Lift in a shopping centre ............................................................................................................................................................................. 53
H) Radius of curvature ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 57
I) Maximum traction voltage during cable laying ......................................................................................................................................... 59
J) Most frequent errors in calculating sections and choice of cable ......................................................................................................... 60
K) Solution to special and frequent situations .............................................................................................................................................. 71
L) Fire tests ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87

Regulations depending on the behaviour of cables in fire............................................................................................................................ 90
M) New aluminium cable for LV Al Voltalene Flamex (S).

Characteristics in comparison with traditional design Al Voltalene N (AL RV) .................................................................................... 91
N) Section calculations for open lines with uniform section ....................................................................................................................... 93
O) Energy efficiency. Example of calculation of an economic section and environmental payback .................................................. 95
P) Example of calculation of a technical and economic section of a conductor in a photovoltaic installation.

Environmental payback .......................................................................................................................................................................... 101
3
low voltage index
CABLES FOR INTERIOR OR RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS

Cables Afumex (AS Y AS+)
Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) H05Z1-K/H07Z1-K Flexible cable 750 V AS .......................................................................................... 113
Afumex DUO 750 V (AS) H07Z1-K Flexible cable 750 V AS with two optical fibres for individual branches...................... 115
Afumex Flexible Panels (AS) H07Z-K Flexible cable 750 V AS thermostable........................................................................ 117
Afumex Rigid Panels (AS) H07Z-R Rigid Cable 750 V AS for switchboards...................................................................... 119
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) RZ1-K Flexible cable 1000 V AS ........................................................................................ 121
Afumex Control 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K Cable 1000 V AS for individual branches .................................................................. 125
Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+) SZ1-K/RZ1-K mica Fire resistant cable (AS+) ......................................................................................... 127
Afumex Firs Detec-Signal (AS+) S0Z1-K Fire resistant cable (AS+) for buttons, sensors and alarms (braided and screened) ...................... 131
Afumex Multiple 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K AS control and command cable................................................................................. 133
Afumex O Signal (AS) RC4Z1-K Screened AS control and command cable ................................................................ 135
Afumex Expo (AS) H07ZZ-F AS cable for mobile services .................................................................................... 137
Afumex 1000 V Varinet K Flex (AS) RZ1KZ1-K AS cable for motors with frequency changers (with concentric conductor)................. 141
Afumex 1000 V LUX (AS) RZ1-K AS cable for energy and controlling DALI luminaires................................................... 143
Al Afumex 1000 V (AS) AL RZ1 Aluminium cable 1000 V AS ..................................................................................... 145
Cable for photovoltaics

P-SUN SP Cable for photovoltaic solar installations .................................................................. 147
Cables with PVC

Flexible Wirepol H05V-K/H07V-K Flexible cable 750 V PVC ........................................................................................ 149
Rigid Wirepol H05V-U/H07V-U/H07V-R Rigid cable 750 C PVC ............................................................................................ 151
Retenax Flex Iris Tech RV-K Flexible PVC cable 1000 V ...................................................................................... 153
Retenax Flam N RV Rigid PVC cable 1000 V............................................................................................. 157
Euroflam Energy VV-K PVC control and command cable............................................................................... 161
Retenax Flam M Flex (RH) RVMV-K PVC cable armoured with steel wire (RH) .................................................................. 163
Retenax Flam F RVFV PVC cable armoured with steel strip (RH) .................................................................. 168
Retenax Flam Varinet K Flex RVKV-K PVC cable for motors with frequency changers (with concentric conductor)............... 172
Wirepol Gas H03VV-F/H05VV-F White cable sleeve PVC 500 V ................................................................................... 174
Euroflam N H05VV-F/ES05VV-F Black cable sleeve PVC 500 V .................................................................................. 177
Detec-Signal V0V-K PVC cable (braided and screened) ............................................................................. 179
Rubber cables
Flextreme H07RN-F Rubber cable (provisional works, mobile services, etc.) ............................................. 181
Bupreno DN-K Rubber cable for fixed installations ........................................................................... 186
Solda H01N2-D Rubber cable for soldering machines ....................................................................... 190
DN-F Submerged Pumps DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS Rubber cable for permanently submerged servicess ................................................. 194
CABLES FOR UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD NETWORKS (also suitable for interior or receiving installations)
Al Voltalene Flamex (S) AL XZ1 Cable Al 1000 V......................................................................................................... 199
Al Polirret AL RZ Al braided cable (for suspended or laid overhead networks) ...................................... 201
Polirret Feriex RZ Cu braided cable (for overhead exterior lighting networks) ........................................ 204
Special cables
Special cables for LV, MV and HV ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 206
AFUMEX DUO (includes DUO installation guide and accessories) ........................................................................................................................... 207
ACCESSORIES FOR LOW VOLTAGE

Guide to selecting accessories for Low Voltage................................................... ................................................................................................................ 225
Tecplug........................................................................................... Photovoltaic connector.............................................................................................. 226
Termospeed PTPF ........................................................................... Heat-shrink tubing .................................................................................................... 229
Termospeed PTPF-AF ..................................................................... Heat-shrink tubing .................................................................................................... 231
Termospeed PTPE........................................................................... Heat-shrink tubing .................................................................................................... 233
Termospeed PTPM.......................................................................... Heat-shrink tubing .................................................................................................... 236
Termospeed PTPG .......................................................................... Heat-shrink tubing ................................................................................................... 238
Termospeed PCC ............................................................................ Heat-shrink seal ....................................................................................................... 240
Termospeed PPD ............................................................................ Heat-shrink multiple branches .................................................................................. 242
Termospeed PLVKD ........................................................................ Heat-shrink branch ................................................................................................... 244
Termospeed PMT............................................................................ Heat-shrink blanket ................................................................................................. 245
Bicast PBU ...................................................................................... Resin splice or branch ............................................................................................. 247
PVC band - P1000 .......................................................................... PVC band.................................................................................................................. 248
PBA-1 band ................................................................................... EPR band.................................................................................................................. 249
LUTEC lubricant ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 250
LIENER lubricant ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 252
LICON solvent .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 254
4
USER GUIDES
GUIDE LINES FOR NORMAL USE FOR THE CABLES
RESIDENTIAL
POWER SUPPLY
GENERAL LINE
OR RECEIVING
Rated Composition Conductor/
CONNECTION
APPLIANCES
ELECTRICAL
INDIVIDUAL
BRANCHES
Range Type voltage Insulation/
INTERIOR
(V) Sheath /
SWITCH
BOARD
(...)
PAGE
FLEXIBLE 149
450 / 750 SINGLE-POLE CU / PVC
WIREPOL RIGID 151
GAS 300 / 500 MULTI-POLE CU / PVC / PVC 174
N 300 / 500 177

EUROFLAM MULTI-POLE CU / PVC / PVC
ENERGY 600 / 1000 161
FLEX IRISTECH 153

SINGLE-POLE AND CU / XLPE / PVC
FLAM N MULTI-POLE 157
RETENAX CU or AL / XLPE / PVC / 163
FLAM, (F or M) 600 / 1000 / armour / PVC
FLAM VARINET K FLEX MULTI-POLE CU / XLPE / PVC / CU Screen / PVC 172
AL AL / XLPE 201
POLIRRET 600 / 1000 MULTI-POLE
FERIEX CU /XLPE 204
OR SIGNAL (AS) CU / XLPE / tr CU / AFUMEX 135

300 / 500 CU / Silicone / Screen band
FIRS DETEC-SIGNAL (AS+) MULTI-POLE AL-polyester / AFUMEX 131
with
DUO 750 V (AS) 115 2 FO
PLUS 750 V (AS) 113
FLEXIBLE PANELS (AS) SINGLE-POLE CU / AFUMEX 117

450 / 750
RIGID PANELS (AS) 119
EXPO (AS) SINGLE P. AND 137
MULTI-P. CU / - / AFUMEX
AFUMEX CONTROL 1000 V (AS) 125
MULTI-POLE CU / XLPE / AFUMEX
1000 V IRIS TECH (AS) SINGLE-POLE AND CU /Silicona / AFUMEX 121
FIRS 1000 V (AS+) MULTI-POLE 127
CU / XLPE / AFUMEX
MULTIPLE 1000 V AS 600 / 1000 CU / XLPE / AFUMEX 133
MULTI-POLE
1000 V VARINET K FLEX (AS) CU / XLPE / CU wires/AFUMEX 141
luminaires
1000 V LUX (AS) MULTI-POLE CU / XLPE / AFUMEX 143 DALI
AL (AS) SINGLE-POLE AL / XLPE / AFUMEX 145
P-SUN SP 600 / 1000 SINGLE-POLE E16 rubber / EM5 mix 147
CU / PVC / Screen band

DETEC-SIGNAL 300 / 500 MULTI-POLE AL-polyester / PVC 179
SOLDA 100 / 100 SINGLE-POLE CU / PCP 190
AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX 600 / 1000 SINGLE-POLE AL / XLPE / FLAMEX 199
DN-K SINGLE-POLE CU / EPR / PCP 186

BUPRENO 600 / 1000 AND MULTI-POLE CU / EPR / (PCP) SE1
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS neoprene rubber 194
450 / 750 SINGLE P. AND CU / EPR / PCP

FLEXTREME MULTI-POLE
181
FOR LOW VOLTAGE FOR PRYSMIAN CABLES AND SYSTEMS
INDUSTRIAL NETWORKS THIRD-PARTY AND

LV DISTRIBUTION
POWER CIRCUITS
POWER SUPPLY
UNDERGROUND
PHOTOVOLTAIC
USE ACCORDING
GENERAL LINE
DISTRIBUTION
OR RECEIVING
ON SUPPORTS
CONTROL AND
CONNECTION
OF LIGHTING
EMERGENCY
TO ITC-BT
PANELS FOR
AND MOBILE
SUSPENDED
INDIVIDUAL
SOLDERING
ON FACADE
EQUIPMENT
BRANCHES
CHANGERS
MACHINES
MACHINES
ITC-BT
EXTERIOR
INTERIOR
SWITCH
(Supplementary
BOARD
SPEED Technical
DATA
LAID
Instructions ,
Low Voltage,
to the REBT)
20, 26 and 29
20, 26 and 29
33, 43 and 49
33, 43 and 49
20
07, 09 and 20
07, 09, 20 and 29
09, 20 and 29
(only M)
20
06 and 20
06, 09 and 20
20
28
15
15, 20, 28 and 29
28
16 and 28
28 and 34
15
14, 15, 20,
28 and 29
28
20, 28 and 29
20
20 and 28
14, 15, 20,
28 and 29
07 and 20
20 and 30
20 and 42
30, 33, 34, 35,

41 and 42
AFUMEX SOLUTIONS FOR ELECTRO
TECHNICAL REGULATIONS FOR LOW VOLTAGE
General Power Line (ITC BT 14, 3, Individual branches (ITC-BT 15, 3, Switchboard (ITC BT 16, 1, Interior installations in Public Places Security Services Circuits in Public
3rd paragraph). 7th paragraph). 15th paragraph). (ITC BT 289, 4 f, 2nd paragraph). Places (ITC BT 28, 4 f, 4th
The General Power Line joins the CGP The Individual Branch joins the main Cables in switchboards must be "The electrical cables used in public paragraph).
(main circuit breaker box) with the busbar (part of the General Power assigned as 450/750V with class installations and for the interior Electrical cables for non-
(SB) switchboard. Line) to the subscriber's interior 2 conductors (rigid). "They must connection of distribution panels in independent safety services, or
"The cables must be fire retardant, installation. be fire retardant, with reduced public places must be fire retardant, centralised service circuits with
with reduced smoke and opacity "They may or may not be fire smoke and opacity emissions. with reduced smoke and opacity independent power supply, must be
emissions. Cables with equivalent retardant, with reduced smoke and Cables with equivalent emissions. Cables with equivalent able to maintain service during and
characteristics to UNE 21123 opacity emissions, cables with characteristics to UNE 21027-9 characteristics to UNE 21123 after fire, and comply with the UNE
standard, part 4 or 5, comply with equivalent characteristics to Spanish standard (thermostable mix) or standard, part 4 or 5, or UNE 211002 EN 50200 standard (fire resistant
this requirement". Harmonised Standard UNE 21123, UNE 211002 (thermoplastic mix) standard (depending on the voltage cables). They must also have
part 4 or 5, or UNE 211002 comply comply with this requirement". assigned to the cable) comply with reduced smoke emissions and
with this requirement". this requirement". opacity.
The circuit breaker conductor includes 2 optic fibres

for communicating via unlimited broadband.
SHOPPING CENTRE
EXAMPLES FOR USE AFUMEX FIRS (AS+) AND AFUMEX
(AS+)
(AS+)
(AS)
Security Main
supply supply
SHOPPING CENTRE
Low
voltage
SAI Non independent Non independent
general battery
control
Lift
Conventional
detection
station
Pumping
The diagram shows a possible installation in a shopping centre with a conventional fire detection station. All circuits starting from the station are
shown with Afumex-Firs Detec-Signal (AS+) cable (dark colour with arm).
Dark-coloured circuits without an arm that do not start from the detection station are shown with Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+), as they are not
independent security services.
The other circuits are marked in a light colour, those that do not need to be fire-resistant, and therefore with AS cable (Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) or
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS)), sufficient to make the channels in accordance with regulations.
10
FIRS DETECSIGNAL (AS+) IN PLACES FOR PUBLIC USE
(AS+)
(AS+)
(AS)
Main
Cinema
supply
Analogue
detection
independent
station
Low
voltage
independent
general
control
independent
independent
SAI
Pumping battery
With fire-resistant installations with an analogue detection station, both the loop and alarms are powered by Amex-Firs Detec-Signal, (AS+). The
diagram shows a possible installation for a cinema.
Cable for signalling lighting on the pumping equipment and generating set, is Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+) to ensure safety and the main power supply
and that to independent devices (independent emergency equipment, battery and detection station) are shown with Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) or
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS). If there is a fire or short-circuit in these channels, or a conductor is broken, the service to the end receivers is assured
because power supply elements are independent.
11
TYPES OF PRYSMIAN CABLES FOR LOW VOLTAGE
RATED VOLTAGE DESIGN STANDARD GENERIC DESIGN USES

Individual branches, public and industrial places, interior cabling for panels,
H05Z1-K (AS) places with a fire or explosion hazard and for all installations where extra fire
AFUMEX PLUS 750 V (AS) 450 / 750 V UNE 211002 safety protection is required. Interior or receiving installations.
H07Z1-K (AS)
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS) 450 / 750 V UNE 211002 H07Z1-K (AS) Individual branches with 2 optical fibres for communicating with broadband
unlimited broadband.
FLEXIBLE AFUMEX PANELS 450 / 750 V UNE 21027-9 H07Z-K (AS) Cabling for boards, panels and relay frames.
RIGID AFUMEX PANELS 450 / 750 V UNE 21027-9 H07Z-R (AS) Switchboards, cabling for boards, panels and frames for relays.
Main power lines, individual branches, public and industrial places, interior
AFUMEX 1000 V IRIS TECH (AS) 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS) cabling for panels, places requiring requires extra fire safety precautions.
Interior centralised installations or receiving.
AFUMEX MANDO 1000 V (AS) 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS) Individual branches.
AFUMEX FIRS 1000 V (AS+) 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 211025 SZ1-K (AS+) Non-independent safety services, services with independent power supply, fans
RZ1-K mica (AS+) in garages, car parks and industrial kitchens.
AFUMEX FIRS 300 / 500 V UNE 211025 S0Z1-K (AS+) Alarm circuits, detectors and buttons in fire prevention systems.
DETEC-SIGNAL (AS+)
Public and industrial places, and installations requiring which may require
AFUMEX MULTIPLE 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS) extra fire safety precautions.
1000 V (AS)
Transmission of control signals, regulation, instrumentation and remote control

AFUMEX OR SIGNAL (AS) 300 / 500 V VDE 0250 RC4Z1-K (AS) of fixed installations, robotics, servomechanisms, automatons. And for those
installations where extra fire safety protection is required.t
Fairs, provisional services, mobile services in public places and for mobile
AFUMEX EXPO (AS) 450 / 750 V UNE 21027-13 H07ZZ-F (AS) services requiring extra fire prevention precautions.
AFUMEX 1000 V 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1KZ1-K (AS) Power to motors with frequency shifters in installations where requires extra fire
VARINET K FLEX (AS) safety precautions.
AFUMEX 1000 V 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS) Power supply and control of receivers for lighting DALI luminaires.
LUX (AS)
Main power lines, individual branches, public and industrial places, interior
AL AFUMEX 1000 V (AS) 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-4 AL RZ1 (AS) cabling for panels, places requiring requires extra fire safety precautions. Interior
or receiving installations.
Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in closed analogue systems.

Fixed protected installation inside apparatus and in fixed luminaires. Interior or
WIREPOL FLEXIBLE 450 / 750 V UNE 21031-3 H05V-K receiving installations, interior of dwellings, in premises with a danger of fire or
H07V-K explosion. Installations with winding pathways*.
Photovoltaic solar installations.

DKE/VDE
P-SUN SP 0.6 / 1 kV AK 411.2.3
H05V-U Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in systems closed, analogue.

RIGID WIREPOL 450 / 750 V UNE 21031-3 H07V-U Fixed protected installation inside apparatus and in fixed lighting. Interior or receiving
H07V-R installations, interior of dwellings, premises with a danger of fire or explosion*.
* Unless obligatory to use Afumex (AS)
12
TYPES OF PRYSMIAN CABLES FOR LOW VOLTAGE
RATED VOLTAGE DESIGN STANDARD GENERIC DESIGN USES
Exterior underground lighting, interior or receiving installations, open air or

RETENAX FLEX IRIS TECH 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-2 RV-K embedded, or installations with winding pathways*.
Exterior underground lighting, interior or receiving installations, open air or

RETENAX FLAM N 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-2 RV
underground, places with a danger of fire or explosion*.
EUROFLAM ENERGA 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-1 VV-K Control signals*.
Underground exterior lighting, premises with a fire or explosion hazard, fixed

RETENAX FLAM M FLEX (RH) 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-2 RVMV-K (RH) installations in danger of mechanical attack (rodents, shearing...). Complies with
ED P10.00-00 from Repsol*.
Exterior underground lighting, installations in danger of attack mechanical

RETENAX FLAM F 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-2 RVFV
(rodents..)*.
RETENAX FLAM
0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-2 RVKV-K Power supply to motors with frequency changers*.
VARINET K FLEX
In domestic premises, kitchens, offices; for average mechanical effort. Power

WIREPOL GAS 300 / 500 V UNE 21031-5 H03VV-F
H05VV-F supply to electrical appliances (washing machines, refrigerators, hand-dryers...),
interior winders, devices in furniture.
H05VV-F In domestic premises, kitchens, offices; for average mechanical effort.Power

EUROFLAM N 300 / 500 V UNE 21031-5 supply to electrical appliances (washing machines, refrigerators, hand-dryers...),
ES05VV-F
interior winders, devices in furniture.
DETEC-SIGNAL 300 / 500 V VOV-K Detectors in fire prevention systems*.
Provisional and short-term for works, fairs and stands*, agricultural and
FLEXTREME 450 / 750 V UNE 21027-4 H07RN-F horticultural establishments, caravans, ports and marinas for leisure boats,
exterior or industrial use extension cables, damp or wet places or at very low
temperature. Mobile services*.
BUPRENO 0.6 / 1 kV IEC 60502-1 DN-K Interior or receiving installations. In damp or wet places or at very low temperature*.
SOLDA 100 / 100 V UNE 21027-6 H01N2-D Electrode clamp connection on soldering machines.
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS UNE 21166 DN-F SUBMERGED Power supply to submerged pumps. Underwater cable runs.
PUMPS
AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX 0.6 / 1 kV HD 603-5X-1 AL XZ1 Underground distribution networks, interior installations or receiving*.
AL RZ Overhead distribution networks, installations laid on faades or suspended

AL POLIRRET 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21030-1
on supports.
RZ Overhead exterior lighting installations. Installations laid on faades or

POLIRRET FERIEX 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21030-2
suspended on supports.
* Unless obligatory to use Afumex (AS)
13
TECHNICAL INTRODUCTION
low voltage technical introduction
INTERIOR OR RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS
A) INTERIOR OR RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS

The passage of time has shown that there has been a great deal of oversimplification concerning the various types of electrical installations in use
in buildings, which has made it necessary to draw up load tables that reflect reality more closely.
This need lay behind the publication of UNE 20640 standard "Electrical Installations in Building", which was adapted from the CENELEC HD-384
Harmonisation Document, which, in turn, corresponds to the recommendation from the International Electrotechnical Committee IEC 364. The
allowable currents described in this section are defined according to instructions given in UNE 20460 standard.
NOTE: This catalogue contains tables referring to three-pole cables or to three single-pole cables. A three-pole cable is understood to be a multi-
conductor cable with three cables under load (normally three-phase). Thus, for example, a 5G16 cable in a three-phase installation is a three-pole
cable for the purpose of load tables because, unless there is significant influence from the harmonics, only the 3 phases will have the conductors
under load. When talking of three single-pole cables, this also refers to a line with 3 active cables in a single conductor, regardless of whether there
are other, inactive conductors in the circuit (neutral without harmonics and/or earth).
INSTALLATION MODES
Table 52-B2 in UNE 20460 standard (Nov. 2004), describes the "installation modes", making them correspond to "standard" installations, whose
capacity for heat dissipation generated by losses is similar to those, and therefore common loads can be grouped together in a specific table ( A.52-
1 bis) for all modes that fall within the same type of installation.
TABLE 52-B2: INSTALLATION MODES AND "STANDARD" INSTALLATIONS

Ref. Installation modes Description Type
1 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in conduits recessed into thermally insulated walls. A1
2 Multi-conductor cable in conduits recessed into a thermally insulated wall. A2
3 Multi-conductor cable recessed directly into a thermally insulated wall. A1
4 Insulated conductors or single-pole cable in conduits on wooden or masonry walls, spaced B1

out at not less than 0.3 times the diameter of the conductor.
5 Multi-conductor cable in conduits on wooden or masonry (brick, concrete, plaster...) walls, B2

spaced out at not less than 0.3 times the diameter of the conductor.
6 7
6 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in clamps, (protective channel) fixed to a wooden B1
wall:
7 Horizontally.
Vertically.
17
TABLE 52-B2: INSTALLATION MODES AND "STANDARD" INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

8 9
8 Multiconductor cables in clamps (protective channel) fixed to a wooden wall: B2
Horizontally.
9 B2
Vertically.
10 10 11 Insulated conductors in clamps, (protective channel) hanging: B1

Multiconductor cable in clamps, (protective channel) suspended.
11 B2
12 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in mouldings. A1
13 14
13 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in slots in skirting boards. B1
14 Multiconductor cable in slots in skirting boards. B2
15 Insulated conductors in conduits or single-pole or multi-pole cables in an architrave. A1
16 Insulated conductors in conduits or single-pole or multi-pole cables in window frames. A1
20 Single-pole or multi-pole cables on a wooden wall or spaced out at less than 0.3 times the C
diameter of the wall cable.
21 Single- or multi-pole cables fixed under a wooden ceiling. C
22 Single- or multi-pole cables separate from the ceiling. Under study

(C is
recommended)
30 0.3 0.3 Single- or multi-pole cables on imperforated cable trays. C
18

31 0.3 Single-pole (F) or multi-pole (E) cables on perforated cable trays. E or F

0.3
32 0.3 0.3
Single-pole (F) or multi-pole (E) cables on clamps or grilles. E or F
33 0.3 Single-pole (F) or multi-pole (E) cables separated from the wall by a distance of more than E or F
0.3 times the diameter of the cable.
34 Single-pole (F) or multi-pole (E) cables on cable ladders. E or F
35 Single (F) or multi-pole (E) cable hanging from a carrier cable or self-supporting. E or F
36 Bare conductors or insulated on insulators. G
40 Single- or multi-pole cables in cavities. 1.5 De V < 5 De

B2
5 De V < 50 De
B1
41 Insulated conductors in circular conduits in cavities. 1.5 De V < 20 De

B2
V 20 De
B1
42 Single-pole or multi-pole cables in cavities. Under study

(B2 is
recommended)
43 Insulated conductors in non-circular conduits in cavities. 1.5 De V < 20 De

B2
V 20 De
B1
19

44 Single-pole or multi-pole cables in non-circular conduits in cavities. Under study

(B2 is
recommended)
45 Insulated conductors in conduits recessed into masonry (brick, concrete, plaster, etc..) with 1.5 De V < 5 De
B2
a heat resistivity not higher than 2 K m/W.
5 De V < 50 De
B1
46 Insulated single-or multi-pole in conduits recessed into masonry (brick, concrete, plaster, Under study
etc.) with a heat resistivity not higher than 2 K m/W. (B2 is
recommended)
47 Single-pole or multi-pole cables in ceiling cavities or false floors. 1.5 De V < 5 De

B2
5 De V < 50 De
B1
50 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in channels recessed into the floor. B1
51 Multiconductor cable in channels recessed into the floor. B2
52 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in profiled, recessed conduits B1
52 Multiconductor cable in profiled, recessed conduits. B2
54 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in horizontal or vertical non-ventilated 1.5 De V < 20 De

B2
channels.
V 20 De
B1
55 Insulated conductors in conduits, in open or ventilated channels in the floor. B1
20

56 Single-pole or multi-pole cables in horizontal or vertical open or ventilated channels. B1
57 Single- or multi-pole cables recessed directly into masonry walls (brick, concrete, plaster, C
etc.) with resistivity of less than 2 K m/W, with no protection from associated mechanical
damage.
58 Single- or multi-pole cables recessed directly into masonry walls (brick, concrete, plaster, C
etc.) with resistivity of less than 2 K m/W, with protection from associated mechanical damage.
59 Insulated conductors or single-pole cables in conduits recessed into masonry (brick, concrete, B1
plaster, etc.).
60 Multi-conductor cables in conduits recessed into a masonry wall. B2
70 Multiconductor cable in conduits or profiled, underground conduits. D
71 Single-pole cables in conduits or profiled, underground conduits. D
72 Single-or multi-pole underground cables with no additional protection from mechanical D

damage.
73 Single-or multi-pole underground cables with additional protection from mechanical damage. D
Under study
80 Single- or multi-pole cables with covering submerged in water. (It is recommended
method D with a
correction coefficient
rounded up to
1.75. Supposed
resistivity heat of
water 0.4 Km/W)
21
Therefore, only the load tables for the eight standard installations identifying the various installation modes have to be taken into account.
It must be remembered that Spains Electrotechnical Regulations for Low Voltage (REBT) calls insulated conductors those insulated conductors
without a sheath, such as RIGID WIREPOL, FLEXIBLE WIREPOL and AFUMEX Plus cables. These are cables which, at best, have an insulated rate
of 450/750 V and are always single-pole, which limits their field of application to installation in conduits on surfaces or recessed, or in similar
closed systems.
In addition, when referring to cables this always means insulated conductors with an additional sheath, such as RETENAX or AFUMEX 1000 V, both
single- and multi-pole. The choice of one cable or another is decided by the Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage REBT depending
on the features of the installation.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR INSTALLATIONS IN BUILDINGS

Table A.52-1 bis - Allowable currents (in A) exposed (40 C), in UNE 204460-5-523 standard (Nov. 2004), shown below, has twelve columns, among
which, depending on the type of installation for the chosen installation mode, the number of loaded conductors on the circuit and type of insulation,
are taken from the load column for each case.
These tables have been drawn up for standard conditions for exposed installations: a single circuit at 40 C ambient temperature and
temperature in the conductor of 70 C for thermoplastic insulation (PVC, polyolefins Z1, etc.) and 90 C for thermostable insulation (XLPE, EPR,
polyolefins Z, etc.).
Installations inside building make no difference between cables with a rated voltage of 750 or 1000 V, as the thermal resistivity for both are
comparable and only differ noticeably when compared with an insulated conductor, which only has insulation and a cable which has insulation
and a sheath, which has already been taken into account when defining the standard installation. Therefore, for a specific standard installation.
the load table defines the number of active conductors, two in single-phase and three in three-phase, and the type of insulating material on the
conductor, thermoplastic (PVC or similar) or thermostable (XLPE or similar), which determine the maximum allowable permanent temperature in
the conductor.
To make the correct choice of cable type from table A.52 -1 bis, remember the following separation into thermoplastic (PVC) and thermostable (XLPE) cables:
The number 2 after PVC or XLPE shows that there are two active conductors in the installation (normally phase and neutral on single-phase
installations, the protection conductor is not active).
The number 3 after PVC or XLPE shows that there are three active conductors in the installation (normally the 3 phases in three-phase installations.
The neutral and the protection conductor are not normally active in this type of installation). A special case are neutrals loaded by the influence of
harmonics; this aspect is described in detail in appendix C of UNE 20460-5-523 (Nov. 2004).
PVC2 or PVC3 (thermoplastics) 70 C XLPE2 or XLPE3 (thermostable) 90 C

AFUMEX PLUS 750 V (AS) H05Z1-K/H07Z1-K AFUMEX PANELES FLEXIBLE (AS) H07Z-K
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS) H07Z1-K RIGID AFUMEX PANELS (AS) H07Z-R
WIREPOL FLEXIBLE H05V-K/H07V-K AFUMEX 1000 V IRIS TECH (AS) RZ1-K
WIREPOL RGIDO H05V-U/H07V-U/H07V-R AFUMEX MANDO 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K
EUROFLAM ENERGA VV-K AFUMEX FIRS 1000 V (AS+) SZ1-K/RZ1-K mica
WIREPOL GAS H03VV-F/A05VV-F/H05VV-F AFUMEX FIRS DETEC-SIGNAL (AS+) S0Z1-K
EUROFLAM N H05VV-F/ES05VV-F AFUMEX MLTIPLE 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K
DETEC-SIGNAL V0V-K AFUMEX OR SIGNAL (AS) RC4Z1-K
AFUMEX EXPO (AS) H07ZZ-F
AFUMEX 1000 V VARINET K FLEX (AS) RZ1KZ1-K
AL AFUMEX 1000 V (AS) AL RZ1
AFUMEX 1000 V LUX (AS) RZ1-K
P-SUN SP
RETENAX FLEX IRIS TECH RV-K
RETENAX FLAM N RV
RETENAX FLAM M FLEX (RH) RVMV-K
RETENAX FLAM F RVFV
RETENAX FLAM VARINET K FLEX RVKV-K
FLEXTREME H07RN-F/A07RN-F
BUPRENO DN-K
SOLDA H01N2-D
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS
AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S) AL XZ1
AL POLIRRET AL RZ
POLIRRET FERIEX RZ
22
TABLE A. 52-1 bis:

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT IN AMPERES IN OPEN AIR AT (40 C)
Number of loaded conductors and nature of the insulation
A1 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2

70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
B1 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
C PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
D* SEE THE FOLLOWING TABLE
E PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2

70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
F PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
70 C 70 C 90 C 90 C
mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 25
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 34
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 46
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 59
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 82
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 110
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 72 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 86 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 109 118 130 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 130 143 156 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 150 164 188 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 171 188 205 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 194 213 233 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 227 249 272 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
300 259 285 311 349 396 423 461 516 547 640 674 713
2.5 11.5 12 13.5 14 16 17 18 20 20 22 25 -
4 15 16 18.5 19 22 24 24 26.5 27.5 29 35 -
6 20 21 24 25 28 30 31 33 36 38 45 -
10 27 28 32 34 38 42 42 46 50 53 61 -
16 36 38 42 46 51 56 57 63 66 70 83 82
25 46 50 54 61 64 71 72 78 84 88 94 105
35 - 61 67 75 78 88 89 97 104 109 117 130
Aluminium 50 - 73 80 90 96 106 108 118 127 133 145 160
70 - - - 116 122 136 139 151 162 170 187 206
95 - - - 140 148 167 169 183 197 207 230 251
120 - - - 162 171 193 196.5 213 228 239 269 293
150 - - - 187 197 223 227 246 264 277 312 338
185 - - - 212 225 236 259 281 301 316 359 388
240 - - - 248 265 300 306 332 355 372 429 461
300 - - - 285 313 343 383 400 429 462 494 558
NOTES: Values that are never applied are shown on a grey background. Aluminium cables are not thermoplastic (PVC2 or PVC3), nor do they usually
have less than 16 sections (these values are not necessary).
Values in italics do not appear in the original table. They have been calculated using criteria from Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 204640-5-523.
* Method D Section
1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
mm2
PVC2 20.5(1) 27.5(1) 36(1) 44 59 76 98 118 140 173 205 233 264 296 342 387
PVC3 17(1) 22.5(1) 29(1) 37 49 63 81 97 115 143 170 192 218 245 282 319
Copper
XLPE2 24.5(1) 32.5(1) 42(1) 53 70 91 116 140 166 204 241 275 311 348 402 455
XLPE3 21(1) 27.5(1) 35(1) 44 58 75 96 117 138 170 202 230 260 291 336 380
XLPE2 70 89 107 126 156 185 211 239 267 309 349
Aluminium
XLPE3 58 74 90 107 132 157 178 201 226 261 295
(1) Not allowable.
23
CORRECTION FACTORS
When the conditions on the installations are different from the standards taken as a base for drafting table A.52-1bis: the ambient temperature is
40 C in open air or 25C underground, there is more than one circuit in the same channelling, there is influence from harmonics or specific receivers
are being powered, the following correction factors are used.
NOTE: In order to make using the catalogue easier, we have included an icon in the right-hand margin of the tables to provide rapid help in finding
the correction factor(s) to be used in the calculations.
CORRECTION FACTORS BY TEMPERATURE

As already described, when the ambient temperature (qa) is other than 40 C, the currents in table A.52-1 bis or the basic table mentioned before must
be multiplied by a correction factor that includes the thermal difference to be used in:
I = (Dq/nR ER T). Formula giving the allowable current in a conductor based on Ohms electricity law and Ohms law on heat.
According to Ohms Law on heat, energy dissipated in the form of heat in a cable:
Dq = PR T fi P = Dq
RT
According to Ohms Law of electricity, energy generated in the form of heat in a cable with n active conductors:
P = n RE I2
Where:
RE represents the ohmic resistance of the cable [W/m];
RT the heat resistance of the surroundings [C m/W];
Dq is the difference in temperature between the conductor (Tc = 90 C) and the surrounding atmosphere, TT [C];
n is the number of active loaded conductors in the line (3 with three-phase circuits and 2 in single-phase).
Equalising the terms gives the ratio of I to the ambient temperature.
Dq = n R I 2 fi Dq
E I=
RT nRER T
This formula obtains the value of the coefficient to be applied, depending on the ground temperature.
DqI
nR ER T DqI
II = DqI fi II = fi II
nR ER T I I Dq
Dq
nR ER T
Thermoplastics K= 70 - qa
II =KI 70 - 40
Thermostable K= 90 - qa
90 - 40
Therefore, the correction factor by temperature will be, for cables with PVC thermoplastic insulation (they can withstand 70 C on a permanent
basis): K = [(70-qa)/30] and for cables with XLPE or EPR thermostable insulation (which withstand 90 C on a permanent basis):
K = [(90-qa)/50].
24
Based on these expressions, the following correction factors are obtained:
TABLA 52-D1:
Ambient temperature (qa) (C) +
Insulation
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
PVC (thermoplastic) 1.40 1.34 1.29 1.22 1.15 1.08 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.70 0.57
XLPE or EPR (thermostable) 1.26 1.23 1.19 1.14 1.10 1.05 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.83 0.78
Thus, when the ambient temperature in lower than 40 C, the better cooling of the cables allows them to carry higher currents. Conversely, higher
ambient temperatures will mean lower currents. This is especially important when new circuits are added to those already in place in old channels.
If the higher ambient temperature of the new cables is not taken into account and the load on the old circuits is reduced, dangerous overheating
may occur. In such cases, the currents for each circuit must be recalculated, bearing the final grouping in mind.
TABLE 52-D2:
CORRECTION FACTORS FOR ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR AMBIENT GROUND TEMPERATURES OTHER THAN 25 C TO BE APPLIED TO CABLES
(IN UNDERGROUND CONDUITS)
Ground temperature (qa) (C) +
Insulation
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
PVC (thermoplastic) 1.16 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.81 0.75 0.66 0.58 0.47 - - - -

XLPE or EPR (thermostable) 1.11 1.08 1.05 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.86 0.83 0.79 0.74 0.68 0.62 0.55 0.48 0.39
CORRECTION FACTORS BY GROUND RESISTANCE

An important new item in the latest version of Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523 is to take the standard resistivity of the ground as
2.5 K m/W instead of 1 K m/W (earlier reference), which means a drastic reduction in currents allowable in underground cables in interior or receiving
installations (those that are not distribution networks), as opposed to the method used up until now, coming from Supplementary Technical Instructions,
Low Voltage, to the REBT ITC-BT- 07, which, in turn, was based on UNE 20435.
TABLE 52-D3:
CORRECTION FACTORS FOR ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR CABLES (IN UNDERGROUND CONDUITS) IN GROUND WITH A DIFFERENT RESISTIVITY
FROM 2.5 K m/W
Heat resistivity K.m / W 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
RT
Correction factor 1.18 1.1 1.05 1 0.96
CORRECTION FACTORS BY GROUPING

Mutual heating of cables when several circuits are in the same channel means a higher ambient temperature and that an additional correction
factor must be used in order to overcome greater difficulty in dissipating the heat generated.
Therefore, UNE 20-460-5-523 standard includes table A.52-3 which summarises the correction factors to use when a channel contains several
circuits together, or several multiconductor cables. These factors must be used to modify the currents shown in table A.52-1 bis, or in the basic
simplified table, mentioned earlier.
TABLE A. 52-3:
Number of circuits or multi-conductor cables
Point Layout
1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20
1 Recessed, encased (within the same tube, channel or conduit,
or stapled to a surface in the open air 1.0 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.40
2 Single layer on walls or grounds or imperforated trays 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
3 Single layer in the ceiling 0.95 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
4 Single layer on horizontal or vertical perforated trays 1.0 0.90 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
5 Single layer on cable ladders, clamps, etc. 1.0 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
25
When the cables are laid out in several, superimposed layers, the values will be significantly lower and must be determined using a suitable method
(see section K).
If help is required in applying this table or obtaining correction factors for groupings not expressly included in UNE 204640-5-523 (Nov. 2004), please
turn to section K in this catalogue.
Tables 52-E4 and 52-E5 contain correction factors more specific to various groupings of cables in trays, cable ladders and similar.
For underground cable groupings, there are the following factors:
TABLE 52-E2:
CORRECTION FACTORS BY GROUPING SEVERAL CIRCUITS, CABLES DIRECTLY UNDERGROUND (METHOD D)
Distance between cables (a)
Circuit
numbers Nil One diameter
(cables in contact) of cable 0.125 m 0.25 m 0.5 m
2 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.90

3 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85
4 0.60 0.60 0.70 0.75 0.80
5 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.70 0.80
6 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.80
Multi-conductor cables
a a
Single-pole cables
a
a
TABLE 52-E3:
A.- MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES IN UNDERGROUND CONDUITS (METHOD D) OR SINGLE-POLE CABLES IN A SINGLE CONDUIT
Number of multi-conductor Distance between conduits (a)
cables or groups of 2 or 3
single-pole cables Nil
(one circuit per conduit) (conduits in contact) 0.25 m 0.5 m 1.0 m
2 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.95

3 0.75 0.85 0.90 0.95
4 0.70 0.80 0.85 0.90
5 0.65 0.80 0.85 0.90
6 0.60 0.80 0.80 0.90
Multi-conductor cables Single-pole cables
a a
We believe that it is sufficiently safe to use these values for circuits with single-pole cables in a tube or conduit underground (the standard omits
this common case).
26
B - SINGLE-POLE CABLES, ONE CABLE PER CONDUIT
Number of circuits Distance between conduits (a)

with two or three Nil
single-pole cables (conduits in contact) 0.25 m 0.5 m 1.0 m
2 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.95

3 0.70 0.80 0.85 0.90
4 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.90
5 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90
6 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90
Single-pole cables
a
a
* NOTE: The values shown in these tables 52-E2 and 52-E3 are applied to a depth of 0.7 m and a heat resistivity of 2.5 K.m/W.
TABLE 52-E4:
REDUCTION FACTORS BY GROUPING FOR SEVERAL MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES (NOTE 1) TO BE APPLIED TO VALUES FOR MULTICONDUCTOR
CABLES INSTALLED IN THE OPEN AIR (METHOD E)
Number Number of cables

Installation method in table 52-B2
of trays 1 2 3 4 6 9
Perforated trays (Note 3) Cables in contact 1 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73
(Installation reference 31) 2 1.00 0.87 0.80 0.77 0.73 0.68
3 1.00 0.86 0.79 0.76 0.71 0.66
Separated cables 1 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.91
2 1.00 0.99 0.96 0.92 0.87
3 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.91 0.85
Vertical perforated trays (note 4) Cables in contact 1 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.78 0.73 0.72
(Installation reference 31) 2 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.76 0.71 0.70
Separated cables 1 1,00 0,91 0,89 0,88 0,87
2 1,00 0,91 0,88 0,87 0,85
Cable ladders, clamps, etc. (note 3) Cables in contact 1 1.00 0.87 0.82 0.80 0.79 0.78
(Installation reference 32, 33 and 34) 2 1.00 0.86 0.80 0.78 0.76 0.73
3 1.00 0.85 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.70
Separated cables 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
2 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96
3 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.93
27
TABLE 52-E5:
REDUCTION FACTORS BY GROUPING FOR SEVERAL SINGLE-POLE CABLES IN OPEN AIR (METHOD F)
Installation method in table 52-B2 Number Number of three-phase circuits (note 2)
of trays 1 2 3
Perforated trays (Note 3) Cables in contact (1 layer) 1 0.98 0.91 0.87
(Installation reference 31) 2 0.96 0.87 0.81
3 0.95 0.85 0.78
Vertical, perforated trays (note 4) Cables in contact (1 layer) 1 0.96 0.86
(Installation reference 31) 2 0.95 0.84
Cable ladders, clamps, etc. (note 3) Cables in contact (1 layer) 1 1.00 0.97 0.96
(Installations reference 32, 33 and 34) 2 0.98 0.93 0.89
3 0.97 0.90 0.86
Perforated trays (Note 3) 1 1.00 0.98 0.96
Circuits separated by at least two
(Installation reference 31) times the D of the cable (triangular) 2 0.97 0.93 0.89
3 0.96 0.92 0.86
Vertical, perforated trays (note 4) Circuits separated by at least two 1 1.00 0.91 0.89
(Installation reference 31) times the D of the cable (triangular) 2 1.00 0.90 0.86
Cable ladders, clamps, etc. (note 3) Circuits separated by at least two 1 1.00 1.00 1.00
(Installations reference 32, 33 and 34) times the D of the cable (triangular) 2 0.97 0.95 0.93
3 0.96 0.94 0.94
NOTE 1: the factors are applied to single layers of cables (or triangles), but cannot be applied to cables laid in several contacting layers. The values
for these layouts may be significantly lower and must be determined by a suitable method (see section K, pt. 1).
NOTE 2: For circuits that include several cables in parallel by phase, each group of three conductors should be considered as a circuit, when applying
this table.
NOTE 3: The values are shown for a vertical distance between trays of 300 mm. For shorter distances, factors should be reduced.
NOTE 4: The values are shown for a horizontal distance between trays of 225 mm, with trays mounted back to back and at least 20 mm between
the tray and the wall. For shorter distances, the factors should be reduced.
EFFECTS OF HARMONIC CURRENTS

A suitable method must be applied when there is significant interference from harmonic currents (see appendix C in Spanish Harmonised Standard
UNE 204060-5-523 (2004)).
CORRECTION FACTORS BY RECEIVER OR INSTALLATION TYPE

Premises with a danger of fire or explosion: "The current allowable in conductors must be reduced by 15% over the same value for a conventional
installation" (Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage, to the REBT, ITC-BT 29 pt. 9.1., 6th paragraph).
Low voltage generation installations: "Connecting cables must be the correct size for a current of not less than 125 % of the maximum current
on the generator" (ITC-BT 40, pt. 5).
For receivers with discharge lamps, the minimum load in volt-amperes is 1.8 times the watt power of the lamps." "...a different coefficient is
acceptable for calculating the section of conductors, providing the power factor for each receiver is equal to, or greater, than 0.9, and if the load is
known for each of the elements associated with the lamps and starting currents, which may be caused by either. In this case, the coefficient will
be the one that results." (ITC-BT 44 point 3.1, 4th paragraph).
"Connecting conductors supplying a single motor must be the correct size for a current of 125 % of the maximum current when the motor is
running at full load.
With wound rotor motors, the conductors connecting the rotor with the starting element -secondary conductors- must also be the correct size
for 125 % of the maximum current when the rotor is running at full load. If the motor is only used sporadically, the secondary conductors can
have a smaller section depending on the length of continuous operation, but the section must never be smaller than that for 85 % of the current
when the rotor is running at full load". (ITC-BT 47, pt. 3.1).
"Connecting conductors supplying several motors must be the correct size for a current of not less than the sum of 125 % of the current when
the most powerful motor is running at full load, plus the current at full load for the others". (ITC-BT 47, pt. 3.2).
"In motors on lifts, cranes and lifting gear in general, both direct and alternating current, are calculated as normal current at full load... ...needed
to lift loads classed as normal at operating speed once the starting period has ended, multiplied by a coefficient 1.3" (ITC-BT 47, pt. 6, 5th paragraph).
NOTE: For voltage drops and short-circuit currents, see section E and F.
28
OVERHEAD NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING AT LOW VOLTAGE
B) OVERHEAD NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING AT LOW VOLTAGE

INTRODUCTION
Suitable cables for these installations must have a rated voltage of 0.6/1 kV, insulated and covered with thermostable polymers that can withstand
outdoor conditions, in accordance with specifications in Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21030 (AL POLIRRET, POLIRRET FERIEX); also the section
must be correct for the current carried and self-supporting suspended networks must be able to withstand the mechanical traction of tensioning.
If using cables at lower voltage ratings, they are treated as bare conductors and precautions taken for the installation and service of this type of
material.
Cables with a rated voltage of 0.6/1 kV can be installed as:
Cables laid directly onto walls using clamps securely fixed to the walls and able to withstand outdoor conditions, or on any other, similarly
robust support.
Suspended cables.
Cables with a ground wire can be suspended between special pieces fixed to supports, faades or walls at a suitable mechanical tension. Insulation
is not a resistant element in this case. For the remaining suspended cables, galvanised steel ground wires are used, with a minimum breaking
resistance of 800 daN, and fixed by clamps or other devices suitable for insulated conductors.
The minimum section is 16 mm2 for aluminium cable and 10 mm2 for copper for overhead distribution networks. For overhead networks for exterior
lighting, the minimum section is 4 mm2 for copper cable.
The type of cable to be used, depending on the laying method, will be:
Networks under tension:
self-supporting with ALMELEC ground wire:

AL POLIRRET (with incorporated ground wire)
no ground wire (an additional steel wire is required):

AL POLIRRET (no ground wire)
POLIRRET FERIEX
Laid networks:
AL POLIRRET (no ground wire required)

POLIRRET FERIEX
The size, electrical and mechanical characteristics for all these cables can be obtained from the corresponding pages.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT

The following tables show the maximum allowable permanent current values for the cables referred to in this section, under normal installation
conditions. Normal installation conditions are defined as those for a single cable installed in the open air at a temperature of 40 C. For other, different
conditions, the correction actors defined in pertinent sections must be applied.
NOTE: Below is table B.0 for allowable current for distribution networks, according to Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 211435 (the new standard
of reference for distribution circuits). This standard cancels and replaces the former UNE 20435, and table B.0 contains the values to be applied.
The other tables from the previous standard (from B.1 to B.5) are also shown as they contain details on correction coefficients that do not appear
in UNE 211435 for overhead distribution networks and because the change in standards has occurred recently.
29
FIRST OPTION (NEW UNE 211435)
TABLE B.0 (ACCORDING TO UNE 211435):

OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION CABLES TYPE RZ 0.6/1 kV
Maximum allowable current in
A XLPE Insulation. Cu or Al conductor
Cables in a triangle in contact
Three loaded conductors Two loaded conductors

Section
mm2 Protected from sunlight Exposed to sunlight Protected from sunlight Exposed to sunlight
ALUMINIUM
16 64 56 78 72
25 90 76 105 95
50 135 115 160 145
95 215 185
150 300 250
COPPER
2.5 32 31
4 35 31 42 40
6 45 39 54 52
10 62 54 76 70
16 84 72 100 94
Temperature of ambient air in C 40

Sunlight in kW/m2 1
SECOND OPTION (REBT AND FORMER UNE 20435)
TABLE B.1 - BRAIDED ALUMINIUM CABLES WITH AMELEC GROUND WIRE FOR OVERHEAD NETWORKS UNDER TENSION (AL POLIRRET)
Number of conductors per section Maximum current (A)

(in mm2) (network under tension)
1 x 25 Al/54.6 Alm 110
1 x 50 Al/54.6 Alm 165
3 x 25 Al / 29.5 Alm 100
3 x 50 Al / 29.5 Alm 150
3 x 95 Al/54.6 Alm 230
3 x 150 Al/80 Alm 305
TABLE B.2 - BRAIDED ALUMINIUM CABLES WITHOUT GROUND WIRE FOR LAID OVERHEAD CABLES, OR TENSED BY A STEEL WIRE (AL POLIRRET)
Number of conductors x section Maximum current (A)

(in mm2) Laid on faades Suspended with a steel wire
(network under tension)
2 x 16 Al 73 81
2 x 25 Al 101 109
4 x 16 Al 67 72
4 x 25 Al 90 97
4 x 50 Al 133 144
3 x 95/50 Al 207 223
3 x 150/95 Al 277 301
30
TABLE B.3 - BRAIDED COPPER CABLES WITHOUT GROUND WIRE FOR LAID OVERHEAD CABLES, OR SUSPENDED WITH A STEEL WIRE
(POLIRRET FERIEX)
Maximum current (A)
Number of conductors per section
(in mm2) Laid on faades Suspended with a steel wire
(suspended network)
2 x 4 or 3 G 4 Cu 45 50
2x6 Cu 57 63
2 x 10 Cu 77 85
4 x 4 or 5 G 4 Cu 37 41
4 x 6 or 5 G 6 Cu 47 52
4 x 10 or 5 G 10 Cu 65 72
4 x 16 or 5 G 16 Cu 86 95
4 x 25 Cu 120 132
CORRECTION FACTORS (VALID FOR THE FIRST AND SECOND OPTION)

The factors shown below are valid for both options (UNE 211435 or REBT and former UNE 20435). When correcting by ambient temperature, the
values are the same for both standards. With correction coefficients by grouping, the new UNE 211435 does not have a specific table for grouping
RZ braided cables, therefore table B.5 can be applied, based on the Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage, to the REBT, ITC-BT 06.
TABLE B.4 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR A DIFFERENT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE FROM 40 C

+
Ambient temperature (qa) (in C)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

1.27 1.22 1.18 1.14 1.10 1.05 1 0.95 0.90 0.84 0.77
This correction factor is obtained from the following expression:

F = [(90-qa)/50]
If the cables are exposed to direct sunlight, apply an extra factor of 0.9.
The table below gives the correction factors to apply in groupings of various circuits consisting of single-pole or multi-pole cables, depending
on the type of installation.
For suspended or laid overhead networks, the following correction factors apply:
TABLE B.5 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR CABLES GROUPINGS IN SUSPENDED OR LAID NETWORKS
Number of cables 1 2 3 4 6 More than 6
Correction factor 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70
When several conductors are used per phase, a correction factor of not less than 0.9 must be used (UNE 20435 section 3.1.2.3).
31
UNE 211435 UNDERGROUND LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS (ACCORDING TO UNE 211435)
C) UNDERGROUND LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

(ACCORDING TO THE NEW UNE 211435 STANDARD)
Underground distribution networks according to the Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) must be carried out following
guidelines from the ITC-BT 07, whose content is based on UNE 20435, a standard that has been cancelled and replaced by UNE 2111435 (December
2007). Therefore, the situation is that regulations have been cancelled by the appearance of a new standard. However, it has been decided to include
everything stated in the REBT in section C bis (based on the cancelled UNE 20435) and prioritise the section dealing with the new standard in force.
The cables to be used and the installation modalities are still those stated at the start of section C bis, so focus is on the maximum allowable load
tables and their correction coefficients.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT

For Cu RV cables (Retenax Flam, Retenax Flex, Armoured Retenax Flam) or Al XZ1(S) (Al Voltalene Flamex) 0.6/1 kV, the allowable currents depending
on the installation system are contained in the following table:
TABLE A.1 (UNE 211435):

DISTRIBUTION CABLES RV OR AL XZ1(S) 0.6/1 kV (SUNKEN CABLES AND CABLES IN UNDERGROUND GALLERIES)
Maximum allowable current in
A XLPE Insulation. Cu or Al conductor
Cables in a triangle in contact
Section Sunken directly underground (1) Sunken in tubing (2) In open air, protected from sunlight (1)
mm2
ALUMINIUM
25 95 82 88
50 135 115 125
95 200 175 200
150 260 230 290
240 340 305 390
COPPER
25 125 105 115
50 185 155 185
95 260 225 285
150 340 300 390
240 445 400 540
Ground temperature in C 25
Ambient air temperature in C 40
Ground heat resistance in Km/W 1.5
Burial depth in m 0.7
(1) Three single-pole triangular cables.

(2) Three single-pole cables in the same tubing.
It can now be seen that the standard used for ground heat resistivity is 1.5 Km/W instead of 1 Km/W from UNE 20435, which means a reduction
in allowable currents in underground channels.
CORRECTION FACTORS
If the ambient temperature differs from the standard (40 C for installations in galleries in the open air and 25 C for underground installations),
the following values are applied to the currents in the previous table:
32
TABLE A.6 (UNE 211435):

CORRECTION FACTORS FOR DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES (CABLES IN UNDERGROUND GALLERIES AND SUNKEN CABLES)
Maximum temperature of Temperature of ambient air in cables in galleries, C
conductor C
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
90* 1.18 1.14 1.10 1.05 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.77
105 1.14 1.11 1.07 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.83
Maximum temperature of Ground temperature in sunken cables, C

conductor C
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
90* 1.11 1.07 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.83 0.78
105 1.09 1.06 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.87 0.83
* Cables for underground distribution networks (Retenax Flam, Retenax Flex, Retenax Flam armoured and Al Voltalene Flamex)
withstand a maximum of 90 C in the conductor on a permanent basis.
When the ground heat resistivity is different from 1.5 Km/W and the installation is in tubing, the following factors must be taken into account:
TABLE A.7 (UNE 211435):

CORRECTION FACTORS FOR DIFFERENT GROUND HEAT RESISTIVITY DIFFERENT FROM 1.5 Km/W (BURIED CABLES)
Cables installed in underground tubes One circuit per tube
Conductor section Ground resistivity

mm2 0.8 K m/W 0.9 K m/W 1 K m/W 1.5 K m/W 2 K m/W 2.5 K m/W 3 K m/W
25 1.12 1.10 1.08 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.83
35 1.13 1.11 1.09 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.83
50 1.13 1.11 1.09 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.83
70 1.13 1.11 1.09 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82 RT
95 1.14 1.12 1.09 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82
120 1.14 1.12 1.10 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82
150 1.14 1.12 1.10 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82
185 1.14 1.12 1.10 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.82
240 1.15 1.12 1.10 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81
300 1.15 1.13 1.10 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81
400 1.16 1.13 1.10 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81
If the cables are buried directly:

Cables buried directly in a triangle in contact
Conductor section Ground resistivity

mm2 0.8 K m/W 0.9 K m/W 1 K m/W 1.5 K m/W 2 K m/W 2.5 K m/W 3 K m/W
25 1.25 1.20 1.16 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.75
35 1.25 1.21 1.16 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.75
50 1.26 1.21 1.16 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.74
70 1.27 1.22 1.17 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.74
95 1.28 1.22 1.18 1.00 0.89 0.80 0.74
120 1.28 1.22 1.18 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.74
150 1.28 1.23 1.18 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.74
185 1.29 1.23 1.18 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.74
240 1.29 1.23 1.18 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.73
300 1.30 1.24 1.19 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.73
400 1.30 1.24 1.19 1.00 0.88 0.79 0.73
33
Take into account the depth at which the installation is buried:
TABLE A.8 (UNE 211435):

CORRECTION FACTORS FOR DIFFERENT DEPTHS OF BURIAL (SUNKEN CABLES)
0.6/1kV cables
Depth, m Sunken underground In tubing
0.50 1.04 1.03
0.60 1.02 1.01
0.70 1.00 1.00
0.80 0.99 0.99
1.00 0.97 0.97
1.25 0.95 0.96
1.50 0.93 0.95
1.75 0.92 0.94
2.00 0.91 0.93
2.50 0.89 0.91
3.00 0.88 0.90
Correction coefficients by grouping for buried installations:

TABLE A.9.2 (UNE 211435):
CORRECTION FACTORS FOR DIFFERENT GROUPINGS OF CABLES 0.6/1 kV (SUNKEN CABLES)
Single-pole cable circuits in a triangle in contact
Groups in a horizontal layout
Cables buried directly - distances between groups in mm
Grouped
circuits Contact 200 400 600 800
2 0.82 0.88 0.92 0.94 0.96
3 0.71 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.91
4 0.64 0.74 0.81 0.85 0.89
5 0.59 0.70 0.78 0.83 0.87
6 0.56 0.67 0.76 0.82 0.86
7 0.53 0.65 0.74 0.80 0.85
8 0.51 0.63 0.73 0.80
9 0.49 0.62 0.72 0.79
10 0.48 0.61 0.71
Circuits in underground tubing

Tubes in a horizontal layout
Grouped Distance between tubes in mm

circuits Contact 200 400 600 800
2 0.87 0.90 0.94 0.96 0.97
3 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.90 0.93
4 0.71 0.77 0.84 0.88 0.91
5 0.67 0.74 0.81 0.86 0.89
6 0.64 0.71 0.79 0.85 0.88
7 0.61 0.69 0.78 0.84
8 0.59 0.67 0.77 0.83
9 0.57 0.66 0.76 0.82
10 0.56 0.65 0.75
34
For installations in galleries, there is the following table for grouping cables:
TABLE A.10 (UNE 211435):

CORRECTION FACTORS FOR GROUPING CABLES IN OPEN AIR OR IN GALLERIES (UNDERGROUND GALLERIES) (See note 2)
They are applied to the load capacity in an open air circuit.
Number Number of three-phase circuits

Installation method
of trays 1 2 3
2 De 1 1.00 0.98 0.96

De
Perforated
trays 2 0.97 0.93 0.89
(note 3)
20 mm 3 0.96 0.92 0.86
Separated
Vertical 225 mm 1 1.00 0.91 0.89

perforated
2 De
trays
(note 4)
De 2 1.00 0.90 0.86
Separated
2 De 1 1.00 1.00 1.00
Flanges, De
supports,
brackets 2 0.97 0.95 0.93
(note 3)
20 mm 3 0.96 0.94 0.90
Separated
NOTE 1: The values are the average for the type of cables and the range of sections included. The spread of values is lower than 5% in general.
NOTE 2: The factors are applied to separated layers of cables or cables in triangles with separated layers. They are not applied if the cables are
laid in several layers in contact. In this case, the factors can be significantly lower. (See point 1, section K).
NOTE 3: The values are shown for a vertical distance between trays of 300 mm. For shorter distances, factors should be reduced.
NOTE 4: The values are shown for a horizontal distance between trays of 225 mm, with trays mounted back to back If the distance is shorter, the
factors must be reduced.
NOTE 5: For circuits that include more than one cable in parallel by phase, each group of three conductors should be considered as a circuit, when
applying this table.
35
REBT (Spanish Electrotechnical UNDERGROUND NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Regulation for Low Voltage) AT LOW VOLTAGE (ACCORDING TO REBT)
C bis) UNDERGROUND NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING AT LOW VOLTAGE

(ACCORDING TO THE REBT BASED ON THE CANCELLED UNE 20435)
Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage, to the REBT, ITC-BT 07, shows how to make underground networks for distribution, based on
the content of UNE 20435, a standard that has been cancelled and replaced by UNE 2111435 (Dec. 2007). In section C bis, the content of the REBT
is still provided and therefore of the UNE 20435 standard, no longer in use. The new table and criteria are found in section C bis and used for
calculations based on the standard that is currently in force (UNE 211435).
This type of network can be:
a) Sunken directly underground.

b) Sunk inside tubes.
c) In galleries, which may or may not be large enough to enter, with cables laid out on brackets, or fixed directly to the wall.
The most frequently used cables are:

Distribution networks (underground).
AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S)
Exterior lighting networks (underground)
RETENAX FLEX IRIS TECH
RETENAX FLAM N
RETENAX FLAM F
RETENAX FLAM M
Special characteristics for all these cables can be found on the corresponding pages in this catalogue.
NOTE: For underground installations that are not distribution or lighting networks, see section A.
CABLES BURIED DIRECTLY OR IN A TUBE (SUNKEN CABLES)

INTRODUCTION
Cables suitable for this type of installation can be copper or aluminium conductors, rated voltage 0.6/1 kV, insulated by thermostable polymeric
materials (XLPE, EPR or similar), in accordance with the Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE HD 603.
There can be one or more conductors and the section must be suitable for the currents carried, in accordance with UNE 20345 standard, with the
voltage drops provided for in regulations. In no case will the section be less than 6 mm2 for copper conductors and 16 mm2 for aluminium conductors.
The type of protection, armour or exterior sheath on the cable is determined by the conditions in the installation, basically the strain the cable has
to withstand during laying or operation (rodents, classified installations, etc.).
In addition, depending on the number of conductors in the distribution, the minimum section on the neutral must be:
a) With two or three conductors, the same as the phase conductors

b) With four conductors, the section of the neutral will be at least what is shown in the following tables
TABLE C.1
Phase conductors Neutral section Phase conductors Neutral section
(in mm2) (in mm2) (in mm2) (in mm2)
6 6 95 50
10 10 120 70
16 (Cu) 10 (Cu) 150 70
16 (Al) 16 (Al) 185 95
25 16 240 120
35 16 300 150
50 25 400 185
70 35 500 240
Note
The smaller section for the neutral is only allowed in well-balanced circuits, free from harmonics. If this is not the case, the section of the neutral
must be the same as the phase conductors, or larger.
36
REBT (Spanish Electrotechnical UNDERGROUND NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Regulation for Low Voltage) AT LOW VOLTAGE (ACCORDING TO REBT)
As for the maximum permanent current allowable in the conductors, as specified in UNE 20435 standard, this will depend on:
The depth of the installation.
Thermal resistivity and type of ground.
Maximum ground temperature at the depth of the installation.
Proximity of other cables carrying current.
The length of channels inside tubes: number and grouping, distance between them and the material comprising them.
The following load tables have been drawn up for standard conditions for the installation:
A three-pole cable or three single-pole cables working with alternating current, buried along their full length in a trough 70 cm deep, in ground
with average resistivity of 1 Km/W, and an ambient temperature of 25 C, or one two-pole cable or a pair of single-pole cables.
Remember that the protection (earth) and the neutral conductors are not normally active (except for the influence of harmonics on the neutral). This is
why there are always three-pole cables or three single-pole (three-phase), or two-pole cables or 2 single-poles (single phase).
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT (SUNKEN CABLES)

Maximum allowable current, in ampres, for cables with aluminium conductors AL AFUMEX 1000 V (AS) and AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S) ((type A insulation),
BUPRENO (type B insulation) buried directly (for installation in tubes, see also the following section for correction factors).
TABLE C.2 - ALUMINIUM CONDUCTORS
Nominal section Three single- 1 three-pole cable 2 single-pole cables 1 two-pole cable
mm2 pole cables
Type of insulation
Aluminium A B A B A B A B
16 97 94 90 86 118 115 110 105
25 125 120 115 110 153 147 140 134
35 150 145 140 135 183 177 171 165
50 180 175 165 160 319 214 202 196
70 220 215 205 200 269 263 251 245
95 260 255 240 235 318 312 294 287
120 295 290 275 270 361 355 336 330
150 330 325 310 305 404 398 379 373
185 375 365 350 345 459 447 428 422
240 430 420 405 395 526 514 496 483
300 485 475 460 445 594 581 563 545
400 550 540 520 500 673 661 637 612
Maximum allowable current, in ampres, for cables with copper conductors AFUMEX 1000 V (AS) IRISTECH and RETENAX (type A insulation), BUPRENO (type
B insulation) buried directly (for installation in tubes, see also the following section for correction factors).
TABLE C.3 - COPPER CONDUCTORS
Nominal section Three single- 1 three-pole cable 2 single-pole cables 1 two-pole cable
mm2 pole cables
Type of insulation
Copper A B A B A B A B
6 72 70 66 64 88 85 90 78
10 96 94 88 85 117 115 107 104
16 125 120 115 110 153 147 140 134
25 160 155 150 140 196 189 183 171
35 190 185 180 175 232 226 220 214
50 230 225 215 205 281 275 263 251
70 280 270 260 250 343 330 318 306
95 335 325 310 305 410 398 374 373
120 380 375 355 350 465 459 434 428
150 425 415 400 390 520 508 490 477
185 480 470 450 440 588 575 551 539
240 550 540 520 505 673 661 637 618
300 620 610 590 565 759 747 722 692
400 705 690 665 645 863 845 814 79
37
REBT UNDERGROUND NETWORKS FOR DISTRIBUTION OR EXTERIOR LIGHTING
AT LOW VOLTAGE (ACCORDING TO REBT)
Warning: if the load is not balanced, with phase differences of around 10%, or harmonics are expected in the network, mainly the third harmonic,
it may be necessary to increase the section of the neutral conductor to ensure that it heats properly.
If the real conditions of the installation differ from those of a "standard installation", the values of the currents shown in the previous tables must
be modified so that, in no case, do the temperatures reached by the conductors exceed those established for the type of cable in permanent operation
(90 C).
CORRECTION FACTORS (SUNKEN CABLES)
CHANNELS IN TUBES (SUNKEN CABLES)
a) Channels in tubes
If the cable is three-phase, or three single-pole cables, or a two-pole, or pair of two-pole cables inside the same tube, a correction factor of 0.8
must be applied.
Multi-conductor cables Single-pole cables
d d d d
If each single-pole cable is in a separate tube, a correction factor of 0.9 is applied. In this case, the tubes must not be made of iron, to prevent
magnetic losses.
Single-pole cables
a a
b) Channels inside short tubes

By "short" is meant channels of less than 15 metres. If the tube is filled with low heat resistant conglomerates (bentonite, etc), no correction factor
need be applied.
If the ground temperature is other than 25 C, correction factors from the following table must be applied.
TABLE C.4 - CORRECTION FACTOR F, FOR TEMPERATURES OTHER THAN 25 C (SUNKEN CABLES)
Maximum temperature in Ground temperature (qt) (in C)
conductor (qS) (in C)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
90 1.11 1.07 1.04 1 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.83 0.78
The correction factor for other ground temperatures, different from those on the table, will be (see the point in section A "Correction factors by
temperature"):
F = [(90-qt)/65]
If the ground heat conductivity is other than 1 Km / W, the following correction factors must be applied:
TABLE C.5 - CORRECTION FACTORS FOR GROUND HEAT RESISTIVITY DIFFERENT FROM 1 Km / W (SUNKEN CABLES)
Type of thermal ground resistivity (in Km / W)
cable
0.80 0.85 0.90 1 1.10 1.20 1.40 1.65 2.00 2.50 2.80 RT
Single-pole 1.09 1.06 1.04 1 0.96 0.93 0.87 0.81 0.75 0.68 0.66
Three-pole 1.07 1.05 1.03 1 0.97 0.94 0.89 0.84 0.78 0.71 0.69
38
If there are several different circuits in the same trough, the mutual heating will alter the "Standard" conditions, and so the following correction
factors must be applied:
TABLE C.6 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR GROUPINGS OF SEVERAL THREE-PHASE CABLES OR THREE SINGLE-POLE CABLES BURIED IN THE SAME
TROUGH (SUNKEN CABLES)
Distance between Number of cables or groups of three in the trough

cables or group
of three cables 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
In contact 0.80 0.70 0.64 0.60 0.56 0.53 0.50 0.47
d = 0.07 m 0.85 0.75 0.68 0.64 0.60 0.56 0.53 0.50
d = 0.10 m 0.85 0.76 0.69 0.65 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.53
d = 0.15 m 0.87 0.77 0.72 0.68 0.66 0.62 0.59 0.57
d = 0.20 m 0.88 0.79 0.74 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.60
d = 0.25 m 0.89 0.80 0.76 0.72 0.70 0.66 0.64 0.62
d
d d d
TABLE C.7 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR DIFFERENT DEPTHS OF LAYOUT (SUNKEN CABLES)
If the cable is buried at a depth other than 70 cm, the corresponding correction factor must be used:
Depth of the Depth of the

installation installation
Depth (in metres) 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20
Correction factor 1.03 1.02 1.01 1 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.95
CABLES INSTALLED IN UNDERGROUND GALLERIES

INTRODUCTION
This method of installation is not exactly an underground installation, as both galleries that can be entered, and troughs and channels for inspection
must have an efficient system to renew air and enable good dissipation of the heat generated by losses from cables, so that the ambient temperature
dos not exceed 40 C.
Depending on the case, cables will be laid out on trays, brackets or fixed directly to the wall by clamps or other elements that make the installation
safe, in particular to withstand electro-dynamic forces caused by any short-circuits.
39
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT (UNDERGROUND GALLERIES)
The allowable currents and correction factors have been taken from Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20435 for open air installations under
the following "standard" conditions.
A three-phase or single-phase cable, or three or a pair of single-pole cables grouped in contact, and positioned so that air can be renewed effectively,
with the ambient temperature being 40 C.
Maximum allowable permanent current, in ampres, for Cu cables AFUMEX 1000 V (AS) IRISTECH and RETENAX (type A insulation), BUPRENO
(type B insulation) in the open air, or Al cables AL AFUMEX (AS) and AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S) (type B insulation).
TABLE C.8
Aluminium conductors Copper conductors
Rated cross 3 single-pole cables 1 three-phase cable 3 single-pole cables 1 three-phase cable
section
mm2
Type of insulation
A B A B A B A B
6 46 45 44 43
10 64 62 61 60
16 67 65 64 63 86 83 82 80
25 93 90 85 82 120 115 110 105
35 115 110 105 100 145 140 135 130
50 140 135 130 125 180 175 165 160
70 180 175 165 155 230 225 210 200
95 220 215 205 195 285 280 260 250
120 260 255 235 225 335 325 300 290
150 300 290 275 260 385 375 350 335
185 350 345 315 300 450 440 400 385
240 420 400 370 360 535 515 475 460
300 480 465 425 405 615 595 545 520
400 560 545 505 475 720 700 645 610
If there are two single-pole cables, or one two-pole cable, multiply the current used in three single-pole cables, or one three-pole, by 1.225. 1.225
comes from ( 3/2) (see the operation in section A, point "Correction factors by temperature").
CORRECTION FACTORS
If the ambient temperature is other than 40 C, correction factors from the following table must be applied.
TABLE C.9 - CORRECTION FACTOR F FOR A DIFFERENT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE FROM 40 C (UNDERGROUND GALLERIES)
Operating temperature Ambient temperature (qt) (in C)
(qS) (in C)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
90 1.27 1.22 1.18 1.14 1.10 1.05 1 0.95 0.90 0.84 0.77
The correction factor for different ambient temperatures from those in the table will be:
F = [(90-qA)/50]
The tables below give the correction factors to apply in groupings of various circuits consisting of single-pole or multi-pole cables, depending on
the type of installation.
40
TABLE C.10 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR GROUPS OF SEVERAL CIRCUITS OF SINGLE-POLE CABLES (UNDERGROUND GALLERIES)
N of three-phase circuits (2)
Type of installation To be used for (1)
N of trays 1 2 3
1 0.95 0.90 0.85
Horizontal perforated trays, Three cables in
2 0.95 0.85 0.80
cables in contact (3) horizontal layer
3 0.90 0.85 0.80
Vertical perforated trays, 1 0.95 0.85 - Three cables in
cables in contact (4) 2 0.90 0.85 - vertical layer
1 1.00 0.95 0.95
Trays, ladder, support etc. Three cables in
2 0.95 0.90 0.90
cables in contact (3) horizontal layer
3 0.95 0.90 0.85
1 1.00 1.00 0.95
Perforated Three cables in
2 0.95 0.95 0.90
trays (3) a triangle ( )
3 0.95 0.90 0.85
Vertical perforated 1 1.00 0.90 0.90 (sep. between circuits 2 De)
trays (4) 2 1.00 0.90 0.85
1 1.00 1.00 1.00 De = ext single-pole cable
Trays, ladder, support
2 0.95 0.95 0.95
etc. (3)
3 0.95 0.95 0.90
NOTES:
(1) Also includes the neutral conductor, if present.
(2) For circuits with several cables in parallel by phase, each group of three conductors should be considered as a circuit, when applying this table.
(3) The values are shown for a vertical distance between trays of 300 mm. For shorter distances, factors should be reduced.
(4) The values are shown for a horizontal distance between trays of 225 mm, with trays mounted back to back. For shorter distances, the factors
should be reduced.
TABLE C.11 - CORRECTION FACTOR FOR GROUPS OF SEVERAL THREE-PHASE CABLES (UNDERGROUND GALLERIES)
N of three-phase circuits (2)
Type of installation N of trays
1 2 3 4 6 9
1 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.75 0.75
Perforated trays,
2 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70
cables in contact (2)
3 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65
1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.90
Perforated trays, cables
2 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85
separated (2)*
3 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85
Vertical perforated trays, 1 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70
cables in contact (3) 2 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.70
Vertical perforated trays, 1 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.85
cables separated by 1 De (3)* 2 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.85 0.85
1 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Trays, ladder, support etc.
cables in contact (2) 2 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.75 0.75
3 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70
Trays, ladder 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
support etc. cables 2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95
separated by 1 De (2)* 3 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.75
NOTES:
(1) Also includes the neutral conductor, if present.
(2) The values are shown for a vertical distance between trays of 300 mm. For shorter distances, factors should be reduced.
(3) The values are shown for a horizontal distance between trays of 225 mm, with trays mounted back to back. For shorter distances, the factors
should be reduced.
* At a distance larger than, or equal to, the outer diameter of the cable.
41
D) CURRENT INTENSITY CALCULATION

The following formulae can be useful for calculating current intensities:
Single-phase Three-phase
P P
I= I=
U . cosf 3 . U . cosf
S S
I= I=
U 3 . U
Where:
I: line A current intensity

P: real power in W
U: neutral phase voltage (single-phase) or between phases (three-phase) in V
cos f
S: apparent output in VA
After the current intensity has been obtained, to establish the conductor section required by our installation we have to consider our correction
coefficients (circuit grouping, ambient temperature) and follow the methodology explained in Section A for connection installations and interior
or receiving installations. Section B, for overhead distribution and lighting networks and Section C for underground distribution and lighting networks.
We have provided several examples in Section G to explain the calculation method, we recommend that you read them.
42
E) CALCULATING THE VOLTAGE DROP SECTION
FORMULAE
It is a good idea to take the reactance effect into account when calculating cable section with respect to the voltage drop criterion, especially when
the resulting section is high (for example, S>120 mm2).
The following formulae can be used to calculate the voltage drop taking the reactance effect into account:
2 . L . I . cos j 3 . L . I . cos j
S= S=
g . (DU - 2 . 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j) g . (DU - 1.732 . 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j)
Where:
S = section of the conductor in mm2
cos j = cosine of the j angle between voltage and intensity
L = line length in metres
I = current intensity in A
g = conductor conductivity in m/(W mm2)
DU = maximum allowable voltage drop in V
x = line reactance in W/km
If we discard the reactance value in our calculations (x = 0), the expressions become simplified, as follows:
Single-phase (x = 0) Three-phase (x = 0)
2 . L . I . cos j 3 . L . I . cos j
S= S=
g .DU g .DU
... depending on the power ... depending on the power
2.P.L P.L
S= S=
g .DU . U g .DU . U
P = power in W
U = line voltage in V
The latter expressions prove practical when the cos_ is not available, as is quite often the case.
NOTE: there seems to be no uniformity of criteria when it comes to considering the reactance effect (x) and its value to calculate the voltage drop.
(See section J, point 6). See electricity supply company specifications for distribution networks.
In the case of receiving lines of different lengths supplied by uniform sectioned cable, we have:
Ln
L3
L2
L1
P1 P2 P3 Pn
cosf1 cosf2 cosf3 cosfn
I1 I2 I3 In
43
n n
2. S
i=l
Li . Ii . cos ji 3 . S Li . Ii . cos ji
i=l
S= n
S= n
g . (DU - 2 . 10-3 . x . S Li . Ii . sen ji ) g . (DU - 1.732 . 10-3 . x . S Li . Ii . sen ji )
i=l i=l
Where:
S = section of the conductor in mm2
cos ji = j cosine of the receiver i
Li = line length in metres up to the receiver i
Ii = current intensity in A of the receiver i
g = conductor conductivity in m/(W mm2)
DU = maximum allowable voltage drop in V (at the line end)
x = line reactance in W/km
And if we specify the above case for n like receivers evenly distributed (quite often the case for lighting lines):
L = L1 + (n - 1) . z
L1 + 2 . z
L1 + . z
L1
z
P P P P
I I I I
cos j cos j cos j cos j
n receiver with the same power P
S=
( )
2 . I . cos j . n . L + L1
2
S=
3 . I . cos j . n . ( )
L + L1
2
g . (DU - 2 . 10-3 . x . I sen . j. .

( )n L + L1 )
2
g . (DU - 1.732 . 10-3 . x . I . sen j . n . ( L + L1
2
))
Where:
S = section of the conductor in mm2 The values to be taken into account for g are given in the following
I = current intensity in A table:
cos j = cos j of receivers (all alike)
n = number of receivers (identical) TABLE E.1.
L = total line length in metres Material g20 g70 g90
L1 = the distance to the first receiver position in metres
g = conductor conductivity in m/(W mm2) Copper 56 47,6 44
DU = maximum allowable voltage drop in V at the line end Aluminium 35 29 27.3
x = line reactance in W/km Temperature 20 C 70 C 90 C
NOTE: Examples in Section N
44
Thermoplastic cables (see section J, point 3) withstand 70 C under permanent operating conditions and, therefore, in the absence of any real
conductor temperature calculation, cable conductivity must be considered at 70 C, which as can be readily seen, its significantly different to what
we have at 20 C and which, quite often, is applied by mistake.
Likewise, thermostable cables (see section J, point 3) support up to 90 C under permanent operating conditions, thus we must consider our installation
conductor at that temperature (g = 44 for Cu, g = 28 for Al). The idea is to consider the most unfavourable conditions, unless you decide to calculate
the real temperature of the conductor. It must not be forgotten that conductors do not stay at 20 C in installations, given that regardless of their
ambient temperature they heat by means of the Joule effect, thus we could err by up to 28 % if we were to consider conductivity at (g) at 20 C.
If we want to get conductivity values (g) at any temperature (q)
gq = 1 / rq
rq = r20 [1 + a (q - 20)]
Where:
rq conductor resistivity at temperature q in W mm2/m.
r20 conductor resistivity at 20 C in W mm2/m (= 1/56 for Cu and 1/35 for Al).
a specific resistance variation coefficient for conductor temperature at C-1 (0.00392 for Cu and 0.00403 for Al).
And to get q
q = qo + (qmx - qo) (I / Imx)2
Where:
q: estimated real temperature in the conductor.
qo: conductor ambient temperature at no load.
qmx: maximum allowable conductor temperature depending on the type of insulation (70 C for thermoplastic insulation and 90 C for
thermostable insulation).
I: calculated current for the conductor.
Imx: maximum allowable current for the conductor in accordance with the installation conditions.
It is recommended that you consult the example in section K point 7.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOLTAGE DROPS IN % ACCORDING TO THE LOW VOLTAGE REGULATION

Summary diagrams of allowable voltage drops in connection, interior and receiving installations in accordance with the current Regulation
Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage. Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT (ITC-BT 19, section 2.2.2)
Single user diagram Diagram of an industrial installation that is directly powered in HV

COMPANY by means of its own distribution transformer
TC CPM
CONNECTION DI
TC FOR SUBSCRIBER
DE A.T.
1.5% 3%A y 5%F

3%V
Diagram for single switchboard:

COMPANY 4.5% A 6.5% F
TC CC
CGP
CONNECTION LGA DI
0.5% 1% 3%A y 5%F

3%V
Key:
A: Lighting circuits
Diagram for when there are several switchboards: F: Power circuits
COMPANY V: Residential interior circuits
TC CC
CGP CPM: Circuit breaker and measurement box
CONNECTION LGA DI CGP: Main circuit breaker box
CC: Switchboard
LGA: Power Line
1% 0.5% 3%A y 5%F
3%V DI: Individual branch circuit
45
Voltage drop at very low voltage installations:
The voltage drop for lighting installations between the power source and points of use shall not exceed 5%. (Supplementary Technical
Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT: ITC-BT 36, point 2.2., last paragraph).
Voltage drop at low voltage generation installations:
the voltage drop between the generator and the connection point to the Public Distribution Network or the interior installation shall
not exceed 1.5 % for the nominal current. (ITC-BT 40 point 5).
Voltage drops in distribution networks:
The allowable voltage drop in distribution networks is provided for in Article 104 of the Royal Decree that regulates transport, distribution, marketing
and authorisation activities concerning electrical power installations (Royal Decree 1955/2000), point 3 of which states: The maximum power voltage
variation limits to end users shall be 7% of the declared power voltage. That is to say the voltage to be measured at the start of the connection
installation (main circuit breaker box, vertical three-pole bases, circuit breaker and measurement box) must remain within the 7% limit.
For example, the measurement must be between 213.9 V and 246.1 V for single-phase supplies and between 372 V and 428 V for 400 V three-phase
supplies.
It is recommended that you consult the particular specifications of the electricity supply company that corresponds in each case.
VOLTAGE DROP TABLES

Some rapid calculation tables are given below. In order to determine the voltage drop in V, the coefficient in the table is multiplied by the current
that runs through the cable in A and by the line length in km. The table values refer to three-phase AC; for a single-phase current you can take the
same resulting values and multiply them by 1.15, ( 2 / 3).
The tables are calculated taking into account the effect of resistances and reactances on staggered conductors.
For thermostable cables (see section J, point 3) and taking into account their maximum temperature under permanent operating conditions
(Tmx = 90 C; g = 44 for Cu y g = 28 for Al):
TABLE E.2. COEFFICIENT TO CALCULATE THE VOLTAGE DROP (V/Akm) FOR THERMOSTABLE CABLES
Three single core thermostable cables One three-core thermostable cable
Nominal section
mm2 cos j = 1 cos j = 0.8 cos j = 1 cos j 0 = 0.8
Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al
1.5 26.5 21.36 26.94 21.67
2.5 15.92 12.88 16.23 13.1
4 9.96 8.1 10.16 8.23
6 6.74 5.51 6.87 5.59
10 4 3.31 4.06 3.34
16 2.51 4.15 2.12 3.42 2.56 4.24 2.13 3.48
25 1.59 2.62 1.37 2.19 1.62 2.66 1.38 2.21
35 1.15 1.89 1.01 1.6 1.17 1.93 1.01 1.62
50 0.85 1.39 0.77 1.21 0.86 1.42 0.77 1.22
70 0.59 0.97 0.56 0.86 0.6 0.98 0.56 0.87
95 0.42 0.7 0.43 0.65 0.43 0.71 0.42 0.65
120 0.34 0.55 0.36 0.53 0.34 0.56 0.35 0.53
150 0.27 0.45 0.31 0.45 0.28 0.46 0.3 0.44
185 0.22 0.36 0.26 0.37 0.22 0.37 0.26 0.37
240 0.17 0.27 0.22 0.3 0.17 0.28 0.21 0.3
300 0.14 0.22 0.19 0.26 0.14 0.22 0.18 0.25
400 0.11 0.17 0.17 0.22 0.11 0.18 0.16 0.21
46
For Cu thermoplastic cables (see section J, point 3) and taking into account their maximum temperature under permanent operating conditions
(Tmx = 70 C; g = 48 para Cu). (Al thermoplastic cables are seldom found on the market):
TABLE E.3. COEFFICIENT TO CALCULATE THE VOLTAGE DROP (V/Akm) FOR THERMOPLASTIC CABLES
S Voltage drop in V/A km (Cu thermoplastic cables, three-phase system)
mm2 Cos j = 1 Cos j = 0.8
0.5 74.604 59.787
0.75 50.772 40.725
1 37.509 30.107
1.5 25.075 20.194
2.5 15.356 12.395
4 9.553 7.747
6 6.383 5.205
10 3.792 3.125
16 2.383 1.991
25 1.507 1.288
35 1.086 0.952
50 0.802 0.728
70 0.555 0.529
95 0.400 0.403
120 0.317 0.335
150 0.257 0.288
185 0.205 0.246
240 0.156 0.206
EXAMPLES OF HOW TO APPLY TO THE COEFFICIENTS
1.- 150 m three-phase line with 1x240 Cu Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) 1 x 6 single core cables. Line current intensity of 428 A and cos j = 0.8.
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) cables are thermostable (90 C) as indicated in their technical specification, therefore, we know that the coefficient
to be applied to a three-phase system with 3 single core cables is 0.22 V/Akm in our case and the voltage drop is calculated as...
DU = 428 A x 0.15 km x 0.22 V/Akm = 14.124 V
2.- 33 m continuous current line with Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) cables. The line's current intensity is 27 A.
Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) cables are made of Cu and are thermoplastic (70 C). On the other hand, we know that for continuous current calculations
we proceed in the same way as if it were a single-phase 50 or 60 Hz alternating current with cos j = 1. Consequently, we already have our
coefficient (6.383 V/Akm), and given that we are dealing with a sing-phase current we must multiply, moreover, the value obtained from the table
(valid for three-phase) by 1.15.
DU = 27 A x 0.033 km x 6.383 V/Akm x 1.15 = 6.54 V
47
F) MAXIMUM SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENTS

In accordance with Spanish Harmonised Standard, UNE 20460-4-43, we can calculate the maximum short-circuit that can be withstood by a cable
using the following formula:
Icc = k . S/t
Where
Icc: short-circuit current in amps.

k: a constant depending on the type of conductor (Cu or Al) and type of insulation (thermoplastic [PVC or Z1 polyolefin]
or thermostable [XLPE, EPR, polyolefin or silicone])
S: section of the conductor in mm2
t: duration of the short-circuit in seconds (minimum 0.1 seconds, maximum 5 seconds).
Applying values to the formula the following values are obtained:

TABLE F-1.
ALLOWABLE SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT (A) FOR Cu CONDUCTORS WITH THERMOPLASTIC INSULATION (PVC OR Z1 POLYOLEFIN TYPE),
MAXIMUM 160 C IN SHORT-CIRCUIT.(Icc = 115 S/t)
Section Duration of the short-circuit in seconds (t)

(S) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5 182 129 105 81 58 47 41 36 33
0.75 273 193 157 122 86 70 61 55 50
1 364 257 210 163 115 94 81 73 66
1.5 545 386 315 244 173 141 122 109 100
2.5 909 643 525 407 288 235 203 182 166
4 1.455 1.029 840 651 460 376 325 291 266
6 2.182 1.543 1.260 976 690 563 488 436 398
10 3.637 2.571 2.100 1.626 1.150 939 813 727 664
16 5.819 4.114 3.359 2.602 1.840 1.502 1.301 1.164 1.062
25 9.092 6.429 5.249 4.066 2.875 2.347 2.033 1.818 1.660
35 12.728 9.000 7.349 5.692 4.025 3.286 2.846 2.546 2.324
50 18.183 12.857 10.498 8.132 5.750 4.695 4.066 3.637 3.320
70 25.456 18.000 14.697 11.384 8.050 6.573 5.692 5.091 4.648
95 34.548 24.429 19.946 15.450 10.925 8.920 7.725 6.910 6.308
120 43.639 30.858 25.195 19.516 13.800 11.268 9.758 8.728 7.967
150 54.549 38.572 31.494 24.395 17.250 14.085 12.198 10.910 9.959
185 67.277 47.572 38.843 30.087 21.275 17.371 15.044 13.455 12.283
240 87.279 61.715 50.390 39.032 27.600 22.535 19.516 17.456 15.935
300 109.099 77.144 62.988 48.790 34.500 28.169 24.395 21.820 19.919
48
TABLE F-2.
ALLOWABLE SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT (A) FOR Cu CONDUCTORS WITH THERMOSTABLE INSULATION (XLPE, EPR, POLYOLEFIN OR SILICONE TYPE),
MAX 250 C IN SHORT-CIRCUIT.(Icc = 143 S /t)

(S) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5 226 160 131 101 72 58 51 45 41
0.75 339 240 196 152 107 88 76 68 62
1 452 320 261 202 143 117 101 90 83
1.5 678 480 392 303 215 175 152 136 124
2.5 1.131 799 653 506 358 292 253 226 206
4 1.809 1.279 1.044 809 572 467 404 362 330
6 2.713 1.919 1.566 1.213 858 701 607 543 495
10 4.522 3.198 2.611 2.022 1.430 1.168 1.011 904 826
16 7.235 5.116 4.177 3.236 2.288 1.868 1.618 1.447 1.321
25 11.305 7.994 6.527 5.056 3.575 2.919 2.528 2.261 2.064
35 15.827 11.192 9.138 7.078 5.005 4.087 3.539 3.165 2.890
50 22.610 15.988 13.054 10.112 7.150 5.838 5.056 4.522 4.128
70 31.654 22.383 18.276 14.156 10.010 8.173 7.078 6.331 5.779
95 42.960 30.377 24.803 19.212 13.585 11.092 9.606 8.592 7.843
120 54.265 38.371 31.330 24.268 17.160 14.011 12.134 10.853 9.907
150 67.831 47.964 39.162 30.335 21.450 17.514 15.167 13.566 12.384
185 83.658 59.155 48.300 37.413 26.455 21.600 18.707 16.732 15.274
240 108.529 76.742 62.659 48.536 34.320 28.022 24.268 21.706 19.815
300 135.662 95.927 78.324 60.670 42.900 35.028 30.335 27.132 24.768
TABLE F-3.
ALLOWABLE SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT (A) FOR AL CONDUCTORS WITH THERMOSTABLE INSULATION (XLPE, EPR, Z POLYOLEFIN Z OR SILICONE
TYPE), MAX 250 C IN SHORT-CIRCUIT (Icc = 94 S /t)

(S) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
16 4.756 3.363 2.746 2.127 1.504 1.228 1.063 951 868
25 7.431 5.255 4.290 3.323 2.350 1.919 1.662 1.486 1.357
35 10.404 7.357 6.007 4.653 3.290 2.686 2.326 2.081 1.899
50 14.863 10.510 8.581 6.647 4.700 3.838 3.323 2.973 2.714
70 20.808 14.713 12.013 9.306 6.580 5.373 4.653 4.162 3.799
95 28.239 19.968 16.304 12.629 8.930 7.291 6.314 5.648 5.156
120 35.670 25.223 20.594 15.952 11.280 9.210 7.976 7.134 6.513
150 44.588 31.529 25.743 19.940 14.100 11.513 9.970 8.918 8.141
185 54.992 38.885 31.750 24.593 17.390 14.199 12.297 10.998 10.040
240 71.341 50.446 41.189 31.905 22.560 18.420 15.952 14.268 13.025
300 89.176 63.057 51.486 39.881 28.200 23.025 19.940 17.835 16.281
49
G) EXAMPLES OF LV SECTION CALCULATIONS

All the formulae and tables used in this section have been explained above.
Installation system:
Insulated conductors inside underground tubes Method D.
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) (RZ1-K) single core cables in accordance with
Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 14
(Afumex 1000 V (AS) Iris Tech cables are thermostable [see section J, point 3]).
Installation conditions:
Standards
Ground temperature 25 C
Thermal ground resistance of 2.5 K.m /W
Installation quantitative data:
P = 120 kW ?
U = 400 V (three-phase)
cos j = 0.9
L = 32 m
Applying the formula for three-phase current.
I = P / ( 3 . U . cos j) = 120,000 / (3 x 400 X 0.9) 192 A
Section in accordance with allowable current:
We take the value immediate above the calculated one.
Method D - Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523?
Section
1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
mm2
PVC2 20.5 27.5 36 44 59 76 98 118 140 173 205 233 264 296 342 387
PVC3 17 22.5 29 37 49 63 81 97 115 143 170 192 218 245 282 319
Copper XLPE2 24.5 32.5 42 53 70 91 116 140 166 204 241 275 311 348 402 455
XLPE3 21 27.5 35 44 58 75 96 117 138 170 202 230 260 291 336 380
XLPE2 70 89 107 126 156 185 211 239 267 309 349
Aluminium
XLPE3 58 74 90 107 132 157 178 201 226 261 295
XLPE3 = three-phase with thermostable cable (maximum 90 C in the conductor).

Section according to voltage drop criterion: SI = 95 mm2
In accordance with Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 19 (section 2.2.2.) the voltage drop in a residential building
LGA that we are dealing with here is 0.5 %
e = 400 x 0.005 = 2 V Solution:

Scdt = L P / (g e U) = 32 x 120,000 / (44 x 2 x 400) 109 Scdt = 120 mm2
value of g at 90 C (Cu thermostable cables such as Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) in our calculation)
Maximum allowable short-circuit current:
Icc = 143 S / t (p.e. si t = 1 s Icc = 143 x 120 / 1 = 17160 A
S in mm2
t en s (values between 0.1 and 5)
Icc in A
50
INDIVIDUAL BRANCH IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

Installation systems:
Insulated conductors inside tubes in construction recess method B2.
Our individual branch circuit
Other branches in the same conduit
Installation conditions:
Temperature 40 C
6 circuit grouping C1 = 0.55
Afumex DUO 750 V (AS) cable in accordance with Supplementary
Installation quantitative data: Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 15
P = 5750 W (basic electrification)
U = 230 V (single-phase) ?
cos j = 0.9
L = 14 m
As the DI is single-phase, we calculate current intensity with the single-phase formula.

I = P / ( U . cos j) = 5750 / (230 x 0.9) 28 A
Section in accordance with allowable current

Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 204060-5-523
Point Layout
1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20
1 Recessed 1.0 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.40
2 Single layer on walls or grounds or imperforated trays 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.70
3 Single layer in the ceiling 0.95 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.60
4 Single layer on horizontal or vertical perforated trays 1.0 0.90 0.80 0.75 0.75 0.70
5 Single layer on cable ladders, clamps, etc. 1.0 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Grouping correction coefficient C1 = 0.55
We divide the calculated current (28 A) of the correction coefficient by grouping (0,55). By dividing 28 by 0,55 we get I', value of the current to be
chosen in the table of allowable currents. This can be done by multiplying the coefficient, 0.55 by the values in the table and seeing which section
exceeds a value of 28 A, but this is a less direct process. It goes without saying that the result is the same in both cases.
I = I/0.55 = 28/0.55 51A
51
Afumex DUO 750 V (AS) cable does not have PVC but is thermoplastic like PV, thus this is how it should be looked for in the table (see section J, point 3).


PVC2 = single-phase
with thermoplastic cable. B1 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
(maximum 70 C in the
B2 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
conductor)
D*

mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 -
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 -
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 -
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 -
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 -
SI = 16 mm2 16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 -
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 - 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 - 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 - - - 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 - - - 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 - - - 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 - - - 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 - - - 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 - - - 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
Section according to voltage drop criterion:
In accordance with Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 19 (section 2.2.2.) the voltage
drop in residential building individual branch circuit that we are dealing with here is 1%
e = 230 x 0.01 = 2.3 V

Solution section:
Scdt = 2 L P / (g e U) = 2 x 14 x 5750 / (47.6 x 2.3 x 230) Scdt = 6.4 Scdt = 10 mm2 SI = 16 mm2
value of g at 70 C (Cu thermoplastic cables like Afumex DUO 750 V (AS))
Maximum allowable short-circuit current:

Icc = 115 S / t (p.e. si t = 0.1 s Icc = 115 x 16 / 0.1 = 5819 A
S in mm2
t in s (values between 0.1 and 5)
Icc in A
52
LIFT IN A SHOPPING CENTRE

INSTALLATION DATA:
Capacity: 13 personas
Power 46 kW
Supply Trifsico a 400 V
Line 70 m
Cos f: 0.8
Given that we are dealing with a non-independent safety service in a public place (Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage
to the REBT ITC-BT 28 point 2) we choose AFUMEX FIRS (AS+) fire retardant, with reduced smoke emissions and opacity and FIRE
RESISTANT (in accordance with Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200) (ITC-BT 28 point 4f, paragraph 4).
We choose a single-core cable in a tube clamped to the wall in the area to which the public has no access from among the different
installation systems, (ITC-BT-28, point 4 e)).
ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION DATA:
Ambient temperature: 35 C
Heat influence: 5 additional circuits fitted in parallel inside a tube.
Lift circuit
Circuits that exert a thermal influence

on ours due to their proximity (serving
other receivers)
VOLTAGE DROP SECTION:

I = P / (U . cosf . 3) = 46,000 / (400 x 0.8 x 1.73) 83 A
5% voltage drop, (ITC-BT-19 point 2.2.2.)
e = voltage drop in V,
ITC-BT 47 point 3.1. (motor) (5% of 400V 20V)
S = (1,25 . I . L . cosf . 3) / (g . e)
S = (1,25 x 83 x 70 x 0.8 x 3) / (44 x 20)
S = 11.44 fi S = 16 mm2
Afumex Firs has thermostable insulation
g = 44 Cu (at 90 C max. T XLPE, EPR, polyolefin Z, silicone... type thermostable insulation)
N.B.: g = 56 Cu (at 20 C), g = 47.6 Cu (at 70 C max. T for PVC or Z1 polyolefin type thermoplastic insulation).
53
ALLOWABLE CURRENT SECTION:

Applicable coefficient for circuit grouping
TABLE 52-E1, (Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523, 2004).

Point Cable layout
1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20
1 Recessed 1.0 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.40
5 Single layer on cable ladders. clamps. etc. 1. 0 0.85 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
0.70
Applicable coefficient for ambient temperature other than the standard temperature (40 C in Spain for outdoor installations)
TABLE 52-D1, (Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523, 2004).
Insulating Ambient temperature (qA) (in C)

material 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
PVC 1.40 1.34 1.29 1.22 1.15 1.08 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.70 0.57
XLPE o EPR 1.26 1.23 1.19 1.14 1.10 1.05 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.83 0.78
... therefore, the I' current to be considered to establish the appropriate section is 1.05
ITC-BT-47 point 3.1. (motor)
I = I x 1.25 / (0.70 x 105)
6 circuits
45 C (ambient T
I = 83 x 1.25 / (0.70 x 1.05) 141 A
I 141 A
We have changed from considering 83 A to 141 A as a result of the CORRECTION COEFFICIENTS!
54
We now look for hour installation reference:
TABLE 52-B2, (Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523, 2004) (reference installations).
3 Multi-conductor cable recessed directly into a thermally insulated wall. A1

4 Insulated conductors or single core cable in conduits on the wooden or masonry wall, spaced B1
at not less than 0.3 times the diameter of the conductor.
5 Multi-conductor cable in conduits on wooden or masonry walls, spaced out at not less than 0.3 times the diameter of the conductor. B2
Reference installation to be used to get the allowable currents fi B1
We establish the section from the installation reference and cable type.
TABLE A 52-1bis, (load tables according to installation modes).

Installation with Number of loaded conductors and nature of the insulation
thermostable cable (type
XLPE) and three-phase A1 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
(3). Select XLPE3 in the
table. A2 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
st
1 B1 2 nd
PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
B1
I 141 A
C PVC3 3rd PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
D*

mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 -
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 -
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 -
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 -
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 -
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 -
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 - 77 86 96 th 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 - 94 103 117 4 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
S= 50 mm2 70 - - - 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 - - - 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 - - - 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 - - - 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 - - - 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 - - - 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
SOLUTION:
1 x 50 mm2
55
ALLOWABLE SHORT-CIRCUIT:
TABLE F-2.

(S)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
50 22.610 15.988 13.054 10.112 7.150 5.838 5.056 4.522 4.128
70 31.654 22.383 18.276 14.156 10.010 8.173 7.078 6.331 5.779
95 42.960 30.377 24.803 19.212 13.585 11.092 9.606 8.592 7.843
MINIMUM BEND RADIUS:
Nominal section Insulation thickness Diameter of insulation Exterior diameter

mm2 mm mm mm
1 x 35 0.9 8.8 12.4
1 x 50 1 10.3 13.9
1 x 70 1.1 12 15.6
rmin = 4 D = 4 x 13.9 = 55.6 mm (see section H)ss

NOTE: More calculation examples in sections N, O and P.
56
H) BEND RADII
Cables are subject to mechanical stresses both during laying, as well as in their final position. The limit values for the
bend radii and the standards from which these values come are indicated below.
Cables with insulation and sheath for fixed installations (bend radii in accordance with the Spanish Harmonised
Standard UNE 20435)
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS)

Afumex Control 1000 V (AS)
Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+)
Afumex Firs DetecSignal (AS+)
Afumex Multiple 1000 V (AS)
Afumex O Signal (AS)
Afumex 1000 V Varinet K Flex (AS)
Afumex 1000 V LUX (AS)
Al Afumex 1000 V (AS)
Retenax Flex Iris Tech
Retenax Flam N
Euroflam Power
Retenax Flam M
Retenax Flam F
Retenax Flam Varinet K Flex
Detec-signal
Al Voltalene Flamex (S)
Non-armoured cables Armoured cables
D* Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius
D < 25 4D
25 D 50 5D 10 D
D > 50 6D
* D = exterior diameter of cables (mm)

NOTE: Aforementioned bend radii are the minimum values that the cable may adopt in its final service position. These limits do not apply to bends
the cables may be subject to during laying; such bends must have a higher value than the one indicated.
Unsheathed, insulated 450/750 V cables for fixed installations (bend radii in accordance with Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21176)
Afumex Plus 750 (AS)

Afumex DUO 750 V (AS)
Afumex Flexible Panels (AS)
Afumex Rigid Panels (AS)
Flexible Wirepol
Rigid Wirepol
For a cable diameter of (mm)

D8 8 < D 12 12 < D 20 D > 20
Normal use (during laying) 4D 5D 6D 6D
Carefully bent (final position) 2D 3D 4D 4D
D = exterior diameter of cables (mm)
P-Sun SP
Minimum 3D bend radius (final position)

D = Exterior diameter of cable
57
low voltage technical introductions
Braided cables (bend radii in accordance with the Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21030)
Al Polirret
Polirret Feriex
18 D
D = diameter of the biggest insulated conductor
When laying with a controlled bend, that is to say winding the cable around a conformator at a temperature of no less than 15 C, the bend radius
specified above can be reduced by half.
Cables for 300/500 V mobile services (bend curves in accordance with Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21176)
Cables suitable for mobile services have bend radii tabulated for different situations:
Wirepol Gas
Euroflam N

D8 8 < D 12 12 < D 20 D > 20
Fixed installation 3D 3D 4D 4D
Free movement 5D 5D 6D 6D
At the input to the device on a piece of mobile equipment without 5D 5D 6D 6D
forcing mechanical on the cable
* D = exterior diameter of cables (mm)
Cables for 450/750 V mobile services (bend curves in accordance with Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21176)
Afumex Expo (AS)

Flextremes

D8 8 < D 12 12 < D 20 D > 20
Fixed installation 3D 3D 4D 4D
Free movement 4D 4D 5D 6D
At the input to the device on a piece of mobile equipment without 4D 4D 5D 6D
forcing mechanical on the cable
D = exterior diameter of cables (mm)
*This is 100/100 V cable, however, the radii bend table indicated is correct
58
I) MAXIMUM TRACTION VOLTAGE DURING CABLE LAYING

Cables are normally subject to traction stresses during laying, which must never exceed the limits set in the standards.
Such limits depend on the type of cable, but above all, on the nature of the conductor.
Sheathed and insulated cables for fixed installations

Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) Retenax Flam Varinet K Flex
Afumex Control 1000 V (AS) Detec-signal
Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+) Al Voltalene Flamex (S)
Afumex Firs Detec-signal (AS+)
Afumex Multiple 1000 V (AS)ss
Afumex O Signal (AS)
Afumex 1000 V Varinet K Flex (AS)
Afumex 1000 V LUX (AS)
Al Afumex 1000 V (AS)
Retenax Flex Iris Tech
Retenax Flam N
Euroflam Power
Retenax Flam M Flex (RH)
Retenax Flam F
The following are the maximum values whenever the traction is caused on conductors:
Copper cables: s = 50 N/mm2
Aluminium cables: s = 30 N/mm2
That is to say, a 150 mm2 copper cable can withstand a traction of 50 x 150 = 7500 N when applied to a pull head on the cable. When the traction
is applied to the outer sheath the maximum traction force is: F = 5 D2
Where F is the traction force in N and D is the exterior cable diameter in mm.
Unsheathed 450/750 V insulated conductors for fixed installations

Afumex Plus 750 V (AS)
Afumex DUO 750 V (AS)
Afumex Flexible Panels (AS)
Afumex Rigid Panels (AS)
Flexible Wirepol
Rigid Wirepol
The traction force must never exceed 1000 N, except when some other value has been agreed with the manufacturer.
50 N/mm2 during installation and 15 N/mm2 for rigid cables in service in fixed circuits.
P-Sun SP
Maximum traction load of 15 N/mm2 in service and 50 N/mm2 during installation
Braided cables
Al Polirret
Polirret Feriex
Their design standard (Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 21030) does not cover traction stress values, but rather general laying guidelines.
Suitable cables for mobile services

Wirepol Gas
Euroflam N
Afumex Expo (AS)
Flextreme
Solda*
15 N/mm2 (static traction stress for mobile service).
NOTE: Maximum traction stress values during laying must not be confused with the maximum stress values that the cables can withstand in their
final position. The latter values are substantially lower. This fact must be especially taken into account when laying cables vertically.
59
J) MOST FREQUENT ERRORS IN CALCULATING SECTIONS AND CHOICE OF CABLE

Below is a set of errors that we frequently detect on foot of the queries we receive. We suggest you read them as they can help you to improve
your choice of cable.
1.- Using the Al Voltalene Flamex (S) cable as if it were a high-security (AS) cable, when it is only halogen-free
The Al RV has been replaced by the Al XZ1 (S) (Al Voltalene Flamex (S)), a cable with mechanical properties and improved fire resistance characteristics, but
with the same applications. It is halogen-free but is not Afumex and is not high-security (AS) as a result of not having passed the fire retardant test.
The Al XZ1 (S) cable, therefore, is NOT suitable for installation in public places, individual circuit breakers, general food lines or places
where the best fire protection properties are required. Bear in mind that in the aforementioned places and installations, the regulations do
not require halogen-free cables, but rather fire retardant cables with reduced smoke emission and opacity, and as we have pointed out
above, the Al XZ1 (S) cable does no meet the first condition (it is not fire retardant), thus the best cable for these cases would be the green sheathed,
Al Afumex (AS).
In fine, the allowable applications for the Al Voltalene Flamex (S) are the same as those for the PVC Al RV.
See section M for further details.
2.- Not considering the appropriate conductivity when calculating the voltage drop section
It is normally very easy to apply the particular formula, but you very often find voltage drop calculations considering conductivity values of (g) at
20 C, a supposition that is not only incorrect, but is, moreover, a dangerous simplification when it comes to establishing the cable section by means
of this criterion (indeed the error can be as great as 28%).
It is very easy to see that taking g = 56 for copper and 35 for aluminium is a mistake given that in most cases you already start off from a standard
ambient temperature of 25 C for underground installations and of 40 C for outdoor installations, to which the corresponding Joule effect must be
added (heating of the conductor by its electrical resistance) only to find that our cable has a considerably different conductivity. In fact, thermostable
cables can reach 90 C in permanent operating conditions, while thermoplastic ones can reach 70 C. For purely guideline purposes we have the values
in the following table:
Material g20 g70 g90 See section E and/or the example in section K point 7 to calculate the conductor's
temperature.
Copper 56 47.6 44
Aluminium 35 29 27.3 See section K point 13 for resistance values at different temperatures.
Temperature 20 C 70 C 90 C
3.- Doubting when it comes to interpreting the meaning of PVC2, PVC3, XLPE2 and XLPE3 in the cable allowable current table
(Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 204060-5-523: Nov-2004)
Firstly, we must alert the reader to the fact that Table 1 for cable allowable currents in interior or receiving installations in the Supplementary Technical
Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT, ITC-BT 19 is no longer in force. It corresponds to the 1994 version of the Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE
20460-5-523; this standard was reprinted again in November 2004 with substantial changes. Consequently, there are numerous novelties to be
taken into account, the allowable current table and the one on the selection of installation systems have been changed. Section A herein is a summary
of the modern version of the standard. Notwithstanding, we recommend that you read the original standard with great care in order to be able to
appreciate all the new details.
Bearing in mind the foregoing, we now go on to interpret the new allowable currents table that replaces Table 1 in the ITC-BT 19.
Whenever we use thermoplastic cables in an installation, thermally speaking, they behave like PVC cables, regardless of the type of insulation involved
(normally PVC or Z1 polyolefin), which explains why the table identifies them with inscription PVC. They withstand 70 C under permanent operating
conditions and 160 C in short-circuit.
Prysmian thermoplastic cables (70 C) are:
Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) H05Z1-K/H07Z1-K
Afumex DUO 750 V (AS) H07Z1-K
Flexible Wirepol H05V-K/H07V-K
Rigid Wirepol H05V-U/H07V-U/H07V-R
Euroflam Power VV-K
Wirepol Gas H03VV-F/A05VV-F/H05VV-F
Euroflam N H05VV-F/ES05VV-F
Detec-Signal V0V-K
Using thermostable cables (they withstand 90 C under permanent operating conditions and 250 C in short-circuit) involves looking for XLPE in
the table, given that this material is thermostable, as is EPR, Z polyolefin and silicone.
60
Prysmian thermostable 90 cables are:

Afumex Flexible Panels (AS) H07Z-K
Afumex Rigid Panels (AS) H07Z-R
Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) RZ1-K
Afumex Mando 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K
Afumex Firs 1000 V (AS+) SZ1-K/RZ1-K
Afumex Firs Detec-Signal (AS+) S0Z1-K
Afumex Multiple 1000 V (AS) RZ1-K
Afumex O Signal (AS) RC4Z1-K
Afumex Expo (AS) H07ZZ-F
Afumex 1000 V LUX (AS) RZ1-K
AI Afumex 1000 V (AS) AL RZ1
P-Sun SP
Retenax Flex Iris Tech RV-K
Retenax Flam N RV
Retenax Flam M Flex (RH) RVMV-K
Retenax Flam F RVFV
Retenax Flam Varinet K Flex RVKV-K
Flextreme H07RN-F/A07RN-F
Bupreno DN-K
Solda H01N2-D
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS
AL Voltalene Flamex (S) AL XZ1
Al Polirret AL RZ
Polirret Feriex RZ
The number 2 after PVC or XLPE shows that there are two active conductors in the installation (normally phase and neutral on single-phase
installations. The protection conductor is not active).
The number 3 after PVC or XLPE shows that there are three active conductors in the installation (normally the 3 phases in three-phase installations. The
neutral and the protection conductor are not normally active in this type of installation, except for the significant influence of the harmonics on the neutral).
A1 1st
B1 2 nd
D*

mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 -
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 -
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 -
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 -
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 -
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 -
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 - 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 - 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 - - - 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 - - - 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 - - - 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 - - - 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 - - - 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 - - - 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
61
For example, in the table above if we have a single-phase installation inside a thermally insulated tube embedded in the wall that we are going to
fit with Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) cable. We look for the installation system (Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20.460-5-523, Nov-2004) in the
corresponding table (52-B2) (Section A) and we see that it is reference 1 and corresponds to the A1 type.
With this A1 type we go to the allowable currents table (Table A. 52-1 bis) and as we are dealing with a single-phase current with Afumex Plus
750 V (AS) cable we must select the PVC2 column. That is to say, in column No. 4 we have the allowable currents for the cables in our installation.
(See table).
All the tables referred to are given in this catalogue.
N.B.: this table gives us currents in standard conditions, the value must be corrected by means of the corresponding coefficients for groups,
temperatures... or any standard deviation (see Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20.460-5-523: Nov- 2004 or the first sections in this catalogue.
The allowable currents table has been given here with an ambient temperature of 40 C because this is the standard temperature that applies in
Spain. It serves to avoid the systematic application of 30 C tables (which is the ambient temperature for other countries such as France), unless
duly justified.
Another frequent mistake is to generalise 750 V cables as being thermoplastic ones and 1000 V cables as being thermostable. For example, the
Euroflam Power (VV-K) is a 1000 V cable and is thermoplastic (you need to look it up in the table as PVC) and cables such as Afumex Rigid or Flexible
Panels (H07Z-R, H07Z-K) and Flextreme (H07RN-F) are 750 V and thermostable, thus they must be sought in the allowable currents table as XLPE.
4.- Failing to apply the current version of the Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523 (Nov-04) as regards allowable cable currents
in buildings
The latest version of the UNE 20460-5-523 was published in November 2004 and, therefore, is the one currently in force, replacing the previous
one which dated back to 1994.
We wish to emphasise the importance of familiarising yourself with the application of this standard. It now covers allowable currents and correction
factors for underground connection installations and underground interior and receiving installations, that is to say, all underground installations
that are not distribution networks. The Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20435 (in part taken from the Supplementary Technical Instructions,
Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 07) now only covers underground distribution networks.
Specially relevant for underground interior and receiving installations is the new reference standard value for resistivity, which has been changed
from 1 to 2.5 K _ m / W (150% more!) thus, allowable currents have dropped considerably. Therefore, the load tables reduce the allowable currents
for direct underground cables by approximately 40%. This means that a big mistake can be made if the old method is applied. For example, if
we get a 158 A current from our calculations, with the previous method we would have to select a Cu section of 25 mm2 (max. 160 A) and now
we must opt for a Cu 70 mm2 section(max. 170 A). We recommend that you check it for yourself.
The following table shows some old and current allowable current values in amps for 3 loaded, single core direct underground cables (thermostable
of the XLPE type, AL XZ1(S), RV or RV-K, for example):
Conductor Version of the Section

standard 10 25 50 70 95 150 240
Cu New 58 96 138 170 202 260 336
Cu Old 96 160 230 280 335 425 550
Al New 45 74 107 132 157 201 261
Al Old - 125 180 220 260 330 430
As far as the rest of the non-underground installations that are not distribution networks are concerned (outdoor installations), firstly it must be
said that there has been no change to the rest of the systems, they are the same ones, (the same types of installation system that are likewise
related to the same 8 reference methods: A1, A2, B1, B2, C, E, F and G), what has happened is that there is a variation in the allowable currents
for some cases as indicated below, on foot of the new currents table (the one that replaces Table 1 of the Supplementary Technical Instructions,
Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 19):
62

A A1
A2 A2 PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2

DI = -7% -12%
B B1
1 2
PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2 DI = -5% -10%
B2 B2
3
C C PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2 DI = -5% +6%
4 5
DI = +3% +8% PVC3 PVC2 XLPE3 XLPE2
E E
6 7 DI = -7% -15%
F DI = -2% -5% NUEVO
NEW
8 9 10 11
mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 -
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 - NEW
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 -
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 -
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 -
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 -
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 - 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 - 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 - - - 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 - - - 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 - - - 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 - - - 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 - - - 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 - - - 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
Let us take a look at two examples to better understand the comments made about the table:
- For a single phase installation with two insulated, thermoplastic conductors in a tube embedded in the masonry wall, we will have to select PVC2
with the B1 reference system and there is no variation with respect to the old table, thus we have not made any comment.
- For a three-phase system with single core thermostable cables in a perforated tray, we have to choose XLPE3 with the F reference system, and
as we can see from the corresponding table we have to lighten the cables from 7% to 15% (depending on the section) with respect to the old
standard (Table 1 of ITC-BT 19). It is easy to check by comparing the above table with the old one.
In general, there are slight variations for correction coefficients and the influence of the harmonics also involves a correction method when the
content of the third harmonic is over 15 % in phase intensity.
Lastly, it should be pointed out that temperature standards in Spain are 40 C for outdoor and 25 C for underground installations. That is
to say, as long as no other temperatures have been justified, these are the references that have to be taken into account when it comes to choosing
the tables in which to look for the allowable currents. (All the tables in this catalogue correspond to reference temperatures for Spain).
The new version of the standard sets the standard reference for outdoor installations at 30 C and 20 C for underground ones. This reference is
not valid for Spain, where 40 C is the standard for outdoor installations and 25 C for underground ones. On translating the standard in this case,
the mistake was made of setting these 30 C and 20 C references (standard for other countries); a mistake that was not made in the old standard.
To see this, all you have to do is to read the national Annex (page 2 Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523 [1994]):
Second Part (Annex A): this is the adoption of the CENELEC Document R-64001 that completes the HD Harmonisation Document 384.5.523 S1 as is
indicated in the antecedents to same and contains the currents for 40 C ambiences, the temperature considered to be the normal ambient temperature
in Spain for electrical installations, to which end the correction factor corresponding to values that appear in the original document have been applied,
where currents are given for 30 C ambiences, thus avoiding the systematic application of correction factors, or what would be even more serious, failing
to apply this correction factor.
As we can see from the old version, they quite rightly took into account the 40 C ambient temperature for outdoor installations in Spain, and to
avoid errors the reference tables were given directly for 40 C.
We remind the reader that section A of this catalogue contains a summary of the Spanish Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523 (Nov. 2004),
though we would always recommend the reading of the standard's original text.
63
5.- Not applying the corresponding coefficients when calculating the section according to the maximum allowable current criterion
Regardless of what the corresponding load tables indicate in each case, we must not forget to take into account the value extracted from the
correction coefficients depending on the installation system, the presence of other loaded conductors nearby, the ambient temperature, the number
of conductors per phase... (all these factors appear in the tables of the UNE standards referred to by the Regulation). That is to say, we must take
into account the installation conditions of each case in order to establish the section to be used. This is somewhat more laborious, not to mentioned
more complicated, than simply applying one formula or table.
Failing to apply the corresponding coefficients can lead us to making enormous mistakes. This is why we especially emphasise the fact that mistakes
as regards the section are caused not only by the common errors we occasionally detect, above all:
Not applying any correction coefficient.
Applying the formula and taking the section immediately above the one obtained from directly applying the table, without coefficients.
Using 0.8 as the coefficient for all cases.
Applying the lowest coefficient when the installation is affected by several coefficients. For example, if I have to apply 0.7 for circuit grouping
and 0.9 for the ambient temperature effect, we will have to apply 0.7 x 0.9 = 0.63. It is not enough to only use the lowest coefficient (0.7 in this
case). The grouping of circuits and the ambient temperature effect are superimposed, thus we have to do our calculations taking into account
both coefficients.
Not taking into account the grouping caused in circuits with several cables per phase.
When several cables are used per phase, correction coefficients for circuit grouping also have to be applied because we are dealing with groups
that exert an electrical influence even though they belong to the same circuit. If, for example, the current to be carried were such that we needed
3 cables per phase, we would have to take into account a correction coefficient for that grouping of 3 circuits and do the calculation again (repeat)
given that until we know the result we would not be able to know how many cables we need per phase, and therefore, we would not have been
able to correctly select the grouping coefficient.
Failing to take into account variations in the conditions along the line.
In addition to the foregoing, we have to take into account the fact that were variations to the installation conditions were to occur along the line,
the allowable currents would have to be determined in accordance with the most unfavourable conditions that might occur.
We recommend that you read the calculation examples given in section G and section K, points 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
6.- Not considering reactance in section calculations with respect to voltage drops
There are different criteria to be taken into account when it comes to considering reactance in low voltage cables without screens. Generally
speaking, and unless more accurately indicated, we can consider 0.08 _/km, regardless of the section, the type of conductor (Cu or Al), layout and
installation system. This approach is the one indicated in the French standard UTE C 15-105.
Quite often, and given the voltage drop section calculation that considers reactance (see section E), one might assume that the effect of reactance is
normally greater the bigger the conductor section (the reactance value has greater weight in the overall impedance value given that resistance decreases
as the section increases and the reactance remains practically constant). Thus there are criteria that suggest we should take the reactance value into
account for sections of 150 and greater.
It is easy to check numerically how big a mistake may be made if we overlook the aspect we are commenting on in this section, thus we recommend
that you always bear it in mind, or the installation voltage drop may turn out to be much greater than expected. (See section K, points 6 and 7).
(See the voltage drop tables at the end of section E. These tables include the reactance effect).
Let us take a look at the first two conductor section calculation formulae for circuit voltage drops that are given in section E, and which we reproduce
below:
2 . L . I . cos j 3 . L . I . cos j
S= S=
g . (DU - 2 . 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j) g . (DU - 1.732 . 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j)
64
As you can see the denominator can be negative if the term to the right of the voltage drop in volts (DU) is greater (in absolute value) than the DU
itself. This can happen when L and/or I are high, given that senj is normally a low value. In this case, the incongruence of the negative result must
lead us to think that it is not possible to get a voltage drop section value no matter how big the section is (a lot of big section conductors per phase),
given that there is too much busy power on the line due to the effect of its inductive reactance (x), which explains why it is not possible to achieve
our aim of establishing a specific voltage drop value of DU volts.
As a result, we must consider not resorting to LV for the line. If we increase the connection voltage to 5 kV, it is obvious that even though now the
allowable voltage drop percentage will not change, we have a lot more tolerance given that, for example, the 5% of 400 V in LV is 20 V, while in
MV (at 5 kV) 5% of 5000 V is 250 V. The approximate formula with which we can calculate the conductor section according to R and x is:
DU = 3 . L . I . (R.cosj + x.senj). DU in volts, L in km, I in A, R and x in W/km. It goes without saying that changing over to 5 kV also involves
taking into account all the considerations proper to MV MT (RLAT, cable, screen connections, protections, etc.).
7.- Failing to consider the allowable short-circuit for the cable

After a calculation is done, in the tables in section F we can find the maximum current to be withstood by each type of cable in short-circuit. It is
necessary that suitable circuit breakers be selected in order to avoid damage to the installation, as indicated by the Spanish Harmonised Standard
UNE 20460-4-43.
In fine, the idea is to emphasise the need to avoid trivialising this aspect and to do the requisite checks in order to ensure proper protection for
both the cable and the rest of the installation.
8.- Failing to consider the possibility of distributing the voltage drop between the individual branch circuit and the interior or receiving
installation
This is simply to remind anyone who may have overlooked, or ignored, because it does not have to be taken into account in all calculations, that
which is stated in the first paragraph of section 2.2.2 of the Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 19: The voltage
drop value can be offset between that of the interior installation and the individual branch circuits in such a way that the overall voltage drop is
lower than the sum of the values specified for both, depending on the type of guideline that is used.
This becomes especially relevant when we have long individual branch circuits in which the voltage drop criterion prevails over the allowable current
and the short-circuit current.
9.- Using 1000 V RV-K cables in provisional work sites

The Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 33 of the Regulation states that we must use Flextreme (Spanish
Harmonised Standard UNE 21027-4) cable given that it is suited to mobile services and has special properties to withstand mechanical and chemical
aggression, thus proving ideal for these applications. Moreover, as the name itself indicates, RV-K (UNE 21123-2) is a flexible cable for fixed
installations alone (-K), thus it is obviously not suitable for provisional work site installation.
Furthermore, Flextreme is the cable indicated by Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) for fair and stand outdoor installations
(ITC-BT 34), farming and gardening establishments (ITC-BT 35), caravans and caravan parks (ITC-BT 41), ports and marinas for leisure vessels
(ITC-BT 42), supplying power to outdoor portable equipment, to industrial equipment and for outdoor or industrial coilers. Industrial workshop and
farming devices, dry, humid or damp premises, outdoors, tool machine connections...
In fine, using RV-K, VV-K, RV or RZ1-K (AS) type cables in provisional work site installations is against the regulations.
10.- Using halogen-free cables in the belief that they always have the high-security (AS) cable characteristics demanded by Spain's
Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) in public places
When high-security (AS) cables of the Afumex type first came onto the market their main novelty was the halogen-free nature of their composition
as opposed to the traditional PVC of conventional cables (RV, RV-K, VV-K, H07V-K, H07V-R types, etc.. Indeed, one of their main characteristics is
the absence halogen acid gas (HCl) in the gases emitted by the possible combustion of the new Afumex cable, which is where the halogen free
expression came from.
You can often find halogen-free cables in the market that are flame retardant... but they may not have other characteristics required of AS cables.
Remember that Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage in the ITCs 14, 15, 16 and 28 demands that the cables be fire retardant with
reduced opacity and smoke emissions and refers to cable design standards that pass the fire tests as reference cables for the installations mentioned
in aforementioned ITCs. The tests to be passed by a high-security (AS) cable are as follows:
Flame retardant, UNE EN 60332

Fire retardant UNE EN 50266
Low smoke emission UNE EN 61034 AS
Halogen free + low gas corrosiveness UNE EN 50267
65
That is to say, if we purchase a halogen-free cable that is not fire retardant (a relatively frequent issue for fire detection cables or aluminium
cables) it will not meet the regulation requirements to be installed in a public place given that it is not high-security (AS). For this very reason, we
at Prysmian would ask you to refer to such cables as AS cables or high-security cables rather than halogen-free cables, which implies meeting
Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) and Royal Decree 2267/2004 requirements.
Please make sure that your cable is high-security (AS) (and not simply halogen-free) whenever so required for your installation. All of our Afumex
cables are high-security (AS) in all of their versions.
In fine, all high-security (AS) cables are halogen-free, but not all the latter are high-security (AS) as required by Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation
for Low Voltage (REBT).
Afumex fi high-security (AS) fi halogen-free

Halogen-free fi high-security (AS)?
(See section L on fire tests).
11.- Failing to install high-security (AS+) cables in non-independent security services in public places
Quite often we notice that in a lot of cases, the concept of fire resistant cable is misinterpreted and it is wrongly believed that we are dealing with
an Afumex (AS) type of cable.
Non-independent security services or services with independent centralised power supply sources, must remain operative during and after the
fire, and must meet the specifications laid down in Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200 and have reduced smoke emission and opacity.
So states paragraph 4 of section f) of point 4 of Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 28. This part of the regulation
is concerned with the need to ensure the service of those security services that are not independent. In fine, to avoid a fire being able to short-
circuit or break any conductor used to supply alarms, fire pumps, lifts, non-independent emergency lighting, detectors...
To put it simply, someone may be using AS type cable only in public places for all types of receivers. However, we must emphasise the fact that
non-independent security services and independent centralised power supply sources must be supplied with Afumex Firs (AS+) (fire resistant) type
cable. This type of cable, in addition to complying with high-security (AS) tests (see previous point), is also fire resistant. It can withstand fires of
842 C for 90 minutes in accordance with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200. Moreover, in the event of an emergency situation caused
by a fire we will be covered against technical and legal requirements.
AS+ cables are easily identified by their orange sheath, however, it is important to bear in mind that their insulation and sheath may be composed
of different substances, thus their generic names can be SZ1-K, RZ1-K mica because what is asked of these cables is that they comply with
particular fire tests, not that they have specific compositions, thus the most appropriate generic name is AS+. Our stock Afumex Firs AS+ are,
SZ1-K to 10 mm2 and RZ1-K mica from 16 mm2.
Confusing AS with AS+ may compromise the safety of many people. Please be careful when selecting the appropriate cable. In this catalogue, you
may have some Afumex Firs (AS+) application guidelines in the first few pages.
Once more, we would ask you to make sure that the fire resistant cables that you use pass the fire retardant test as required by the Spain's
Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) (there are several types of cable that do not meet the requirement of this standard).
AS+ fi AS + fire resistant (Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200).
12.- Using cables for non-independent security services in public places that comply with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200
and which are not AS+
Just as AS cable must not be used as AS+ cable, neither should fire resistant cables that are not AS+ be used in public places. The regulation
requires cables that comply with high-security (AS) tests and which are also fire resistant in accordance with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE
EN 50200. Obviously, and in the light of Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT), it would make no sense not requiring fire
resistant cables to comply with the tests to which the rest of the installation cables are subject given that this is technically possible.
We make this point in order to ensure that readers do not forget to check that their security cables comply with all AS+ cable tests that we indicate below:
Flame retardant, UNE EN 60332

Fire retardant UNE EN 50266
Low smoke emission UNE EN 61034 AS
Halogen free + low gas corrosiveness UNE EN 50267 AS+
Fire resistance UNE EN 50200
66
Please pay special attention to what we are saying here. A fire resistant cable in accordance with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200
which, for example, fails to comply with the fire retardant test, even though it complies with the rest of the aforementioned tests , is not an
AS+ cable, and therefore, is not suitable for installation in public places. It would not comply with regulation requirements.
Our Afumex Firs and Afumex Firs Detec-signal cables comply with all the tests that meet AS+s classification.
13.- Believing that it is not compulsory to install Afumex (AS) type cables in industrial installations
Regardless of the Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 28 considerations, ever since the coming into force on
17 January 2005 of the Security Regulation on Fire Protection in Industrial Establishments (RD 2267/2004), Annex II, section 3.3 states Cables
must be fire retardant with reduced smoke emission and opacity. That is to say, once again we find ourselves obliged to use Afumex (AS) cables,
this time round in industrial installations.
We recommend that you consult aforementioned Royal Decree.
14.- Installing RV-K in overhead exterior lighting networks
Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 09 of Spain's current Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage in section
5.2.2. states that overhead exterior lighting networks must be installed in accordance with the systems and materials stipulated in ITC-BT 06 (Low
voltage overhead distribution networks). In the first paragraph of aforementioned ITC, section 1.1.1. we read, Insulated conductors shall have an
assigned voltage of no less than 0.6/1 kV, shall be sheathed so as to guarantee good resistance to weather conditions and must meet the requirements
specified in Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 21030.
That is to say, overhead exterior lighting networks must be installed with RZ Cu cable (see Polirret Feriex). The use of RV-K, RV, VV-K or RZ1-K (AS)
cables are not accepted for these outdoor installations, given that they are designed according to Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 21123 and
are not subject to the strict tests that Polirret Feriex are subject to.
15.- Using cables that do not comply with the fire retardant test in premises with a risk of fire or explosion
Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 20432-3 appears in section 9.2 of Supplementary Technical Instructions, Low Voltage to the REBT ITC-BT 29.
(Cable requirements for premises with a risk of fire or explosion).
This standard no longer figures in modern cable catalogues given that it has been abolished and replaced by the UNE EN 50.266 series. Specifically,
UNE EN 50.266-2-4 applies to the most commonly used cables (fire retardant, category C), with which all of our cables comply Afumex, Rigid and
Flexible Wirepol, Retenax Flam, and Armoured Retenax Flam among others.
It is important to make sure that the cable we install in premises with a risk of fire or explosion complies with this Regulation requirement (quite
frequently cables with PVC do not comply with the fire retardant test). We recommend that you always pay particular attention to same. Prysmian
guarantees compliance for all sections in our stock for aforementioned product lines.
In section L in this LV cable catalogue you can check the equivalence between old and new standards.
16.- Using cables that are not suited to permanently submerged installations
There are several possibilities for permanently submerged services:
a) To supply power to submerged pumps to lift water in wells, or for submersion in water generally: DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS cable (UNE 21166).
Consult your distributor for waste water, chemical products, oils, etc.
b) For natural water to a depth of 10 m and up to a temperature of 40 C: H07RN8-F cable (UNE 21027-16).
c) For drinking water: consult your distributor for the Hydrofirm cable.
Consequently, the following types of cable, among others, should NOT be used for permanent submerged services:
RV-K: point 5 in their design standard (UNE 21123-2) contains a guideline for use in which we read that they are not suited to supplying power to
submerged pumps. That is to say, they are expressly stated as not being allowable for submerged services.
DN-K: in spite of being a rubber cable, its uses do not cover permanent submerged services. On being a cable for fixed services (-K) its insulation
(EPR) and sheath (neoprene) thicknesses are less than those of H07RN-F, DN-F, H07RN8-F and DN-F SUBMERGED PUMP thicknesses.
H07RN-F: this is also a rubber cable with sheath and insulation thicknesses over those of DN-K, but in the first modification to its user guide (UNE
21176/1M: 2003) we read, literally: Not suited to situations that involve permanent submersion in water. Nonetheless, this cable is suited to
supplying pumps that can be submerged, that is to say, typical drainage pumps in which the cable is only temporarily submerged.
67
DN-F: this cable is designed in accordance with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 21150 (not to be mixed up with UNE 21166 for DN-F SUBMERGED PUMP
cables) and its uses do not cover permanent submersion services. Indeed, those cables suited for these purposes are indicated in their user guides.
The standards clearly state, however, neither RV-K, DN-K, H07RN-F nor DN-F are allowable for permanent submerged services. This explains why
there are cables such as H07RN8-F, DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS or the Hydrofirm designed for such atmospheres.
17.- Grouping the same phases in parallel cable installations and not taking into account the impedance imbalance caused
When installing various cables by phases you must not forget that:
1.- For calculation purposes we have to apply a correction coefficient of no more than 0.9 to compensate for possible current imbalances between
cables connected to the same phase. (Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 20435 section 3.1.2.3)
2.- When installing we must use conductors made of the same material, section and length, without any branches and, moreover, the cables must
be grouped in staggered groups of three at various levels:
At one level: RST TSR RST TSR ...

At several levels:
T SR
RST
TSR
...
(ITC-BT 07 section 2.1.6.)
(See section K, point 8 as to neutral layout).
18.- Installing cables on pre-existing cable runs and not reducing the current of the already installed cables
Quite often the most is made of already operating cable runs for new cable laying operations in order to supply new receivers. Obviously if we
have active circuits in one tray, this shall be the most comfortable route for any new cables, but we need to take into account that the grouping of
circuits must be accompanied by correction factors that reduce cable currents (both for the newly laid ones, as well as for already existing ones).
This involves carrying out numerous checks and acting upon same, or opting for a new cable route that avoids any influence from the already
existing ones. (See section K, points 1, 2 and 3).
19.- Not using high-security (AS) cables for mobile services (Afumex Expo (AS)) where necessary
There is a series of non-fixed services in which AS cables have to be installed because the services are provided in public places. For example,
TV mobile units broadcasting from football stadiums using extensions that must be appropriate to the setting. Or provisional indoor fairs where
cables are installed for the duration of the event and removed afterwards for use elsewhere. Or for supplying mobile lights in a theatre. RV-K or
VV-K should not be used for such applications because they are not high-security cables and are only suited to fixed installations (this is what the
-K stands for in their generic name). On selecting RZ1-K (AS) cables we would be complying with the obligation to provide the service with high-
security cables, which also serve for fixed installations (-K). Consequently, we provide the Afumex Expo (AS) high-security cable for mobile services
that comply with all ITC-BT 34 regulations for fairs and stands and ITC-BT 28 regulations for public places.
ITC-BT 28 - Fire retardant

(point 4, section f) - With reduced smoke emission and opacity
- Characteristics equivalent to those of Spain's Harmonised Standards
UNE 21123-4 / 5 or UNE 211002
ITC-BT 34 Afumex Expo (AS)

(point 6.2) - 450/750 V minimum voltage
- Polychloroprene sheath or similar
- In accordance with UNE 21027
- Suitable for mobile services
68
Afumex Expo (AS) cable is the technical and regulatory solution for specific, non-fixed, high-security services. Ones in which RZ1-K (AS), RV-K,
VV-K, etc., cannot be used.
Neither is the use of H07RN-F cables (for provisional work site services, for example) acceptable. These cables are not high-security ones (AS) and
are, therefore, not suited to public places. The HO7RN-F would be suitable for upstream individual branch circuits in fairs and stands.
The following table clarifies what is stated in this point:
Mobile services AS
Afumex Expo (AS) YES YES
RV-K NO NO
VV-K NO NO
RZ1-K (AS) NO YES
HO7RN-F YES NO
See Afumex Expo (AS) technical specification.
20.- Forgetting Technical Building Code (CTE) requirements for Afumex cables
Article 11 of the Building Technical Code stipulates the basic security requirements for fires, in accordance with which buildings will be designed,
built, maintained and used, in such a way that the risk of any fire extending inside and outside same is limited, the evacuation of occupants is
ensured and fire brigade work is facilitated. Such requirements are met by means of installing Afumex cables which, given their high fireproof
qualities and low smoke emission and opacity, toxic gases and corrosive gases, are the product best suited to complying with the regulation. Other
cables, such as RV-K, RV, VV-K, H07V-K, H07V-U ones, etc., do not meet basic, fire protection requirements.
21.- Intending to use fire resistant cables with aluminium conductors
Section 4. f. paragraph 4, of the Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (Royal Decree 842/2002) ITC-BT 28 stipulates the conditions that must
be met by cables to supply non-independent security services or services with independent power supply sources (fire resistant cables). As stated
in aforementioned paragraph, they must comply with Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 50200 test, which requires that they withstand a
temperature of 830 C for 90 minutes without any loss of supply continuity. That is to say, without any short-circuit or discontinuity in the conductors.
Aluminium is a metal the melting point of which is around 660 C, thus it is not used as a conductor metal in fire resistant cables. Copper melts at
a temperature of 1087 C and, thus, is the conductor metal with which intrinsic fire resistant cables are made, such as the Afumex Firs (AS+).
Fire resistant cables that can be used according to Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) also comply with other fire resistance
tests such as fire retardant qualities, low toxic gas emission and no corrosive gas emission and are characterised by their orange sheath (recommended
in their design standard UNE 211025) and because they carry the AS+ initials in their marking. The insulation and sheath materials used are not
stipulated in their design standard because it prioritises the cable's functional nature as a result of complying with AS+ cable fire resistant tests.
22.- Taking the geometric section of the cables as being the same as their electrical section
Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE EN 60228 (Insulated cable conductors) includes the concept of nominal section as the value that identifies a
particular measurement of the conductor, but which is not subject to direct measurement. It further adds in a note: Each particular conductor
measurement in this standard corresponds to a maximum resistance value requirement.
That is to say, we must be clear that the section value we are all familiar with (2, 5, 4, 6, 10, etc.) refers to a maximum resistance value and not
to a specific measurable value with a conductor section geometric gauge. In this way the standard ensures what really interests us, namely, that
the cable is not going to comply with a specific electrical resistance value for each section, regardless of whether its copper or aluminium is of a
better or worse quality.
See section K, point 12 to find the correspondence between the electrical section and maximum allowable resistance in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
69
23.- Using insulated conductors for tray laying
If we look at definition 36 in Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) (ITC-BT 01) we are told literally that an insulated conductor
is an assembly that includes the conductor, its insulation and its particular screens. Whenever an insulated conductor does not have a screen, it
is, therefore, an electrical conductor with a sheath acting as insulation, as is the case with Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) or Flexible Wirepol cables.
Definition 13 of the same ITC-BT 01 states that a tray is a piece of installation material consisting of an open-topped strip, with perforated or
imperforated walls, used to support cables.
If we have a look at Table 1 in ITC-BT 20 we will see that the installation system consisting of insulated conductors in trays is not acceptable. Such
a rejection is understandable given that we would be exposing conductors without protection, which only have a single protection layer, even though
their main function is to provide insulation. In fact, we can see in the same table that sheathed cables are accepted for installation in trays because
they are insulated cables with an additional sheath for mechanical protection (Afumex 1000 V (AS) or Retenax Flex cables, for example). In this
way, the conductor is protected against any possible mechanical aggression to which it might be subject.
Sometimes we come across insulated conductors laid in trays, especially yellow-green protected ones. Though it is true that this is a conductor
that does not normally withstand dangerous voltages, it is also true that Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT), and quite rightly
so, makes no exceptions with respect to the installation of insulated conductors in trays. Such a use is practical, given that, as is well known, the
most commonly used 0.6/1 kV single core cables with insulation and sheath have no different colours assigned to them, they are normally green
if they are AS (high-security) (Afumex 1000 V (AS)) and black if their sheath is made of PVC (Retenax Flex), which makes it difficult to identify the
function of each conductor in single core cable lay-outs when the high section required means it is not advisable to resort to multi-core cables
due to laying problems.
Section 2.2.4 in Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT) Guide-BT 19 recommends identifying these 0.6/1 kV single core cables
by way of appropriate means, such as a marker or ring, or a label, etc. at each end of the cable. The most suitable way would be to identify cables
at regular intervals along their routes (phases, neutral and protection).
It would certainly be interesting for installations to have 0.6/1 kV cables with different sheath colours, but we must not forget that these cables
are used for handling reasons during laying and quite often they are to be found as of 50 mm2, to have several colours would imply multiplying
installer's and manufacturer's stocks and transporting several large reels to install the cable when a lot of cable laying operations can be done
with a single reel (or, indeed, the 5th part of the material that would be involved in using the 5 colours in a three-phase lay-out). On the other hand,
these sheaths can be custom coloured, given that Prysmian can manufacture them to order.
Whenever a tray has a cover it becomes a protective conduit, if such a protective conduit can only be opened with a tool or forceful manual action,
and moreover, its minimum level of protection is IP4X or IP XXD, it can accommodate insulated conductors (Table 1, ITC-BT 20) because they will
be provided with the required additional mechanical protection. In this case, you must be careful to bear in mind that cable ventilation will not be
the same on being in a basically sealed conduit, thus the allowable currents will be reduced. Therefore, if in some case we want to convert a tray
into a conduit by adding a cover, we must be aware of the fact that we need to re-calculate the cable sections accommodated therein.
70
K) SOLUTION TO SPECIAL AND FREQUENT SITUATIONS
1.- Cable grouping into several layers in trays
We can take the methodology to be followed in the case of cable installations in trays into several layers as an example.
Let us suppose we have a perforated tray with 3 layers of 6 three-phase multi-conductors in each one. Table A.52-3 in Spain's Harmonised Standard
UNE 20460-5-523, see page 24, only refers to correction coefficients for one layer.
3 layers
6 cables per layer
TABLE A. 52-3 (UNE 20460-5-523: Nov-04)

Point Layout
1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20
1 Recessed 1.0 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.40
It is most advisable to use single layers in the trays, but sometimes the conduit is used to accommodate cables in several levels that come into contact,
thus it is a good idea to know the size of the effect this exercises on the grouping.
As can be seen from the table, a 6 conductor layer means we need to apply a correction coefficient of 0.75. Let us see what additional coefficient we have
to apply as a result of having 2 additional layers coming into contact.
By resorting to the French Standard NF C 15-100 part 5-52, which corresponds to the Cenelec harmonisation document HD 384-5-523 and the IEC 60364-
5-52 like our aforementioned UNE 20460-5-523, we see from table 52 O (NF C 15-100 part 5-52) that correction factors are given for the number
of layers in each sssinstallation system in our table A.52-3 (52N in the French standard). Spain's Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT)
Guide-BT 19 actually reproduces the table in section 2.2.3.
Number of layers 2 3 4 or 5 6 to 8 9 or more

Coefficient 0.8 0.73 0.7 0.68 0.66
Our example gives rise to the following correction factor:
F = 0.75 x 0.73 = 0.5475
3 layers
6 cables per layer
71
2.- Grouping tubes into several layers
The same tables are given in the French standard NF C 15-100 (tables 52P and 52Q) and in the Portuguese regulation (table 52-E3, see below), with
correction coefficients to group conductor tubes with conductors in the open air, or recessed in concrete, into several horizontal layers. Afterwards
the same tables were incorporated into Guide-BT, point 2.2.3. Afterwards the same tables were incorporated into Guide-BT 19, point 2.2.3.
Number of vertically Number of horizontally positioned conduits

positioned conduits 1 2 3 4 5 6
Open air conduits
1
2 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.81 0.80 0.79
3 0.85 0.81 0.78 0.76 0.75 0.74
4 0.82 0.78 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.72
5 0.80 0.76 0.72 0.71 0.70 0.70
6 0.79 0.75 0.71 0.70 0.69 0.68
Conduits buried or recessed in concrete
1
2 0.87 0.71 0.62 0.57 0.53 0.50
3 0.77 0.62 0.53 0.48 0.45 0.42
4 0.72 0.57 0.48 0.44 0.40 0.38
5 0.68 0.53 0.45 0.40 0.37 0.35
6 0.65 0.50 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.32
In this case, we have the relevant coefficient for the number of circuits in a tube per layer and the number of layers in the same table. We have
removed the correction coefficients to be applied in the event of a single layer because we have this in aforementioned table, Table A.52-3
(UNE 20460- 5-523: Nov-04).
We must insist in the advisability of making runs with a single layer of conduits, however, sometimes space restrictions give rise to installation
systems with groupings that require a suitable solution.
3.- Groupings of several circuits in the same tube or conduit (current tables for the special case of distribution panels)
We know that the standards give us allowable current values when there is one circuit in a tube, channel or conduit in
general, but the doubt usually arises as to what current value to take when there are 2 or more circuits in the same
tube or conduit.
To be able to size with a certain degree of security the conductors inside distribution panels is normally another problem
caused by particular installations, (a lot of loaded conductors grouped together). Quite often, there are groupings of a lot
of conductors in the open air, or in some sort of channel. Spain's Harmonised Standard UNE 20460-5-523 makes it
clear what must be done when we have a lot of conductors and only one conduit, or when they are grouped in the open
air in the form of a bundle of cables.
We know we have coefficients for grouping in table A.52-3, however, the terminology used gives rise to many doubts,
particularly when referring to recessed groups (first row).
TABLE A.52-3 (UNE 20460-5-523: Nov-04)

Point Layout
1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20
1 Recessed 1.0 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.40
72
Certain publications on the subject explain more thoroughly with respect to groupings in general, for installation systems of type A1, A2, B1, B2
and C; in other words, all installation systems except for underground installations (D) and trays (E and F), the appropriate coefficient is the same
for embedded or recessed sorts. A technical definition of recessed means the adjustment or encasement of an object within another object.
This explanation makes it easier to determine the values for different groupings (cable bundles) such as those that are typically inside distribution
panels or grouped in circuits under a protective channel.
For instance, with a bundle of 36 number 1.5 Afumex Paneles type cables in contact within a tube or conduit inside a distribution panel, we can
obtain a maximum allowable current value of a fairly reasonable magnitude circulating through them.
The grouping coefficient for 36 single pole conductors is equivalent to 12 three-phase circuits. Thus, from table A.52-3 we obtain 0.45.
The standard environmental inside the panels is 50C. Thus, taking the corresponding coefficient listed under UNE 20460-5-523 (table 52 - D1)
will render a value of 0.9 (compared with 40C of the standard outside).
Since these are cables encased in a tube or conduit within distribution boards, reference B2 could be used as a valid reference. Additionally, factoring
in three-phase thermostable circuits (Afumex Paneles) will result in XLPE3, which, on the maximum allowable current table A.52-1 bis, brings us
to column 7 with a allowable current of 16A.

mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 -
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 -
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 -
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 -
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 -
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 -
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 - 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 - 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 - - - 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 - - - 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 - - - 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 - - - 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 - - - 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 - - - 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
73
Thus, the final maximum allowable current in each conductor of the bundle shall be
I = 16 x 0.45 x 0.9 = 6.48 A (refer to the value marked on the table)
The application of this explained methodology obtains the values listed on the following tables, applicable to cables installed in distribution boards,
thermoplastic and thermostable, outside or within a tube or conduit:
Application of Spanish Standard UNE EN 20.460-5-523 (Nov. 04)
Thermoplastic cables (Afumex Plus, Rigid Wirepol, Flexible Wirepol, Euroflam Energy...)
Within a tube or conduit

(Method B2)
No. of conductors 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 36 48 60
Coefficient at a
temperature of 50_C 0.82
Coefficient per
1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.4
grouping
1x1.5 10.6 8.5 7.4 7.46 6.4 5.8 5.8 5.3 5.3 4.8 4.2 4.2
1x2.5 14.3 11.4 10 10 8.6 7.8 7.8 7.1 7.1 6.4 5.7 5.7
1x4 18.8 15.0 13.2 13.2 11.3 10.4 10.4 9.4 9.4 8.4 7.5 7.5
1x6 24.6 19.6 17.2 17.2 14.8 13.5 13.5 12.3 12.3 11.1 9.8 9.8
1x10 32.8 26.2 23 23 19.7 18 18 16.4 16.4 14.8 13.1 13.1
1x16 44.2 35.4 31 31 26.6 24.4 24.4 22.1 22.1 19.9 17.7 17.7
1x25 57.4 45.9 40.2 40.2 34.4 31.6 31.6 28.7 28.7 25.8 23 23
1x35 70.5 56.4 49.4 49.4 42.3 38.8 38.8 35.3 35.3 31.7 28.2 28.2
Outside exposed to the air

(Method C)
No. of conductors 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 36 48 60
Coefficient at a
temperature of 50_C 0.82
Coefficient per
1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.4
grouping
1x1.5 12.3 9.8 8.6 8.61 7.3 6.7 6.7 6.1 6.1 5.5 4.9 4.9
1x2.5 17.2 13.7 12.1 12.1 10.3 9.4 9.4 8.61 8.61 7.7 6.8 6.8
1x4 22.1 17.7 15.5 15.5 13.3 12.2 12.2 11.1 11.1 9.9 8.8 8.8
1x6 29.5 23.6 20.7 20.7 17.7 16.2 16.2 14.8 14.8 13.3 11.8 11.8
1x10 41 32.8 28.7 28.7 24.6 22.6 22.6 20.5 20.5 18.5 16.4 16.4
1x16 54.1 43.2 37.9 37.9 32.5 29.8 29.8 27.1 27.1 24.4 21.6 21.6
1x25 68.8 55.1 48.2 48.2 41.3 37.9 37.9 34.4 34.4 31 27.6 27.6
1x35 85.2 68.2 59.7 59.7 51.2 46.9 46.9 42.6 42.6 38.4 34.1 34.1
Temperature inside the distribution board: 50C.
NOTE: The tables list the final values (with the indicated coefficients already applied).
74
Thermostable cables (Afumex Paneles, Afumex 1000 V, Retenax Flex)
Within a tube or conduit

(Method B2)
No. of conductors 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 36 48 60
Coefficient at a
temperature of 50C 0.9
Coefficient per
1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 0.4 0. 4
grouping
1x1.5 14.4 11.5 10.1 10.1 8.6 7.9 7.9 7.2 7.2 6.4 5.7 5.7
1x2.5 19.8 15.8 13.9 13.9 11.9 10.9 10.9 9.9 9.9 8.9 7.9 7.9
1x4 27 21.6 18.9 18.9 16.2 14.9 14.9 13.5 13.5 12.2 10.8 10.8
1x6 33.3 26.6 23.3 23.3 20 18.3 18.3 16.7 16.7 15 13.3 13.3
1x10 46.8 37.4 32.8 32.8 28.1 25.7 25.7 23.4 23.4 21.1 18.7 18.7
1x16 63 50.4 44.1 44.1 37.8 34.7 34.7 31.5 31.5 28.4 25.2 25.2
1x25 79.2 63.3 55.4 55.4 47.5 43.6 43.6 39.6 39.6 35.6 31.7 31.7
1x35 99 79.2 69.3 69.3 59.4 54.5 54.5 49.5 49.5 44.6 39.6 39.6
Outside exposed to the

air (Method C)
No. of conductors 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 36 48 60
Coefficient at a
temperature of 50C 0.9
Coefficient per
1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.4
grouping
1x1.5 17.1 13.6 12 12 10.3 9.4 9.4 8.5 8.55 7.7 6.8 6.8
1x2.5 23.4 18.7 16.4 16.4 14 12.9 12.9 11.7 11.7 10.5 9.36 9.36
1x4 30.6 24.4 21.4 21.4 18.4 16.8 16.8 15.3 15.3 13.8 12.2 12.2
1x6 39.6 31.6 27.7 27.7 23.8 21.8 21.8 19.8 19.8 17.8 15.8 15.8
1x10 54 43.2 37.8 37.8 32.4 29.7 29.7 27 27 24.3 21.6 21.6
1x16 72.9 58.3 51 51 43.7 40.1 40.1 36.5 36.5 32.8 29.2 29.2
1x25 92.7 74.1 64.9 64.9 55.6 51 51 46.4 46.4 41.7 37.1 37.1
1x35 114.3 91.4 80 80 68.6 62.9 62.9 57.2 57.2 51.4 45.7 45.7
Temperature inside the distribution board: 50C.
NOTE: The tables list the final values (with the indicated coefficients already applied).
4. - Grouping of various circuits in the same underground tube or conduit
Under Spain's Electrotechnical Regulations for Low Voltage (REBT), point 2.2.3 in the supplementary technical instructions for low voltage ITC-BT
20 refers to ITC-BT 07 and ITC-BT 21 for laying underground lines. ITC-BT 07 expressively states that no more than one circuit per tube shall be
installed for underground lines. However, it should be noted that underground installations that are not distribution networks are now included in
Spanish Standard UNE 20460-5-523 (Nov. 2004) and, additionally, point 1.2.4 in ITC-BT 21 includes a table with tube diameters for 6 or more
conductors. This thus serves as grounds for justifying laying various circuits within a single underground channel (a common problem when installing
solar photovoltaic power farms).
Spanish standards do not expressly stipulate correction coefficients when various circuits are installed in a same underground tube or conduit,
though table 52T of French Standard NFC 15-100 gives us the following values:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 16 20
1 0.71 0.58 0.5 0.45 0.41 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.29 0.25 0.22
75
Notwithstanding the above, we do not recommend installing various circuits in the same tube or conduit for numerous reasons:
1.- The aforementioned legal interpretations.
2.- From a maintenance standpoint, should one or various cables need to be extracted, their replacement would be extremely arduous due to the
other cables already in the conduit.
3.- In keeping with the table, the correction coefficients per grouping are highly stringent. With only two circuits, 29 % of the cables must be
unloaded. In other words, heating could become excessive if the coefficients shown are not applied.
5.- Maximum current for provisional-use cables wound up on a reel or winding

Certain provisional services are furnished with rolled-up cables which have not been fully unrolled to keep from extending the entire cable when
unnecessary. However, it is essential to ascertain whether the cable will withstand the current that it will undergo in this particular situation.
Spanish Standard UNE 22585 covering electrical cables in open pits provides a table with correction coefficients for cables on reels. The allowable
currents for the cable must be multiplied by the factors listed on the following table with a view to suitably reducing the charge on the cable. A
cable on a reel is a single circuit wound around itself thus forming a series of tightly wound coils that interfere with the usual dissipation of heat
generated by the Joule effect.
Number of layers Correction factor Number of layers Correction factor

1 0.76 5 0.36*
2 0.58 6 0.27*
3 0.47 7 0.22*
4 0.40
*Values recommended by Prysmian (not stipulated under Spanish standard UNE 22585)
The significant reductions in the correction coefficients should be borne in mind as an essential factor.
It should be kept in mind that the tendency to calculate the inductance reactance from the effect of the coiled conductor for determining voltage
drops in these cases is erroneous, since coiled single or three-phase circuits are complete circuits and the effects of each circuit are compensated
with each other. Thus, the (Aharonov-Bohm) solenoid effect is not a factor.
We recommend unrolling the cable fully whenever possible.
6. - Inductive reactance calculation for circuits with conductors that are staggered or laid out in a single layer
Triangular conductors (staggered)
a a
d = 2r
d = 2r
Three single-pole cables One three-phase cable

L = [4.6 . log(a/r) + 0.5] . 10-4 [H/km]
The variables for all cases are:

a = distance between conductor axes in mm
r = radius of conductor in mm
Three conductors on the same plane
a
d = 2r
L = [4.6 . log(a/r) + 0.96] . 10-4 [H/km]
Two conductors
d = 2r
L = [9.2 . log(a/r) + 1] . 10-4 [H/km]
a
76
Example: with a line of 3 single-pole copper Afumex 1000V Iris Tech cables (AS) measuring 1x95. Factoring in the necessary data appearing
in this catalogue:
d = 2r
fext cable 17.9 mm = a

fconductor 15.1 mm = 2r r 7.6 mm
Replacing in the triangular cables formula:

L = [4.6 x log (17.9/7.6) + 0.5] x 10-4 = 2.21 x 10-4 H/km
And, therefore, the inductive reactance at 50Hz would
XL = w . L = 2 x p x 50 x 2.21 x 10-4 0.07 W/km [w = 2 x p . f ]
This is the value that could be considered for the reactance of the line since capacitive effect is usually insignificant in LV calculations.
7.- Exact voltage drop calculation

For instance, a three-phase receptor with the following characteristics:
Reactance of the line x 0.07 W/km (refer to the previous section)
Current intensity I = 200 A
Voltage between phases U = 400 V
Length of the line L = 60 m
Power Factor j cos j = 0.9
Cable employed: Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) single pole (RZ1-K) 1 x 95 copper XLPE3
Installation system: Perforated tray type F
Two more circuits in contact correction coefficient 0.87 (see drawing)
Our circuit Other circuits in contact thermally

influencing our circuit
On the table of allowable current values, this cable bears 271 A, which, affected by the correction coefficient per grouping 0.87, the maximum
current shall be
271 A x 0.87 = 235.77 A (this value is the maximum current that this cable can withstand where it is installed, perforated tray with two circuits in contact).
Returning to the formula for the temperature of this conductor mentioned in section E) of this catalogue:
q = q0 + (qmax - q0) (I / Imax)2
q: estimated real temperature in the conductor

q0: ambient temperature (of the unloaded conductor) 40C (standard ambient temperature in Spain)
qmax: maximum allowable temperature for the conductor according to its insulation since Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech (AS) is a thermostable
cable (see section J, point 3) 90C
I: calculated current for the conductor 200 A
Imax: maximum allowable current for the conductor according to the installation type 235.77 A (this value could generate further doubts
during calculation. This is the maximum allowable current value for the conditions of installation in this case)
77
Replacing:
q = 40 + (90 - 40) x (200 / 235.77)2 = 75.98 C
Thus, the resistance
rq = r20 [1 + a (q - 20)]
r75.98 = 1/56 x [1 + 0.00392 x (75.98 - 20)] = 0.0218 W mm2/m g75.98 = 1/0.0218 = 45.87 m/Wmm2
There is a noticeable difference between calculating conductivity at 20 C (g = 56) or at the real temperature (g = 45.87). For this, whenever the
calculation here is not used, the most unfavourable value should be used (g = 44 in case of copper cables with thermostable insulation). The error
could be up to 28%. See other values for _ in section E.
With the value of conductivity at the estimated real temperature for the conductor, the real voltage drop can be calculated:
The formula to calculate section voltage drop (section E) will clear the voltage drop DU:
3 . L . I . cos j
S=
g . (DU - 1.732 x 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j)
3 . L . I . cos j
DU = + 1.732 x 10-3 . x . L . I . sen j
g.S
3 x 60 x 200 x 0.9 + 1.732 x 10-3 x 60 x 200 x 0.4359 = 13.35 V

DU =
45.87 x 95
Expressed in a percentage:
13.35 / 400 x 100 = 3.34 %
8.- Placement of neutrals when the installation requires various conductors per phase.
The criterion for running the neutrals is the same as for the phases: each group of cables must be the mirror image of the one next to it, namely:
Triangular (staggered):
On a single level:
As mentioned in Spanish standard UNE 20435, point 3.1.2.3, it is likewise recommended to add a 0.9 correction coefficient when calculating the
section under the allowable current criterion. This type of groupings always produces an imbalance of impedances.
78
9.- Maximum voltages that cables can permanently sustain
In general, a maximum allowable permanent current value for the cables is basically clear, referring to the pertinent tables for the values for each
specific cable section. There are usually more doubts arising with respect to the maximum allowable permanent voltage for cables.
Ascertaining maximum voltage is less significant because rated voltage values are greater than the installation voltage, though it is nevertheless
useful to know the maximum value that each cable can sustain continuously, especially for MV grids or photovoltaic installations.
Cables up to 450/750 V (inclusive)
Point 5.1 of Spanish Standard UNE 21176 (Guide for use of harmonised LV cables) lays out the voltage limit conditions, pursuant to which harmonised
cables up to 450/750 V have been designed, i.e., the most commonly used cables whose design corresponds to some of the parts in Spanish
Standard UNE 21031 or UNE 21027.
Cable name Generic designation Rated voltage Uo/U V Design standard

Wirepol Flexible H05V-K / H07V-K 300/500 / 450/750 UNE 21031-3
Rigid Wirepol H05V-U / H07V-U / H07V-R 300/500 / 450/750 / 450/750 UNE 21031-3
Wirepol Gas H05VV-F 300/500 UNE 21031-5
Euroflam N H05VV-F 300/500 UNE 21031-5
Flextreme H07RN-F 450/750 UNE 21027-4

Solder H01N2-D 100/100 UNE 21027-6
Flexible Afumex Panels H07Z-K 450/750 UNE 21027-9
Rigid Afumex Panels H07Z-R 450/750 UNE 21027-9
Afumex Expo H07ZZ-F 450/750 UNE 21027-13
Uo: this is the rated effective voltage value between an insulated conductor and ground (metal covering on the cable or the surrounding medium)
U: this is the rated effective voltage value between two conductors of any phase of a multiconductor cable or of a system of single-pole cables.
In a DC system, the system's voltage should not exceed 1.5 times the cable's rated voltage.
Alternate current power voltage can exceed 10% permanently.
Thus, in keeping with Spanish Standard UNE 21176, cables for 450/750V (between phases) can permanently withstand 750 x 1.1 = 825V effective
voltage in AC and 750 x 1.5 = 1125V effective voltage in DC. Their maximum effective voltages between conductor and ground would be 450 x
1.1 = 495 V and 450 x 1.5 = 675 V.
Uo/U = 450/750 V Maximum 495/825V effective voltage in AC and maximum 675/1125V in DC

The following table lists the maximum allowable values for permanent simple voltage (conductor-ground) and composite voltage (between conductors)
in both AC and DC for cables up to 450/750V, commented above.
Rated voltage values Maximum effective Maximum effective

Uo/U (V) voltage (V) in AC voltage (V) in DC
100 / 100 110 / 110 150 / 150
300 / 500 330 / 550 450 / 750
450 / 750 495 / 825 675 / 1125
79
This criterion is also applicable for the halogen free 750V cable Afumex Plus (AS) (ES05Z1-K and ES07Z1-K), which, while not being harmonised,
has been designed according to standards (UNE 211002) and the aforementioned maximum voltage criteria.
Cables from 0.6/1kV
Standard UNE 20435 defines nominal values for AC (does not list DC values) assigned to cables from 1kV:
Uo: Rated effective voltage at an industrial frequency between each conductor and the shield or sheath, for which the cable and its accessories
have been designed.
U: Rated effective voltage at an industrial frequency between any two conductors, for which the cable and its accessories have been designed.
In a 12/20 kV grid, we would thus have Uo = 12 kV and U = 20 kV.
However, as stressed in the text, these values are nominal, reference values to define electrical tests. This should not be
construed as the maximum operating value of the cable in question, which is defined by Um.
Um: maximum effective voltage at an industrial frequency between any two conductors, for which the cable and its
accessories have been designed. This is the highest effective voltage that can be withstood in normal operating conditions
at any instant and in any point in the circuit. This excludes the temporary variations in voltage due to default conditions
or sudden suppression of significant amounts of power. Uo U
The maximum voltage (Um) for the 12/20kV cable is 24kV.
The following table is taken from Spanish Standard UNE 211435 for Um values corresponding to each nominal value of
Uo/U; only the most frequently occurring values are shown below:
Rated voltage for cables and accessories Maximum effective voltage

Uo/U kV Um kV
0.6 / 1 1.2
1.8 / 3 3.6
3.6 / 6 7.2
6 / 10 12
8.7 / 15 17.5
12 / 20 24
15 / 25 30
18 / 30 36
26 / 45 52
36 / 66 72.5
NOTE: the maximum allowable permanent voltages in cables according to UNE standards are shown, though it should be kept in mind that stricter
pertinent regulatory requirements often prevail. Along these lines, supplementary instructions ITC-BT 37 under the Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation
for Low Voltage (REBT) states that cables must have a rated voltage of 0.6/1kV for facilities having a rated effective voltage greater than 500V in
AC or an average of 750V in DC.
Similar for MV category C grids, UNE 211435 requires voltage levels that are greater than the maximum allowable permanent values for the cables.
For example, a 12/20kV category C grid must have cable of at least 15/25kV.
NOTE: Spanish Standard UNE 211435 is a guide for selecting cables up to 18/30kV, the maximum voltages for higher rated cables are found on
table 2 in ITC-LAT 06 for the Regulation for High Voltage (RD 223/2008).
10 .- Marking for LV cables
The most direct manner to identify cables is by marking them. With the use of two examples, we intend to clarify the meaning of the marking on
cable insulation or sheathing.
Marking on 750V cable Afumex Plus
80
Taking each part of the inscription:

PRYSMIAN: Manufacturer's name. This is compulsory or, if legally protected, the manufacturer's identification number can appear here
AFUMEX PLUS: Trade name. Optional.
H07Z1-K: generic designation. Compulsory. Spanish Standard UNE 20434 provides for designations of cables up to 450/750V, where all the
designations can be found. Nonetheless, the standard for the design of each cable likewise contemplates the corresponding generic name.
Each part of this code has a meaning:
- H: harmonised cable according to CENELEC
- 07: rated voltage 450/750V: this is the reference voltage by which the cable is characterised and the tests are defined. 450V is the rated
effective voltage between the conductor and the ground, and 750V is the rated effective voltage between conductors. Alternate current cable
service voltage can exceed the rated value 10% permanently (UNE 21176). In other words, Afumex Plus can support a permanent voltage of
825V between phases (see previous point).
- Z1: insulation mix of thermoplastic with a polyolefin base, with low corrosive gas and smoke emission.
- -K: Flexible for fixed installations (class 5 according to UNE EN 60228).
(AS): indicates this is a high security cable. This mark has been compulsory since 2004 for this type of cables. This denotes its special behaviour
against fire (flame retardant, fire retardant, with low opaque smoke and toxic and corrosive gas emissions) (see section L).
1x2.5 mm2: nominal section of the conductor. While it may seem paradoxical, unsheathed 450/750V cables need not be marked under the standard.
This indicates the nominal section of the cable, this section is not subject to a direct measurement, rather to direct maximum resistance values
indicated in UNE EN 60228, i.e. 2.5 mm2 will not coincide perfectly with the value obtained with a caliper.
TYPE 2: compulsory inscription for this type of cables (UNE 211002)
AENOR: optional and written when the cable is certified by AENOR (Spanish Association for Standardisation and Certification).
In short, the manufacturer usually includes data that it deems to be relevant or clarifying for the installer, but the compulsory minimum information
for this cable would be:
PRYSMIAN H07Z1-K (AS) TYPE 2
Marking on 1000V cable Afumex Iris Tech
PRYSMIAN AFUMEX 1000 V IRIS TECH RZ1-K (AS) 0.6/ 1kV UNE 21123-4 3G1.5 AENOR 2007 1236 m
Likewise, we will comment on the inscription by parts:

PRYSMIAN: name of the manufacturer, compulsory, or registered trademark to protect under law with which the manufacturer trades under.
AFUMEX 1000 V IRIS TECH: Trade name of the cable. Optional, same as the previous case.
RZ1-K: generic designation of the prescriptive cable shall always appear on the sheath. The different layers of the cables are named always from
inside to outside, and their meaning is:
- R: Cross-linked polyethylene insulation (XLPE).
- Z1: polyolefin sheath with low corrosive gas and smoke emission.
- -K: flexible for fixed installations. Class 5 in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
(AS): - (AS): High security cable Compulsory marking with the same criteria as the previous section.
0.6/1 kV: rated voltage of 600V between a conductor and ground and 1000V between conductors. Maximum effective value for AC is 1200V in
permanent service (UNE 20435). Also prescribed its marking in the cable design standard.
UNE 21123-4: cable design standard. Not compulsory.
3G1.5: number of conductors (3) and section: 2.5mm2. When one of the conductors in yellow/green use the letter G (Ground) when there is no
yellow/green, the x symbol is used. In this case, the standard, contrary to the previous case, requires this inscription.
AENOR: indicates that the cable is certified by AENOR. Its indication is a further assurance of quality by an external entity reflecting the product
manufacturer, though the standard does not require it to be marked on the cable sheath.
2007: year of production. The standard calls for at least the last two digits of the year of production.
1236 m: cable length. Useful to the installer's tasks, some manufacturers mark each meter on the cable so that they need not be measured, thus
only observing the length numbering.
Thus, the minimum compulsory inscription for Afumex 1000 V Iris Tech cable (AS) would be as follows:
PRYSMIAN RZ1-K (AS) 0.6/1 kV 3G1.5 07
81
11.- CO2 emissions per kg of manufactured cable
FACEL, the Spanish Association of Manufacturers of Cables, Electrical Conductors and Optical Fibre has published a table with the values of CO2
emissions per kg of manufactured cable.
See examples of ecology calculations in sections O and P.
12.- Allowable currents and voltage drops for AC lines
For conductor section calculations in DC, the table of allowable current is the same for calculations in single phase AC (PVC2 or XLPE2 based on
whether the cables are thermoplastic or thermostable, see page 23).
Standard UNE 20460-5-523 (2004) on admitted currents states in note 1 of section 523.8.2: The allowable currents indicated on the tables are
those for the types of insulated conductors and cables, and installation methods currently used in fixed electrical installations. The allowable currents
listed on the table refer to a permanent operation (100 % load factor) in DC or AC with a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz.
Thus, for LV section calculations, under the criterion of allowable current in DC, we should operate in the same manner as for single phase AC lines
at 50 or 60 Hz with a cos = 1.
The resistance value for the conductor in DC is slightly inferior to its value in AC at 50 or 60 Hz. Therefore, voltage drop calculations likewise have
no significant variations if the reactance is considered to be null in AC because the solution section is not large (certain criteria factor in reactance
starting at 120mm2), as the reactance in DC is always null.
13.- Conductor resistance values at different temperatures
Spanish standard UNE EN 60228 contemplates the resistance of electrical conductors at 20C in DC, factoring in the class of the conductor: class
1 (single rigid thread), class 2 (various rigid threads), class 5 (flexible) and class 6 (known as extraflexible).
Resistance values for electrical conductors are useful for calculating the power dissipated in the lines, since formula P = RI2 expresses the loss
of power due to the Joule effect in the conductor. Likewise, resistance values at 20C are used to calculate short circuit power for the protective
elements, and to ascertain the maximum losses possible from heating (Joule effect) the values of the cited resistance at the maximum allowable
temperature in the conductor are used (70C for thermoplastic cables and 90C for thermostable cables).
It is well known and frequently cited in this catalogue that electrical resistance increases with temperature, thus affecting the calculations. Taking
the base parameters from the cited Spanish Standard UNE EN 60228, resistance values can be calculated for other temperatures in AC, applying
the calculation criteria stipulated in standard UNE 21144, bearing in mind the position of the cables and calculating factoring in the skin effect
and proximity.
It should be kept in mind that the distance between conductors in contact depends on whether they are insulated or not and, if this is a cable
(with insulation and sheathing), whether they are single pole or multi-pole cables.
Insulated conductors Single pole cables (with insulation and sheath) Multi-pole cables (with insulation and sheath)
Such as Afumex Plus 750V (AS) such as Afumex 1000V (AS) such as Afumex 1000V (AS)
o Wirepol Flexible d = o Retenax Flex de 1x d = o Retenax Flex de 2x, 3x, 3G, 4x, 4G, 5G d
d = conductor diameter + d = conductor diameter + d = conductor diameter +
2 x insulation thickness = 2 x insulation thickness + 2 x 2 x insulation thickness
outer diameter () sheath thickness = outside diameter )
82
The following tables assume that the conductors are laid out in a triangular (staggered) three-phase line. Slight variations in these values would
occur for other similar conductor lay outs (e.g., three flat three-phase single-pole conductors or two single-phase conductors closely together
regardless of whether they are two-pole conductors or two single-pole cables in contact).
Copper (rigid, class 1) Copper (rigid, class 2)
Section Maximum Maximum

Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance
conductor conductor
(DC, 20C)* (AC, 70C) (AC, 90C) (DC, 20C)* (AC, 70C) (AC, 90C)
diameter* diameter*
mm W/km W/km W/km mm W/km W/km W/km

0.5 0.9 36 43.07 45.9 1.1 36
0.75 1 24.5 29.31 31.24 1.2 24.5
1 1.2 18.1 21.66 23.08 1.4 18.1
1.5 1.5 12.1 14.48 15.43 1.7 12.1
2.5 1.9 7.41 8.87 9.45 2.2 7.41
4 2.4 4.61 5.52 5.88 2.7 4.61
6 2.9 3.08 3.3 3.08 3.69 3.93
10 3.7 1.83 4.2 1.83 2.19 2.33
16 4.6 1.15 5.3 1.15 1.38 1.47
25 5.7 0.727 6.6 0.727 0.87 0.927
35 6.7 0.524 7.9 0.524 0.627 0.669
50 7.8 0.387 9.1 0.387 0.464 0.494
70 9.4 0.268 11 0.268 0.321 0.343
95 11 0.193 12.9 0.193 0.232 0.247
120 12.4 0.153 14.5 0.153 0.185 0.197
150 15.4 0.124 16.2 0.124 0.151 0.16
185 17.6 0.101 18 0.0991 0.121 0.129
240 19.8 0.0775 20.6 0.0754 0.094 0.099
300 22.2 0.062 23.1 0.0601 0.076 0.081
*Values obtained directly from UNE EN 60228
Values with a grey background do not apply to common rigid cables on the market. In other words, rigid conductors are class 1 (single wire) up
to 4mm2 and class 2 (various wires) from 6mm2 inclusive.
83
Copper (flexible, classes 5 or 6) Aluminium (rigid, class 2)
Section Maximum Section Minimum Maximum

Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance
conductor conductor conductor
(DC, 20C)* (AC, 70C) (AC, 90C) (DC, 20C)* (AC, 90C)
diameter* diameter* diameter*
mm W/km W/km W/km mm W/km W/km W/km

0.5 1.1 39 46.66 49.73 10 3.6 4 3.08 3.95
0.75 1.3 26 31.11 33.15 16 4.6 5.2 1.91 2.45
1 1.5 19.5 23.33 24.86 25 5.6 6.5 1.2 1.54
1.5 1.8 13.3 15.91 16.96 35 6.6 7.5 0.868 1.11
2.5 2.4 7.98 9.55 10.18 50 7.7 8.6 0.641 0.822
4 3 4.95 5.92 6.31 70 9.3 10.2 0.443 0.569
6 3.9 3.3 3.95 4.21 95 11 12 0.32 0.411
10 5.1 1.91 2.29 2.44 120 12.3 13.5 0.253 0.325
16 6.3 1.21 1.48 1.54 150 13.7 15 0.206 0.265
25 7.8 0.78 0.934 0.995 185 15.3 16.8 0.164 0.212
35 9.2 0.554 0.663 0.707 240 17.6 19.2 0.125 0.162
50 11 0.386 0.463 0.493 300 19.7 21.6 0.1 0.131
70 13.1 0.272 0.326 0.348 400 22.3 24.6 0.0778
95 15.1 0.206 0.248 0.264 500 25.3 27.6 0.0605
120 17 0.161 0.195 0.207 630 28.7 32.5 0.0469
150 19 0.129 0.157 0.167 *Values obtained directly from UNE EN 60228
185 21 0.106 0.13 0.138
240 24 0.0801 0.1 0.106
300 27 0.0641 0.082 0.086
*Values obtained directly from UNE EN 60228
Aluminium cables on the market are usually class 2 rigid, with section greater than or equal to 10mm2.
The resistance values at 70 and 90C listed in this section have been calculated for distances between conductors that could vary slightly depending
on the thickness of the insulation and/or sheath.
Section O deals with an example where, among other calculations, the resistance of a conductor at any particular temperature (given the current
intensity and the conditions of the installation) is obtained in a simplified manner yet acceptably precise for AC at 50 or 60 Hz (without factoring in
skin effect or proximity).
The maximum conductor diameters are also listed in this section, which are useful for calculating resistance affecting the skin effect and proximity,
and for calculating inductive reactances (see section K, point 6).
Example of application 1
Calculate the losses due to heating in a balanced 83m three-phase line made with single-pole aluminium cables Al Voltalene Flamex (S) of 1x50mm2,
with a circulating line current of 116A.
Given that power lost in a line due to the Joule effect (heating) responds to the expression P = RI2 (where P is power in W and R resistance), since this
is a three-phase line, we must logically multiply by 3 (P = 3 RI2), resulting in the current value I. Checking the corresponding table for the value of R at
90C for a 50mm2 aluminium cable R = 0.822 W/km (multiplying it by the length of the line in km, we can obtain the resistance value in W).
P = 3RI2 = 3 x 0.822 W/km x 0.083 km x 1162 A2 = 2754 W 2.75 kW
If we want to know the energy lost in kWh during, for instance, 8 eight hours, simply multiply the power in kW by the time in h:
E = Pt = 2.75 kW x 8 h = 22 kWh
84
And if we want to know how much this loss in the line is costing us, simply multiply the energy in kWh by the rate /kWh:
Give a rate of 0.11 /kWh
Cost = 22 kWh x 0.11 /kWh = 2.42 (in only 8 h)
It is thus evident that overdimensioning cables when the maximum current criteria dominates the criteria is worthy of notice, 2.75 kW of loss in a
line less than 100m is a considerable loss in power that we would have to assume in costs. Further, this is a toll since without being useful energy
to the receptors, it is nevertheless causing emissions into the environment. In general, consideration of section increase is recommended to reduce
resistance.
Example of application 2
We want to know the losses due to heating of a 28m single-phase line made with Afumex 1000 V (AS) of 3G16 (class 5 flexible copper) with 94A
circulating.
Since this is a single-phase line, the loss power would be:
We have once more taken the resistance value at maximum temperature. To calculate the resistance value at the real temperature of the cable,
see the example in section K, point 7 in the catalogue. The result will not differ much from the obtained value.
In this case, if we intend to install the cable in a perforated tray, the standard air temperature is 40C and, to this we should add the heating of the
cable due to the Joule effect which increases the resistance, i.e., the cable will be much closer to 90C. In order to avoid this, voltage drop or short-
circuit criteria must be ascertained properly in our calculations (and in this case, the cable will not heat up as much, since the section should be
ample in keeping with the maximum current criterion).
Let's see the results of 70C in the conductor:
Very similar to the previous result with the resistance at 90C.
14.- PrysmiTool Programme to calculate sections according to the Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Voltage (REBT)
PrysmiTool is a complete tool for calculating LV conductor sections. A completely free and user-friendly, this tool assists in selecting the installation
system and appropriate cable, as well as calculating the section while factoring in the criteria under the relevant standard.
The PrysmiTool programme for calculating sections and choosing cables has been designed in keeping with REBT 2002, and therefore pursuant to
Spanish Standard UNE 20460-5-523 (2004). The fundamental idea is to assist the user in selecting the conductor section adequate to his needs
and the type of cable and installation system accepted on the site of the installation. For this, the program first prompts for the object to calculate
under the ITC-BT system (housing, private business, wiring, distribution grid, etc.). Once selected, it will only show the installation systems accepted
for this ITC-BT and then, having specified the installation, the cables admitted by the ITC-BT and the selected installation system. Together with
these data, the result can then be obtained by entering the parameters for the line (current or power, voltage, length, voltage drop, ambient temperature,
nearby circuits, etc.).
The programme has been designed to enable easy manual verification of the results, since the final screen and the printable report (see the following
page) contain all the factors involved in obtaining the result (coefficients, installation type, ITC-BT, entered values).
Come see how the useful new PrysmiTool works for yourself by downloading and trying the programme from our website www.prysmian.es.
85
SOFTWARE FOR SECTIONS CALCULATIONS
RESULTS OF THE CALCULATION ACCCORDING TO RBT (R.D. 842/2002)
TYPE OF CABLE PROPOSED

Afumex 1000 V IrisTech (AS) (1000 V AS Cable)
Type of conductor: Copper (Cu)

Cable insulation: XLPE
Nominal cable voltage: 1000V
Conductor maximum temperature: 90C
Composition of the cable: Insulated cables or single-pole cables
TYPE OF INSTALLATION
ITC-BT 28 Public places / In trays (without tube or pipe) / Perforated, grate (F)
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE INSTALLATION

Type of current: Alternating three-phase
Current: 481.13 A Voltage: 400 V
Active power: 300.00 kW Short-circuit current: 60.00 kA
Apparent power: 333.33 kVA Protections trigger time: 0.5s
Cos j: 0.9 % voltage drop: 5.0%
Yield (engines): -- Voltage drop: 20.0 V
Coef. installation type: 1 (other) Length of the line: 130 m
Coef. type of receptor: 1 (other) Reactance: 0.10W/km 0.10W/km
Other coefficient: 1.00 Type of tray installation: Perforated
Ambient temperature: 45 C (0.96) No. of trays: 3
Expose to the sun: NO (1.00) No. of additional circuits: 2 (0.78)
No. of additional circuits: -- Circuit separation: In contact
No. of layers: 2 (0.80)
RESULT OF THE CALCULATION SOLUTION

Section for current: 150mm2
Recommended section: 150mm2
Number of conductors per phase: 2
Maximum allowable current of the circuit: 484.02 A
Correction factor for final grouping: 0.62
Section for short-circuit: 300mm2

Section for voltage drop: 150mm2

NOTE: This calculation was carried out according to the criteria of the Electro-technical Standards for Low Voltage
(R.D. 842/2002) and is complementary technical instructions. Prysmian Cables and Systems is not liable for the use
of the calculations described in this report.
The printable report from the PrysmiTool programme lists all the calculation data.
86
L) FIRE TESTS
FLAME RETARDANCY
UNE EN 60332-1-2 The flame retardancy test (UNE EN 60332-1-2) consists in checking
the fireproofing of a single sample of cable in a vertical position.
Depending on the outer diameter of the cable, the flame is applied
for between 1 and 8 minutes. The test is considered passed if fire
> 50 mm does not affect the cable past the last 5 cm. Further, there should
3rd be no flame propagation downwards.
Diameter (mm) t (s)
D 25 60
1st
25 < D 50 120 600 mm
25 < D 75 240
D > 75 480
2nd
FIRE RETARDANCY
Cables are usually grouped in channels, which thus creates the

UNE EN 50266-2-4, Cat. C
1st
need to check the behaviour of the entire group in fire. In the
0.30 m
fire retardancy test (UNE EN 50266-2-4 [category C]), samples
of 3.5 m of a certain section are grouped until completing 1.5
Cables up to litres of non metallic material per metre of sample. These
completion of 1.5
litres of non metallic samples are subjected to the flames for 20 minutes. If the final
material per metre length affected by fire is less than 2.5 m, then the test is
of sample
1st
considered to have been successful
3.5 m
3rd
2.5 m
2nd
t = 20 min
87
HALOGEN-FREE AND VERY LOW EMISSION OF CORROSIVE GASES
These two similar tests show that the tested cable is free of
halogens (does not emit HCl or other halogenated composites
in combustion) and that the gases emitted are of low
corrosiveness, with the aim of protecting people and property
in case of fire.
The tests are carried out by burning combustible material from

the cable cut into small pieces in an oven at temperatures
between 800 and 900 degrees and analysing the gases emitted
using wash bottles.
The tests stipulated under standards UNE EN 50267-2-1 and

UNE EN 50267-2-2 verify that the cable is halogen free and
UNE EN 50267-2-1 Temperature of samples
that its combustible products are of low corrosiveness.
1000
800
2nd
T (C)
600
400 Low corrosiveness is understood as when the pH of the gases
200
0 emitted is greater or equal to 4.3, and their conductivity is less
0 20 40 60 80
t (min)
3rd than or equal to 10 microsiemens per millimetre (UNE EN
1st
50267-2-2). This measurement indirectly indicates the absence
Oven [HCl] < 0.5 % of halogens.
Air 2nd In keeping with the indications under Spanish Standard UNE EN
50267-2-1, we will likewise detect a concentration of HCl below
0.5 %.
cut-up samples of 1 g
0.5 g P
UNE EN 50267-2-2
3rd
1st
Oven pH 4.3
c 10 mS/mm
Air 2nd
900 C 30 min
2.5 m
cut-up samples of 1 g
88
LOW OPAQUE SMOKE EMISSION
UNE EN 61034-2
2nd
2nd Transparency 60 %
3rd
t 40 min
D Diameter (mm) no. of cables

D > 40 1
20 < D 40 2
2nd 10 < D 20 3
1m 5 < D 10 45/D
1st 2<D5 45/3D
The opacity of smoke produced by fires is an important factor to be considered when the occupants of a site affected by fire must evacuate it in
the first moments, even if extinction and rescue teams are to take action a few minutes later in the premises affected by the accident.
For the low opacity test in smoke(UNE EN 61034-2), 1m samples of cable are burnt in a 3m x 3m x 3m3 cabin. The number of samples depends
on the outer diameter (see drawing). The test is considered to be completed when there is no decrease in transmittance of light for five minutes
after the source of the fire has been extinguished or when the duration of the test reaches 40 minutes.
FIRE RESISTANCE
UNE EN 50200 Continuity of

Hammer Supply
(Strike once every 5
Cable
Rated
voltage
t = 90 min
T = 842 C
Fire resistance attempts to show the cable's capacity to provide service in extreme fire conditions. Fire resistant cables are used for services intended
to continue functioning in case of fire (security and other essential services, etc.).
The UNE EN 50200 test consists in subjecting a sample of cable to 830C for 90 minutes. The test is considered to have successfully concluded if
no conductor breaks or comes into contact with other conductors.
In order to have the test simulate the most unfavourable conditions as much as possible, strike the system fastening the cable with a hammer every
5 minutes (the vibration will cause cinders to fall off).
The photo shows the cable being tested bent in order to simulate the mechanical load on it from laying curves. A short-circuit is more likely in curved
zones when fire attacks the channel.
NOTE: other tests or variations on those described can be carried out, as required.
89
FIRE TEST STANDARDS

New CENELEC Replacing: IEC reference
UNE EN 60332-1-1: 2005

Common test methods for cables under fire conditions. UNE EN 50265-1 IEC 60332-1-1
Test for resistance to vertical flame propagation for
a single insulated conductor or cable. - Part 1: Apparatus. UNE EN
60332-1-2
UNE EN 60332-1-2: 2005
Part 2: Procedures. Section 1: 1 kW pre-mixed flame. UNE EN 50265-2-1 IEC 60332-1-2
UNE EN 60332-1-3: 2005
Part 1: Procedures. Determination of flaming droplets/particles. IEC 60332-1-3
UNE EN 60332-2-1: 2005
Common test methods for cables under fire conditions. IEC 60332-2-1
Test for resistance to vertical flame propagation for a single small
insulated conductor or cable. - Part 1: Apparatus
UNE EN 60332-2-2: 2005
Part 2: Procedures. Section 2: Diffusion flame.ss UNE EN 50265-2-2 IEC 60332-2-2
UNE EN 50266-1: 2001
Test on electric cables under fire conditions. HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-10
Test on cables laid in layers. - Part 1: Apparatus.
UNE EN 50266-2-1: 2001 UNE EN
50266-2-4
Part 2: Procedures. Section 1: Category A F/R. HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-21
UNE EN 50266-2-2: 2001
Part 2: Procedures. Section 2: Category A HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-22
UNE EN 50266-2-3: 2001
Part 2: Procedures. Section 3: Category B. HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-23
UNE EN 50266-2-4: 2001
Part 2: Procedures. Section 4: Category C. HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-24
UNE EN 50266-2-5: 2001
Part 2: Procedures. Section 5: Category D. HD 405.3 UNE 20432-3 IEC 60332-3-25
UNE EN 50267-1:1999
Common test methods for cables under fire conditions. HD 602 UNE 21147-2
Tests on gases evolved during combustion of
materials from cables. - Part 1: Apparatus. UNE EN UNE EN UNE EN
50267-2-1 50267-2-2 50267-2-1
UNE EN 50267-2-1:1999 [HCl 0.5%] [HCl 14%]
Part 2: Procedures. Section 1: Determination UNE 21147-1 IEC 60754-1
of the amount of halogen acid gas.
UNE EN 50267-2-2-1999
Part 2: Procedures. Section 2: Determination of degree of acidity
of gases for materials by pH and conductivity.
UNE EN 50267-2-3:1999
Part 2: Procedures. Section 3: Determination of degree of acidity of gases HD 602 UNE 21147-2 IEC 60754-2
for cables by weighted average of pH and conductivity. + A1
UNE EN 61034-1: 2005
Common test methods for cables under fire conditions. UNE EN 50268-1 IEC 61034-1
Measurement of smoke density of cables burning
under defined conditions. Part 1: Test apparatus. UNE EN
61034-2
UNE EN 61034-2: 2005
Part 2: Test procedure. UNE EN 50268-2 IEC 61034-2
UNE EN 50200: 2007
Test method for determining resistance to fire of UNE 20431 IEC 60331
unprotected small cables, for use in emergency circuits. (partially)
UNE EN
UNE EN 50362: 2003 50200
Method of test for resistance to fire of unprotected power and control UNE 20431 IEC 60331
cables for use in emergency circuits (diameters larger than 20mm). (partially)
90
M) NEW ALUMINIUM CABLE FOR LV AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S)

CHARACTERISTICS IN COMPARISON WITH TRADITIONAL DESIGN AL VOLTALENE N (AL RV)
The new Al Voltalene Flamex (S) cable with generic designation AL XZ1 (S) is an aluminium LV cable with enhanced mechanical characteristics
and behaviour under fire, replacing Al Voltalene N with this new AL XZ1 (S).
SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENTS UNDER FIRE CONDITIONS

Maintained resistance to flame propagation as per UNE EN 60332-1-2
Improved characteristics relative to smoke emission
Reduced emission of opaque smokes (passed test of smoke opacity as under UNE EN 61034-2
No corrosive or acidic gas emission (UNE EN 50267)
OTHER IMPROVEMENTS
Same single pole design for easy laying and accessory connection
Improved cable resistance to external agents
- Resistance to tears and abrasion with a premium sheathing material
- Water resistant by adherence of the sheath to the insulation
Easier to install due to a reduced sheath thickness
Reduced environmental impact by eliminating stabilisers with lead and plasticisers
The launching of the new Al Voltalene Flamex (S) cable marked the end of Al Voltalene N cables, but not Al Afumex (AS), whose behaviour under
fire conditions likewise passes the flame retardancy test unlike the Al Voltalene Flamex (S), which cannot be used in public places, individual
derivations or general power supply lines.
The allowable current values are the same for all 3 designs. These are thermostable cables with XLPE insulation (cross-linked polyethylene).
The following comparative table displays the characteristics of each design. The improvements in Al Voltalene Flamex (S) are particularly noteworthy
when compared with Al Voltalente N.
Properties Utilities AL VOLTALENE N AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S) AL AFUMEX (AS)

AL RV AL XZ1 (S) AL RZ1 (AS)
)
X (S
Resistance to traction N/mm2 12.5 12.5 10

ME
Minimum lengthening in breakage % 150 300 125

FLA
Resistance to tearing
UNE-HD 605.1 N/mm 9
NE
E
Resistance to absorption
TAL
Applied mass Kg 18
VOL
No. of movements No. 8

Flame retardant
AL
Yes Yes Yes

UNE-EN 603332-1-2
OR
Fire retardant
OP
No No Yes
UNE-EN 50266-2-4
UID
Free of halogens and acid gases No S Yes

TIT
UNE-EN 50267 (HCI < 0.5%)

SUS
Opacity of smoke No Yes Yes

UNE-EN 61034-2 (T > 60%)
AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX (S) AL AFUMEX (AS)
Fireproof polyolefin XLPE Compact Al Polyolefin XLPE Compact Al

sheath insulation sheath insulation conductor
conductor
(DMO 1 black) (white) AFUMEX (black)
(Z1 green)
91
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The Al RV has been replaced by the Al XZ1 (S) (Al Voltalene Flamex (S)), a cable with mechanical properties and improved fire resistance characteristics,
but with the same applications. It is halogen-free but is not Afumex and is not high-security (AS) as a result of not having passed the fire retardant test.
The Al XZ1 (S) cable, therefore, is NOT suitable for installation in public places, individual circuit breakers, general feeder lines or places where
the best fire protection properties are required. Bear in mind that in the aforementioned places and installations, the regulations do not require
halogen-free cables, but rather fire retardant cables, and as we have pointed out above, the Al XZ1 (S) cable does no meet the first condition (it is
not fire retardant), thus the best cable for these cases would be the green-sheathed Al Afumex (AS).
In short, the two currently available designs have the following applications:
Al Voltalene Flamex (S) (marked as Al XZ1 (S) and with a black sheath): Underground, interior or receptor distribution grids that have no need for
high security (AS) against fire.
Al Afumex (AS) (marked as Al RZ1 (AS) and with a green sheath): high traffic public areas, individual feeder and general power lines and
installations requiring high security cables fire retardant, with reduced smoke and opacity emissions).
(See section J, point 10)
92
N) SECTION CALCULATIONS FOR OPEN LINES WITH UNIFORM SECTION
Example 1: Case of different receptors

Data:
U: 400 V (voltage between phases)
g : electrical conductivity of copper 44 m/Wmm2 (at 90C, maximum temperature for thermostable cables like Retenax Flex, used in this case)
DU : 5% maximum allowable voltage drop for the line in V (5 % de 400 = 20 V)
x: line reactance 0.08 W/km
L3 = 350 m
L2 = 250 m
L1 = 75 m
U = 400 V
cos j 1 = 0.8 cos j 2 = 0.9 cos j 3 = 1

I1 = 100 I2 = 100 I3 = 100
3 x (75 x 25 x 0.8 + 250 x 40 x 0.9 + 350 x 100 x 1)

S=
44 x (20 - 1.1732 x 10-3 x 0.08 x (75 x 25 x 0.6 + 250 x 40 x 0.436 + 350 x 100 x 0))
S = 93.09
S = 95 mm2 (section according to voltage drop criterion)

In keeping with the allowable current criterion, considering that the copper single-pole cable Retenax Flex is within a tube ( method D and XL PE3)
Assuming that the final current from the power supply is the sum of currents from the receptors, we would have I = 25 + 40 + 100 = 165 A. Although it
should be kept in mind that the actual value must factor in the active and reactive components:
I= ( 25 x 0.8 + 40 x 0.9 + 100 x 1 )2 + ( 25 x 0.6 + 40 x 0.436 + 100 x 0)2 = 159.33 A
S = 70 mm2 (see table on page 23)

The voltage drop criterion dominates our case, therefore, without checking the short-circuit values, the uniform value to use is 95 mm2.
Note: while the use of lines having section changes (telescopic lines) is feasible, it should nevertheless be borne in mind that not only would the
calculations need to be redone, but additional protective elements would also be needed.
Example 2: Case of equal receptors

Voltage drop calculation for a three phase line having 400V between phases and insignificant line reactance (x = 0). The line feeds 30 100W sodium
vapour lamps, one every 15m.
The distance to the first lamp from the power supply source is 22m.
The cable to use would be Afumex Plus 750 V (AS), under a protective channel stapled in the wall.
Data:
g : electrical conductivity of copper 47.6m/Wmm2 (at 70C, maximum temperature for thermoplastic cables like Afumex Plus 750 V [AS])
DU : 3% maximum allowable voltage drop for the line in V (3 % of 400V = 12V)
93
L = L1 + (n - 1) . z = 22 + 29 x 15 = 457 m
L1 +2z = 22 + 2 x 15 = 52 m
L1 +z = 22 + 15 = 37 m
L1= 22 m
z = 15 m
U = 400 V
Three-phase
P = 100 W P = 100 W P = 100 W P = 100 W
Single-phase Single-phase Single-phase Single-phase
n = 30 receptors with the same power P = 100 W
When solving this problems, we should keep in mind that these are single-phase receptors in a three-phase circuit, which is like each 3 receptors,
understood as having been connected uniformly between each phase and neutral, convert this into a single three-phase line laid in the place of
the last of the group. Thus, in line with our calculations for section, we have 10 300W receptors, the first located at 22 + 2 x 15 = 52 m from the
power source point, the second at 52 + 3 x 15 = 97 m Therefore
P' = 300 W
L1' = 52 m
z' = 45 m
Equivalent diagram:
L = 52 + 9 x 45 = 457 m
L2' = 52 + 3 x 15 = 97 m
L1' = 22 + 2 x 15 = 52 m
z' = 3 x 15 = 45 m
P = 300 W P = 300 W P = 300 W

Three-phase Three-phase Three-phase
n = 10 three-phase receptors with the same P = 300 W
Applying the formula for three-phase grids, factoring in the coefficient of 1.8 in the absence of more precise data from the manufacturer, we should
then multiply the power of each receptor since they are discharging lamps (ITC-BT 44, point 3.1, 4th paragraph):
L + L1 457 + 52
S=
( )
P . n. 2
=
300 x 1.8 x 10 x ( 2
) = 6.01 10 mm2
U . g . DU 400 x 47.6 x 12
For allowable current, considering a cosj, we would have
n.P 10 x 300 x 1.8

I= = = 8.66 A S = 1.5 mm2
3 . U . cos j 3 x 400 x 0.9
Since these are Afumex Plus 750 V (AS) single pole cables under a protective channel stapled in the wall, the installation system type is B1 and
PVC3, three-phase thermoplastic cable (see page 20), which brings us to the section as per the allowable current criterion of 1.5: consequently
the main section is 10 mm2, which is the result of the voltage drop criterion without testing for short-circuits.
94
O) ENERGY EFFICIENCY. EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION OF AN ECONOMIC SECTION AND ECOLOGIC

AMORTIZATION
Since there are now figures published on emissions of CO2 per kg of cable produced, we can quantify the significant reduction of these by installing
cable sections larger than those obtained by technical criterio in reducing the resistance losses in conductors. In the majority of cases, this comes
together with an substantial economic savings. We can explain this with an example.
Technical section
Let's first calculate the section according to the criteria of maximum allowable current and maximum voltage drop. Data for the installation:
P = 130 kW
U = 400 V (three-phase)
cos j = 0.9
L = 175 m
DU = 5 % (allowable voltage drop in %)
Installation in perforated tray
Ambient temperature = 40C.
Single circuit in the channel (3 phases + neutral + protective conductor), without thermal influence from other circuits
Cable used: Afumex 1000 V (AS) single pole (thermostable copper cable, maximum temp. in the conductor = 90C)
Single pole Afumex 1000 V (AS) cable
Voltage drop section
Let's use the most unfavourable conductivity for copper (at 90C g = 44 m/(Wmm2) and if we meet this criterion, we could calculate the temperature
of the conductor to ascertain whether we could use a smaller section.
Likewise, let's assume that the section will be no greater than 95 mm2, and reactance will not factor in here. If the result fails to assume this hypothesis,
we shall repeat the calculation with the reactance value.
Calculating the current circulating in the line:

P 130000
I= = = 208.5 A
3 . U . cos j 3 x 400 x 0.9
The value for the section for voltage drop in a three-phase installation with an insignificant reactance effect is obtained using the following formula:
3 . L . I . cos j 3 x 175 x 208.5 x 0.9

S= = = 64.63 mm2 70 mm2
g . DU 44 x 20
Section for allowable current

We would initially need to know the type of installation corresponding to the perforated tray with single pole cables.
Page 19 in this catalogue shows the correlation between single-pole cable installation systems in perforated trays and the method type.
31 Single-pole (F) or multi-pole (E) cables on perforated cable trays. E or F
With a current of 208.5A in a three-phase installation in tray with an Afumex 1000 V (AS) thermostable cable, which consequently withstands 90C
in the conductor, the next step would be to check on the table for allowable currents in UNE 20460-5-523 (2004) as XLPE3, for the first current
that exceeds the current value of our line for method F.
95



mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 25
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 34
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 46
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 59
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 82
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 110
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 72 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 86 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 100 118 120 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 130 143 156 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 150 164 188 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 171 188 205 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 194 213 233 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 227 249 272 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
300 259 285 311 360 396 423 481 525 565 630 674 713
Table of allowable currents for open-air installations. UNE 20460-5-523 (2004).

We thus see that 70 mm2 is the section under the allowable current criterion coinciding with the section value for voltage drop, and we should then work
with this section value as the technical minimum assuming that it likewise meets the short-circuit requirements.
If we stop our calculations here, we could use 3 1x70 mm2 single-pole Afumex 1000 V (AS) cables for the phase, a cable of the same dimensions for neutral
(same section as the phases in keeping with the last paragraph of point 2.2.2 in ITC-BT 19) and 1x35 for the protective conductor. Since 0.6/1 kV
cables are not assigned by colours for either their insulation or sheaths, their function (phase, neutral or protection) should be identified adequately
with some sort of marker, ring, label, etc., as recommended in section 2.2.4 of Guide-BT 19.
Economic and ecologic section
From the technical section, let's turn to the possible savings if we were to increase the cable section size. We would spend more money on the cable, but
eventually save in resistance losses.
Considering that our line is run with the following current values on the hourly basis of an average workday, where there are 228 workdays/year and 137
non-workdays (vacations, weekends, holidays).
Current (A)
Imax that a conductor of 70 mm2 can carry
224 A under the defined conditions
184 A
0 8 13 15 18 24
96
In other words, the line runs an approximate current of 184 A (~ 115 kW, somewhat less than the maximum value from the initial calculation) from
8am to 1pm and from 3pm to 6pm during workdays, and the rest of the time it is disconnected.
Thus, the approximate yearly period of activity is
8 hours/workday x 228 workdays/year = 1824 hours/year
The energy lost in electrical resistance of a three-phase line (with a favourable outlook and assuming that the neutral is fully discharged) would
respond to the following formula:
Ep = 3 R I2 t L 1/1000 [kWh]
Where
R: line resistance in W/km
I: current intensity on the line in A
t: time in hours
L: length of the line in km
Thus, given the line resistance for each specific section, we can have the values for line energy losses for each section.
Since the resistance of a conductor depends on its temperature, by calculating with the temperature of the conductor, we could ascertain its real
resistance for each case and thus quantify loses with more precision
NOTE: The calculation can be simplified by using resistance values at 20C (UNE EN 60228). However, the results would be less precise yet still
useful since it would provide an initial idea quickly, though the real result would be the most favourable as the real resistance is superior to the
table value at 20C.
The temperature of a conductor carrying a current I can be ascertained with the following expression:
T = Tamb + (Tmax - Tamb) (I/Imax)2
Where:
Tamb: ambient temperature of the installation (40C in our case) [kWh]
Tmax: maximum temperature that the conductor can withstand (90C for Afumex 1000 V (AS) cable in our example)
I: current running through the conductor (184 A during 8 hours every workday)
Imax: maximum current possibly running through the current in the conditions of the installation (224 A) (see allowable current table)
Replacing:
T70 a 184 A = 40 + (90 - 40) (184/224)2 = 73.73 C
Having calculated the temperature, the resistance of the cable can be ascertained
RT = R20 (1 + a (T - 20))
Where:
RT: resistance value of the conductor in W/km at temperature T
R20: resistance value of the conductor at 20C(value usually tabulated). A 70 mm2 aluminium cable has a resistance of 0.272 W/km (UNE EN 60228)
a: specific resistance variation coefficient for conductor temperature at C-1 (0.00392 for Cu and 0.00403 for Al)
T: real temperature of conductor (C)
R70 a 73,73 C = 0.272 x (1 + 0.00392 x (73.73 - 20)) = 0.329 W/km
Thus, the energy lost from the line over a year would be:
EP70 = 3 x 0.329 x 1842 x 0.175 x 1824/1000 = 10666 kWh
And the cost of the energy, assuming a rate of 0.09 /kWh
CP70 = 10666 kWh x 0.09 /kWh = 960
Within 25 years, the minimum useful life, we could estimate:

CP70, 25 years = 24000
We can continue in the same manner for the rest of the sections until reaching 240 (95, 120, 150, 185 and 240). Bearing in mind that in order to
calculate the conductor temperature in this case, the Imax for each one respectively would be: 271, 314, 363, 415 and 490 A (see column 11 on
the allowable current table).
We would thus obtain the data summarised on the following table:
97
Section Approx. R at 20 R wuth I T cond Cable Approx. D cable Resi Cost Energy Diffe Eco CO2 CO2 Ecologic
cost C (UNE = 184 A uctor weight cost cost stance of savings rence nomic emissions emissions amorti
lines between amorti by pro for zation
EN with with losses resi for energy zation duction resistance
60228) con I = (3 ph respect (25 years) stance section savings of line cable losses
ases) and (25 years)
184 A to losses 70 mm2
+ neu D cost with
70 mm 2 (25 years) (25 years)
tral* cable respect to
compared 70mm2
+ prote with
ction 70 mm2
mm2 /m W/km W/km oC kg/km kWh Years kg kg Days

1x35 3.3 0.554 -- -- 395 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1x50 4.7 0.386 -- -- 550 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1x70 6.7 0.272 0.329 73.73 750 5267 0 266650 24000 0 0 -- 194 0 --
1x95 8.6 0.206 0.241 63.05 970 6842 1575 195325 17579 6421 4846 6.13 254 -27817 8
1x120 10.7 0.161 0.184 57.17 1200 8662 3395 149125 13422 10578 7183 8.02 318 -45835 17
1x150 13.3 0.129 0.146 52.85 1480 10815 5548 106750 10621 13379 7831 10.37 394 -62361 27
1x185 (3) 16.0 0.106 0.118 49.82 1866 12705 7438 (2) 95975 8637 15363 (2) 7925 (3) 12.10 483 -66563 40
1x240 (3) 21.0 0.0801 0.0886 47.05 2350 16572 11305 71800 6463 17537 6232 16.12 607 -75992 57
*Neutral and phase sections the same, protective conductor half section
NOTE: Both electricity rate and cable prices are subject to fluctuations.
As we can see in the economic section (185 mm2 would bring us 7,925 since this is the difference between the electric savings and the increase
in the cost of the cable with respect to a section of 70 mm2. (15,363 - 7,438 = 7,925 ).
Savings ()
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
Economic savings for the useful life of the line based on the cross-section of the conductor used
The amortization term for the economic section would be:

15,363 / 25 years = 614.52 /year
7,438 / 614.52 /year = 12.1 years
In other words, at 12.1 years, we have paid for the increase in the price of the cable having a cross section of 185 mm2 instead of 70 mm2, using
the energy that we saved. From this moment on, the balance begins to bring benefits, where savings will reach 7,925 at the end of 25 years,
which is the approximate life for the line.
Losses for resistance in the section of 240 mm2 are logically less, but the amortization would take much longer and there would be less time in
the positive period, though the economic benefit would nevertheless amount to 6,232 . Indeed, the ecological savings is greater though the
comparison between emissions in producing the cable and emissions for savings on the resistance toll on the line are practically insignificant.
Recently, the Spanish Association of Manufacturers of Cables, Electrical Conductors and Optical Fibre (FACEL) has published a table with the values
of CO2 emissions per kg of manufactured cable. Low voltage cables with copper conductor/s emit 0.327 kg of CO2 per kg of cable produced.
98
With the data available, we can now place numbers to the emissions from cable production and resistance losses. In this last case, some sources
indicated 0.39 kg CO2/kWh electricity, factoring in the national mix.
With the operations carried out and the tabulated data, we can calculate the energy that would be lost from the line with a 70 mm2 cross section
cable and with the economic 185 mm2 section cable
EP70 = 10666 kWh/year in 25 years: 266650 kWh
EP185 = 3839 kWh/year in 25 yearss: 95975 kWh
The difference shall be the electricity saved:s
EPA = EP185 - EP70 = 266650 - 95975 = 170675 kWh
Thus, the CO2 saved with the economic section would be
CO2 Emissions = 170675 kWh x 0.39 kg CO2/kWh = 66563 kg CO2
Now let's compare emissions for production of the heavier cable (185 mm2 compared with 70 mm2 for phases and neutral, and half-sized section
in the protective conductor)
Weight with phases for 70 4 x 0.175 km x 750 kg/km + 0.175 km x 395 kg/km = 594 kg cable
Weight with phases for 185 4 x 0.175 km x 1866 kg/km + 0.175 km x 970 kg/km = 1476 kg cable
DCable weight = 1476 - 594 = 882 kg cable
Thus production emissions is 882 kg more to meet the economic section of 185 mm2 will be:
CO2 Emissions = 882 kg cable x 0.327 kg CO2/kg cable = 288 kg CO2
230 times less emissions for using the economic section (185 mm2) and not the technical section (70 mm2). Thus, the economic section proves
to be an ally to the environment with significant reductions in emissions as we can see.
Reduction in CO2 emissions
80000
70000
60000
50000
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
Reduction in CO2 emissions compared with use of the minimum section for technical criteria (70 mm2)
99
Let's see what we will save ecologically speaking by changing from a 70 cross section to a 185 mm2 section:
2288 kg CO2 / 66563 kg CO2 x 25 years x 365 days/year = 39.48 days
The ecologic amortization nevertheless occurs after only 40 days. In other words, in 40 days we will have saved in CO2 emissions that we
used to produce the economic 185 mm2 cable as compared with the technical 70 mm2 section. However, the results on the table show that a
change to 95 mm2 would bring about a further economic savings and a Significant reduction in the environmental impact.
Expressing the ecologic savings in other frequently used and more directly appreciable units, the CO2 saved in the environment can be translated
into trees.
Some sources cite that a tree has a net retention of 20 kg of CO2 yearly. Yet, data suggest that there are estimated emissions of 2,305 kg of CO2
produced by cars between 60 and 90 CV that travel an average of 15,000 km annually ( 60% highway 40% city).
We know that changing the section from 70 to 185 mm2 reduces the energy consumption of the line from 10,666 kWh/year to 3,839 kWh/year,
and can hence calculate the number of trees that we would need to plant in order obtain the same savings in CO2:
([10666 - 3839 kWh/year] x 0.39 kg CO2/kWh ) / 20 kg CO2/tree year 133 trees
We could likewise calculate the amount of km travelled by cars that would equal CO2 emissions for using the 70 section instead of the mm2:
2305 kg CO2 / 15000 km = 0.154 kg CO2/km
([10,666 - 3,839 kWh/year] x 0.39 kg CO2/kWh ) / 0.154 kg CO2/km =17,289km and in 25 years, 432,225 km (equivalent of 3 cars for the
duration of their useful life, namely 10 years per car)
The example has not factored in the possible increases in the cost of components not inherent to the cable, such as connectors, laying, trays,
protections, etc., nor the return of the cable after 25 years have elapsed with the relevant residual value (scrap) of the majority of the copper used
in the cable used in the economic 185 section compared with the 70 mm2 section The increased weight of the copper amounts to 724 kg.
It should also be noted that the average load on the line is low since it is disconnected all non-workdays and only operating during 1/3 of the time
during workdays. With larger loads, the results would obviously be more favourable (more economic and ecologic savings).
A constant rate has been assumed for 25 years, without assessing the value of future benefits (in the form of savings). Implicitly, the estimated
energy rates will thus increase following the official interest rate.
The calculation has been substantially simplified, initially considering the resistance values at 90C, and not the resistance calculations for the actual
temperatures. The values at 90C can be taken from point 13 in section K. The results will vary compared with the calculations in this example
but will nevertheless be useful in getting an idea of their magnitude.
Using the economic section, we have saved not only a considerable sum of money but also in emissions to the environment and other benefits
such as:
.- Extended useful life of the line since it will not be at full load
.- Better response to temporary phenomena
.- Possibility of amplifying power without having to change the cable
We suggest that you keep the economic section and ecologic savings in mind when studying for your lines. Your economy and environment will
thank you for it.
100
P) EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION OF A TECHNICAL AND ECONOMIC SECTION OF A CONDUCTOR IN A

PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATION. ECOLOGIC AMORTIZATION
It is useful to know that increasing the sections chosen following the calculations will result in returns back on the increase in costs of the larger
section, with the savings in the electric bill for reducing losses due to heating in the conductors. The returns for photovoltaic installations can appear
much quicker and therefore are much more interesting because the rate paid for kWh injected in the network is higher than the rate of consumption.
The following example demonstrates the benefits from increasing the cable section for photovoltaic installations with a view to securing a clear
benefit on the bill paid by the electric utility company for the energy injected into the grid.
Calculating the technical section

Let's take a solar farm with the following characteristics:
.- Location: Valencia (climate zone IV. Medium radiation values similar to Badajoz or Ciudad Real, for instance)
.- Panel installation scheme: fixed with a 30 degree inclination and orientation towards the South
.- Number of panels in series for each string (chain): 16
.- Number of strings (chains for panels in series): 33
.- Maximum ambient temperature : 50C
.- Cable to use: P-Sun SP (special photovoltaic cable)
.- Installation system: in outdoor grill tray (no thermal influence from other nearby circuits)
Data for each panel:
.- Rated power: 222 W
.- Current at the point of maximum power: Ipmp = 7.44 A
.- Voltage at the point of maximum power: Upmp = 29.84 V
.- Short-circuit current: Icc = 7.96
.- Inverter power = installation rated power: 100 kW
.- Installation peak power: 16 x 33 x 222 W = 117216 W = 117.216 kW
Cable P-Sun SP especially designed for

photovoltaic installations.
A division is made in three equal parts of 11 strings of 16 panels each one to group in three connection boxes (CCG1, CCG2 y CCG3) cables from
each string (see figure for CCG1).
16 panels per string U = 16 x 29.84 V = 477.44 V
Generator connections box
Translate as Main
DC line
101
Let's have a look at the main DC line linking the connection box for generator CCG1 with the inverter. This line carries currents generated by each
string and channels them to the inverter with two conductors in order to save costs on cables, channels, labour, etc.
FOTO 1
Main DC line
Generator connections box (CCG)

The cable section to used will be obtained by calculating the voltage and current at the maximum power point:
Since the panels are connected in series at each, the voltage in each string and thus the main DC line shall be the sum of the voltages at the point
of maximum power for each panel.
U = Upmp x 16 = 29.84 x 16 = 477.44 V
Similarly, the current of the line will be product of the currents at the point of maximum power at each panel multiplied by the number of strings.
Panels hooked up in series carry the same current.
I = Ipmp x 11 = 7.44 x 11 = 81.84 A
Now we have all the data necessary to obtain the conductor section:
FOTO 2
Solar installation with fixed panels
Allowable current criterion

The maximum permanent current circulating through the cable will be 81.84 A, value that must be increased by 25% as indicated in point 5 of
ITC-BT 40 (LV power generator installations) in the REBT.
Since the line receives solar action directly, being outside, and the ambient temperature is 50C greater than the Spanish standard of 40C for which
the currents are calculated in A.52-1 bis outside installations under UNE 20460-5-523 (2004). For this reason, we must likewise apply correction
coefficients.
102
Table 52-D1 for an ambient temperature of 50C and cable type P-Sun SP (thermostable) gives us a coefficient of 0.9.
The recommended value for lines exposed to the sun is 0.9.
Thus, applying all the coefficients, we have:
I' = 1.25 x 81.84 / (0.9 x 0.9) = 126.3 A
126.3 A is the value obtained, with which we should go to table A.52-1 bis for the section. The initial current is 81.84 A, but since this is a photovoltaic
installation, we should increase this by 25 % and apply a correction coefficient of 0.9, because our installation deviates from the standard currents
listed on the following table corresponding to values of 40C in ambient temperature and in the shade.
Since the line is run in a grill tray, the installation type is F and, since it is a single-phase installation with the P-Sun SP cable (thermostable tinned
copper) we must check the column XLPE2, finding a section of 25 mm2 (see the maximum allowable currents).
Section for allowable current = 25 mm2

mm2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 11 11.5 13 13.5 15 16 16.5 19 20 21 24 25
2.5 15 16 17.5 18.5 21 22 23 26 26.5 29 33 34
4 20 21 23 24 27 30 31 34 36 38 45 46
6 25 27 30 32 36 37 40 44 46 49 57 59
10 34 37 40 44 50 52 54 60 65 68 76 82
16 45 49 54 59 66 70 73 81 87 91 105 110
25 59 64 70 77 84 88 95 103 110 116 123 140
Copper 35 72 77 86 96 104 110 119 127 137 144 154 174
50 86 94 103 117 125 133 145 155 167 175 188 210
70 109 118 130 149 160 171 185 199 214 224 244 269
95 130 143 156 180 194 207 224 241 259 271 296 327
120 150 164 188 208 225 240 260 280 301 314 348 380
150 171 188 205 236 260 278 299 322 343 363 404 438
185 194 213 233 268 297 317 341 368 391 415 464 500
240 227 249 272 315 350 374 401 435 468 490 552 590
300 259 285 311 360 396 423 481 525 565 630 674 713
2.5 11.5 12 13.5 14 16 17 18 20 20 22 25 -
4 15 16 18.5 19 22 24 24 26.5 27.5 29 35 -
6 20 21 24 25 28 30 31 33 36 38 45 -
10 27 28 32 34 38 42 42 46 50 53 61 -
16 36 38 42 46 51 56 57 63 66 70 83 82
25 46 50 54 61 64 71 72 78 84 88 94 105
35 - 61 67 75 78 88 89 97 104 109 117 130
Aluminium 50 - 73 80 90 96 106 108 118 127 133 145 160
70 - - - 116 122 136 139 151 162 170 187 206
95 - - - 140 148 167 169 183 197 207 230 251
120 - - - 162 171 193 196.5 213 228 239 269 293
150 - - - 187 197 223 227 246 264 277 312 338
185 - - - 212 225 236 259 281 301 316 359 388
240 - - - 248 265 300 306 332 355 372 429 461
300 - - - 285 313 343 383 400 429 462 494 558
Maximum allowable currents table (UNE 20460-5-523:2004)
103
Voltage drop criterion

Referring once again to point 5 of the ITC-BT 40 in the REBT, we see that the voltage drop between the generator and the interconnection point
for the Public Distribution Grid or installation shall be no greater than 1.5 % for the rated current.
We could simplify this by assuming that the line for our calculations limits the voltage drop to 1 % and the remaining 0.5 % we shall leave for the
rest of the wiring.
Thus, our maximum voltage drop is:
e = 0.01 x 477.44 V = 4.77 V
The formula from which we will obtain the section under the voltage drop criterion is as follows (equal for AC single-phase with cos j) = 1):
LI
S=
ge
Where:
L: length of the line (positive + negative) = 2 x 45 = 90 m

I: rated current 81.84 A
g: conductivity of copper (at 70C*) 46.82 m/W.mm2
e: maximum voltage drop in V 4.77 V
* Given 70C as the approximate value from an ambient value of 50C, increased from heating of the conductor by the Joule effect.
Applying values
90 x 81.84
S= = 32.98 mm2 35 mm2
46.82 x 4.77
Thus, the resulting section is 35 mm2, which is the larger of the 2 criteria (allowable current and voltage drop).
This has been up to now a normal technical calculation. Now let's see the benefits of using a section larger than 35 mm2 for economic criteria.s
Calculating the economic section

Considering the increasing cost of larger conductor cross sections and the decreasing cost of energy lost due to conductors heating up as the
sections increase, let's analyse the return on each section starting logically from the section chosen for technical reasons, i.e, 35 mm2.
The power lost in form of heat from the conductor in an electric line is expressed as:
P = R I2
Thus, the energy lost over time would be:
Ep = R I2 t
When the values for R and I are always the same, obtaining P is rather easy, but photovoltaic installations never meet nor even come close to this
premise since the power values midway through a sunny day are elevated and nul at night, passing through intermediate values that can be viewed
as a curve in the form of an inverted V if P is represented as a function of time.
In order to obtain the particular energy lost, we must use the following formula:
Ep = R(t) I2(t) dt
R(t) can be considered to be fairly constant without significantly large errors in our case since it is an approximate calculation. In our example, the
values for R are for 70C.
Ep R I2(t) dt
104
Obtaining an analytical expression of current based on time for a photovoltaic installation which can also be integrated could prove to be a complicated
or near impossible task, which is why we shall replace the integral with a summation of discrete values (see graph) since we have the average
incident radiation values for each zone, hour by hour for each month in the year (source: Satel-light: http://www.satel-light.com). We could thus
estimate the energy lost during the year and, with that, the number of years that we would get a return on each section larger than the minimum
obtained by the calculations according to the technical criteria.
Ep R S (Ii2 ti)
NOTE: precision can be gained by zooming in to the smallest squares of the most linear stretches of the curve I(t) and integrating, but with the
proposed method, we can obtain the results directly using simple operations by copying all the data from Satel-light onto the data sheet.
We will take the average current intensity values (Ii) for intervals of 1 hour, ti = 1 h. Introducing the value for R in W and values for Ii in A, we will
get the energy lost in kWh with the following expression:
Ep R S Ii2
Representation of the current generated by panels throughout a day in June
Thus, the value that we must obtain is the average current, hour to hour for an entire year. With the data available for average incident radiation
current each hour for a year, obtained from Satel-light, we can calculate an approximation of the short-circuit current of the panels since this value
shares a linear relationship with the cited radiation. Given that in silicone crystalline plates, the relation between the current at the point of maximum
power (with which we must make our calculations [Ii]) and the short-circuit current is approximately 0.9, we can now ascertain the Ii value in each
interval of 1 hour.
Ii = Ipmpi 0.9 x Icci
As the short-circuit current value furnished by the panel manufacturers make reference to standard conditions (STC) for a solar radiation intensity
(G) of 1000 W/m2, we can obtain the short-circuit current value for each hour (Icci) by the three set rule, taking the value of Gi, dividing it by the
standard value of 1000 and then multiplying it by the standard Icc of the panel:
Icci = Icc Gi/1000
Thus
Ii = 0.9 x Icc Gi/1000 = 0.9 x 7.96 x Gi/1000 = 7.164 x 10-3 Gi (A)
And for 11 strings
Iti = 11 x Ii = 0.078804 x Gi (A)
Where Iti is the average yearly current at time I for the main DC line, as it receives current from the 11 strings.
105
The energy lost from the main DC line would be:
Ep R S Iti2 = 0.0788042 x R S Gi2 (kWh)
And the cost of the losses (lost energy and not billed: Cp) in shall logically be obtained by multiplying the rate in /kWh by Ep:
Cp rate (/kWh) x Ep (kWh) ()
The 35 mm2 section has a resistance of 0.0006102 W/m (at 70C). With the values for solar radiation for each hour and month, and in keeping
with the previous reasoning, assisted by a calculation sheet, we can obtain the amount of energy that we are not billing for if we use a cross section
of 35 mm2 (R = 0.0006102 W/m at 70C):
Pu = R35 Ep =
Ii = Ii2 P = Pu . L
Gmi (average hourly radiation monthly) (W/m2) Ii2 = P x 365
Gi (W/m2) 0,078804 (A2) = Pu x 90
Source: Satel-Light: http://www.satel-light.com 0.0006102 /1000
x Gi (A) (W)
x Ii2 (W/m) (kW.h)
Power loss Energy Lost Cost lost

Average per m Total lost energy (no every
hourly Average of line power throug cost year
Time radiation Average intensity lost from hout (not billed)
of day Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec. yearly intensity squared the line the line every year
6-7 0 0 0 0 2 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.079 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00

7-8 0 2 30 11 36 45 35 16 3 2 5 0 16 1.261 1.590 0.001 0.087 0.032 0.01 0.01
8-9 32 93 166 98 139 150 136 109 79 55 113 42 101 7.959 63.349 0.039 3.479 1.270 0.38 0.56
9-10 178 286 352 263 298 308 304 278 237 222 299 201 268 21.119 446.032 0.272 24.495 8.941 2.68 3.93
10-11 330 474 530 453 468 479 482 459 419 415 459 349 443 34.910 1218.720 0.744 66.930 24.429 7.33 10.75
11-12 450 617 668 626 611 641 649 633 571 581 579 468 591 46.573 2169.060 1.324 119.120 43.479 13.04 19.13
12-13 522 704 741 748 737 750 785 774 704 696 629 530 693 54.611 2982.380 1.820 163.786 59.782 17.93 26.30
13-14 545 729 749 821 812 815 857 849 785 729 611 529 736 58.000 3363.970 2.053 184.743 67.431 20.23 29.67
14-15 503 684 719 807 797 822 877 874 790 714 534 460 715 56.345 3174.743 1.937 174.351 63.638 19.09 28.00
15-16 400 571 618 744 730 763 822 815 719 628 396 344 629 49.568 2456.958 1.499 134.931 49.250 14.77 21.67
16-17 253 408 456 611 608 655 695 682 581 479 222 185 487 38.378 1472.836 0.899 80.885 29.523 8.86 12.99
17-18 81 196 271 447 462 497 537 505 402 296 49 35 315 24.823 616.194 0.376 33.840 12.352 3.71 5.43
18-19 1 29 91 269 284 322 347 314 216 116 0 0 166 13.081 171.125 0.104 9.398 3.430 1.03 1.51
19-20 0 0 10 104 127 157 168 133 64 10 0 0 65 5.122 26.238 0.016 1.441 0.526 0.16 0.23
20-21 0 0 1 13 32 49 48 26 3 0 0 0 14 1.103 1.217 0.001 0.067 0.024 0.01 0.01
21-22 0 0 0 0 0 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.079 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00
Average /month 205.9375 299.56255 337.625 375.9375 383.9375 404 421.875 404.1875 348.3125 308.9375 243.5 196.4375 327.5625 Average /month 364.107 109.23 160.21
Data tables for attaining the cost of energy lost annually based on the hourly and monthly values for radiation intensity Gmi
As we can observe, installations applying the rate established under Spanish Royal Decree 1578/2008, whose value is approximately 0.30 /kWh
after the first assignments (initial value was 0.32 /kW.h), we would not be billing for 109.23 each year for installations under Spanish RD 661/2007
(initial rate: 0.44 /N:K) the amount lost in the line would rise to 160.21 yearly. If we multiply these values by 25 or 30 years, the useful life for
which photovoltaic installations are designed, we can easily see that we could have in our hands 3,000 and 4,500 that we would not be billing
as a consequence of the Joule effect in a line with a length of only 45m.
This calculation made by factoring the average hourly radiation monthly (Gmi left of the green column) instead of how it was done in this example
(with average hourly values yearly, Gi, in the green column) would yield only slightly varying results..
Since we now know the annual cost of the losses, we can easily obtain an analytical expression that adds the cost of energy not billed to the cost
of the cable:
For the case studied with a section of 35 mm2:
C35 = 90 x Ps + 109,23 x t ()
Where:
Ps: price of the cable (/m)
t: time (years)
NOTE: Both electricity rate and cable prices are subject to fluctuations.
106
Simply changing the conductor's resistance value by one larger than the 35 section, similar tables show what we have not been billing in resistance
losses in our lines every year. However, since there is a linear relationship between annual consumption and the conductor cross section (since
the section is inversely proportional to its resistance) the previous formula can be generalised for any section (S) in mm2 and, to save, we would
have to change the value of R (see time-cost tables and graphs):
Cs = 90 x Ps + 109.23 x 35/S x t ()
We can now easily calculate the timeline for returns on each conductor section larger than 35 mm2 from the electrical calculations, by simply finding
out the approximate cost of each section of P-Sun SP cable (30 years of useful life and zero maintenance), and obtaining the cross points between
2 cost functions (straight lines).
Rate at 0.30 /kW.h Rate at 0.44 /kW.h

Savings in 30 Savings in 30
Cs = 90 x Ps + Amortization Cs = 90 x Ps + Amortization
S (mm2) Ps (/m) years = 30 x years = 30 x
109.23 x 35/S x t () years 160.21 x 35/S x t () years
(C35-Cs) () (C35-Cs) ()
1x35 4.43 C35 = 398.7 + 109.23 x t -- 0 C35 = 398.7 + 160.21 x t -- 0

1x50 6.02 C50 = 541.88 + 76.461 x t 4.36 840 C50 = 541.88 + 112.147 x t 2.98 1298
1x70 8.11 C70 = 730 + 54.61 x t 6.06 1307 C70 = 730 + 80.105 x t 4.13 2072
1x95 11.66 C95 = 1049.4 + 40.243 x t 9.43 1419 C95 = 1049.4 + 59.02 x t 6.43 2385
1x120 14.45 C120 = 1300.5 + 31.86 x t 11.65 1419 C120 = 1300.5 + 46.728 x t 7.94 2503
1x150 18.45 C150 = 1660.5 + 25.487 x t 15.07 1250 C150 = 1660.5 + 37.382 x t 10.27 2408
1x185 23.43 C185 = 2108.7 + 20.665 x t 19.3 947 C185 = 2108.7 + 30.31 x t 13.16 2187
1x240 29.90 C240 = 2691 + 15.93 x t 24.57 507 C240 = 2691 + 23.364 x t 16.75 1813
Cost functions, amortization in years and estimated savings with each conductor section
Electric savings (). Rate 0.30 /kW.h
1500
1000
500
0
1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
Amortization (years). Rate 0.30 /kW.h
25
20
15
10
5
0
1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
107
Electric savings (). Rate 0.44 /kW.h
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
Amortization (years). Rate 0.44 /kW.h
20
15
10
0
1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
The savings obtained would then have to be multiplied by 3. Remember that we had initially divided our installation into 3 equal parts of 100kW
of rated power. Always assuming that the 3 main DC lines are the same length (45 m).
108
rate 0.44
As we can see, the returns on the sections come before 30 years have elapsed and, in any case, we obtain a better economic performance than
with 35 mm2. For a rate of 30 cents per /kW.h, we would probably want to install a 70 or 95 mm2 section, and for a rate of 44 cents per /kW.h,
we would be probably best off with 70, 95 or 120 mm2 sections.
Obviously, there would be no further benefits with larger sections because the useful life of the installation is limited and, therefore, the time for
passing the break-even point between the costs of the installation and the end of useful life is less for increasing the savings.
If the installation had been constructed with solar trackers, the amortization periods would be even shorter due to the elevated average intensity
generated from better harnessing the solar radiation (see graph).
Fixed panels with a With trackers

30 degree inclination
Fixed panels with a

0 degree inclination
Representation of the radiation received by panels during a day in June (the green curve corresponds to the given example)
The savings from installing 100 kW from this example is approximately 4,000 (VAN 2,000
3.5%) with a rate at 0.30 /kWh and approx. 7,000 (VAN 3,600 at 3.5%) with a rate of
0.44 /kWh with amortization terms with the increase of the section for P-Sun SP cable of only 6
years and a reduction of 7 tons of CO2 emissions. The TIR is established at about 16 %, which make
the returns rather significantinstallation of the economic section.
109
The example has been given with a view to explaining the savings that could be obtained when factoring in the economic sections, no interest
rate of any sort has been used to update future income in order to simplify the calculations. Moreover, the amortization term for the economic
section is only 6 years.
If we were to update the value of the future income, we could be more realistic with the investment. The following table lists the updated net value
(VAN) at 30 years from the investment in the economic section factoring in different interest rates. This VAN has been calculated without factoring
in the initial investment.
Interest rate (%) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

VAN (rate 0.30 /kW.h) () 3921 3561 3234 2940 2676 2436 2217 2019 1839 1524 1263 1038 852 690 552 432 327 234 153 81 18
VAN (rate 0.44 /kW.h) () 7137 6468 5868 5325 4833 4389 3987 3621 3285 2706 2217 1806 1458 1161 903 681 489 318 168 36 -81
With an interest rate of 16 %, income levels off with the initial expenses and thus, at this point we can obtain the TIR (internal rate of return).
Ecologic amortization calculation for the cables
It has been demonstrated that the use of larger sections means an important ecologic savings, by mitigating losses in the lines, energy is saved
and consequently, so are CO2 emissions. Now we can also compare whether the emissions that we are preventing by choosing a larger section
are not exceeded by the emissions produced when manufacturing a larger cable.
For our 100 kW installation (3 times the initial diagram) we have determined the following losses from resistance:
Losses Cable
Section weight
(kWh)
(kg/km)
1x35 1092.32 394
1x50 764.55 549
1x70 546.16 756
1x95 402.41 979
When using a cable with a cross section of 70 mm2 instead of 35 mm2, the energy savings will be
1092.32 - 546.16 = 546.16 kW.h (every year)
For a useful life of 30 years:
546.16 x 30 = 16,384.8 kW.h
With an estimated 0.39 kg of CO2 emissions per kW.h generated in Spain, the increase in section size would save in CO2
16384.8 x 0,39 = 6390 kg CO2
The conductor with the greater weight has emissions that are 200 times less, which confirms the benefit not only economically, but also ecologically
of using the 70 mm2 instead of the 35 mm2 section:
90 m x 3 x (0.756 - 0.394) kg/m = 97.74 kg cable
97.74 kg cable x 0.327 kg CO2/kg cable* = 31.96 kg CO2 *data from FACEL
If using a cable with a cross section of 95 mm2 instead of 35 mm2, the energy savings will be
1092.32 - 402.41 = 689.91 kW.h (every year))
For 30 years:
689.91 x 30 = 20697.3 kW.h
The reduction in emissions by increasing the section is
20697.3 x 0.39 = 8072 kg CO2
110
low voltage technical introductions
The conductor with the greater weight has emissions that are 156 times less, which confirms the ecologic superiority of using the 95 mm2 section
instead of the 35 mm2 section:
90 m x 3 x (0.979 - 0.394) kg/m = 157.95 kg cable
157.95 kg cable x 0.327 kg CO2/kg cable = 51.65 kg CO2
Calculating the ecologic amortization periods, we see that they are extraordinarily short:
For the cable with a cross section of 70 instead of 35 mm2:
6390 kg CO2 / 31.96 kg CO2 = 200
(30 years x 365 days/year) / 200 = 54.75 das
For the cable with a cross section of 95 instead of 35 mm2:
8072 kg CO2 / 51.65 kg CO2 = 156.3
(30 years x 365 days/year) / 156.3 70 days
Employing a cable with a section greater than the minimum required by technical calculations, far from going against the environment, in fact this
implies in the majority of cases, a substantial savings in contaminating emissions.
Conclusions
The numbers show us that it is at least advisable to consider the possibility of using sections larger than the theoretically contrived sizes, and since
elevated energy prices of photovoltaic installations is immediately evident, minimizing the losses with sections larger than the ones obtained with
electrical calculations would be reasonable and useful numerically for obtaining benefits.
When sections are enlarged for economic criteria, there are also collateral benefits, such as:
.- Lines that are less loaded, which prolongs the useful life of the cables
.- Possibility of increasing power without having to change the conductor
.- Enhanced response to possible short-circuits
.- Better performance ratio (PR) of the installation
.- Reduction in CO2 emissions
The calculations made have been sufficiently rigorous so as not to falsify results, considering the radiations (Gi) at different hours of the day. A much
simpler approximate calculation can be made considering the datum from the hours of peak sun (HSP), a commonly available datum (for our
example, it would be 1,874.44 h) and to consider 100 % intensity for these hours for calculating the energy lost. The current at the point of maximum
power of the panels is calculated at the same radiation (1000 W/m2) as the HSP value. The losses in this calculation would come out greater than
the aforementioned more detailed example, though it would nevertheless be useful to the project designer as a global figure as to when the returns
on the economic section would commence.
P-Sun SP cables have been designed for zero maintenance and thus have a useful life of 30 years in photovoltaic installations and, thus, if calculating
the economic section with P-Sun SP cables, you can rest assured that the numbers can be extended to 30 years, which is not the case of amortization
when cables need to be replaced prior to these 30 years.
111
CABLES FOR INTERIOR OR
RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS
low voltage cables for interior or receiving installations
AFUMEX PLUS 750 V (AS)

Rated
voltage: 300/500 V Design
standard: UNE 211002 Generic
designation:H05Z1-K (AS)
450/750 V H07Z1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
CABLE SPECIFICATIONS
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance
UNE EN UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN emission of corrosive gases water absorption
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2
Construction standard: UNE 211002.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): - 40 C, + 70 C. (Thermoplastic cable).
Rated voltage: 300/500 V up to 1 mm2 (ESO5Z1-K [AS]) and 450/750 V (ESO7Z1-K [AS]) from 1.5 mm2.
5-minute AC voltage test: 2000 V in HO5Z1-K cables and 2500 V in HO7Z1-K cables.
Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2; IEC 60332-1-2.
Fire retardant: UNE 50266-2-4; IEC 60332-3-24.
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; BS 6425-1.
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713; NFC 20454; It 1,5.
Low opaque smoke emission: UNE EN 61034-2; IEC 61034-2.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4.3; C 10 mS/mm
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Annealed electrolytic copper.
Flexibility: Flexible, class 5; in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
Maximum temperature in conductor: 70C for permanent operation, 160C for short circuit.
INSULATION
Material: AFUMEX TI Z1 halogen-free special thermoplastic mix.
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, white, grey, brown, red and black. (See colour table according to section).
USES
Extra-sliding cable specially relevant for interior and receiving installations at public access buildings: (showrooms, shopping centres, schools,
hospitals, office buildings, sport stadiums, etc.)
At computer centres, airports, industrial buildings, parkings, railway and roadway tunnels, buildings with poor ventilation and/or evacuation, etc.
In any facility where the risk of fire is not insignificant, such as: (superficial assembly installations, vertical channels in buildings or upon trays,
etc.) or where the best fire-resistant characteristics and/or building product ecology are required.
Individual branch circuits (ITC-BT 15).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20).
Public access buildings (ITC-BT 28)
Wiring inside distribution panels (ITC-BT 28).
Industry (Fire Prevention Safety Regulations for Industrial Establishments R.D. 2267/2004).
Buildings in general (Technical Building Code, R.D. 314/2006, Article 11).
113
AFUMEX PLUS 750 V (AS)

Rated
voltage: 300/500 V
Design
standard: UNE 211002 Generic
designation: H05Z1-K (AS)
450/750 V H07Z1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
SECTION CABLE COLOUR SECTION CABLE COLOUR
1 x 0.5 BLU-BLK-R 1 x 10 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK

1 x 0.75 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK-R 1 x 16 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
1x1 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK-R 1 x 25 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
1 x 1.5 Y/G-BLU-W-GR-BR-BLK-R 1 x 35 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
1 x 2.5 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK-R 1 x 50 YG-BLU-BLK
1x4 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK 1 x 70 AV
1x6 Y/G-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
* Subject to changes. (Check current price list).

Colour coding:
Y-Yellow; YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; W-White; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black; R-Red.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MEASUREMENTS, WEIGHTS AND RESISTANCE (approximate)
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Voltage drop V/A km (2)
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at current (1)
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
1 x 0.5 0,6 2.1 9 39 - 85.79 68.76

1 x 0.75 0.6 2.3 11 26.5 - 58.39 46.83
1x1 0,6 2.8 14 19.5 - 43.13 34.62
1 x 1.5 0.7 3.4 20 13.3 15 28.84 23.22
1 x 2.5 0.8 4.1 32 7.98 21 17.66 14.25
1x4 0.8 4.8 46 4.95 27 10.99 8.91
1x6 0.8 5.3 65 3.30 36 7.34 5.99
1 x 10 1.0 6.8 111 1.91 50 4.36 3.59
1 x 16 1.0 8.1 164 1.21 66 2.74 2.29
1 x 25 1.2 10.2 255 0.78 84 1.73 1.48
1 x 35 1.2 11.7 351 0.554 104 1.25 1.09
1 x 50 1.4 13.9 520 0.386 125 0.92 0.84
1 x 70 1.4 16 700 0.272 160 0.64 0.61
1 x 95 1.6 18.2 920 0.206 194 0.46 0.46
1 x 120 1.6 20.2 1130 0.161 225 0.36 0.38
1 x 150 1.8 22.5 1410 0.127 260 0.29 0.33
1 x 185 2.0 20.6 1770 0.106 297 0.26 0.28
1 x 240 2.2 28.4 2300 0.0801 350 0.18 0.24
(1) Single-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface.
PVC2 with installation type B1 column 6.
(2) Single phase installation (divide by 1.15 for three-phase). (See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A.
Voltage drops: See table E.3.
Maximum allowable short-circuit currents: See table F.1.
114
SPECIAL INDIVIDUAL
BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS) OPTICAL FIBRE
450/750 V UNE 211002 H07Z1-K (AS)

Rated Design Generic
voltage: standard: designation:
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas Very low corrosive Resistance to Cold resistance
UNE EN UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN emission gas emission water absorption
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Reference standard: UNE 211002.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): -40C, +70C. (Thermoplastic cable).
Rated voltage: 450/750 V.
5-minute AC voltage test: 2500 V.
Optical fibre continuity check.
Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2 ; IEC 60332-1-2.
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1 ; IEC 60754-1 ; BS 6425-1.
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713 ; NFC 20454 ; It 1,5.
Low opaque smoke emission: UNE EN 61034-2 ; IEC 61034-2.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR:
Flexibility: Flexible class 5; in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
Arrangement: Arrangement in bundle of 3+1, 5+1 insulated conductors, plus 2 optical fibres
in the interior of the protection conductor (h/v).
OPTICAL FIBRES:
The earth conductor (yellow/green) includes two optical fibres
Optical fibre type: G. 657A single-mode optical fibres with 900-micron adapted protection. Optical
fibre specifications: See Fibre adapted for Afumex DUO technical data sheet - Identification of
optical fibres: one green and another blue.
INSULATION:
Colours:
3+1 conductors: yellow/green, blue, brown and red, cross section 1.5 mm2.
5+1 conductors: yellow/green, blue, grey, brown, black and red, cross section 1.5 mm2.
Marking: The optical fibre conductor will bear the following marking:
Prysmian Afumex Duo 750V 07Z1-K (AS) (Cross section) + 2 FO G.657
USES
Joint installation of power and optical fibre conductors in individual branch circuits (from the switchboard to each of the general control and
circuit breaker panels).
Individual branch circuits, (ITC-BT 15).

Note: For other possible uses of electrical conductors with optical fibres in the interior, please consult Prysmian.
115
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS)

Rated
standard: UNE 211002
Generic
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
3+1 conductors (YG-BLU-BR+R) 5+1 conductors (YG-BLU-BR-BLK+R) * Subject to changes.
(Check current price list).
3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 5 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 5 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO
3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 3 G 25 +1 x 1.5 + 2FO
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; BR-Brown; R-Red.
One green optical fibre and another blue one.
Note: G instead of x means that it includes a yellow/green protection conductor.
Nominal section Insulation thickness Bundle Total weight Resistance of conductor Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 (phases) mm diameter kg/km at 20 C W/km current
in mm A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 13.2 347 1.83 50 (1) 4.36 (1) 3.59 (1)
3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 15.4 502 1.15 66 (1) 2.74 (1) 2.29 (1)
3 G 25 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1.2 18.9 772 0.727 84 (1) 1.73 (1) 1.48 (1)
3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1.2 25.2 1073 0.554 104 (1) 1.25 (1) 1.09 (1)
5 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 16.6 575 1.83 44 (2) 3.79 (2) 3.13 (2)
5 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 19.5 840 1.15 59 (2) 2.38 (2) 1.99 (2)
(1) Single-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface. PVC2
with installation type B1 column 6.
(2) Three-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface PVC 3 with
installation
Type B1 column 5.
BEND-INSENSITIVE FIBRE SPECIFICATION

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Attenuation coefficients [1]
Material Silicon/Doped Silicon @1310 nm 0.36 dB/km
Refractive index profile Step Index @1380 nm 0.36 dB/km
Primary protection specifications @1550 nm 0.24 dB/km
@1625 nm 0.29 dB/km
Primary protection material NeonTM Plus acrylate
Primary protection outer diameter 245 mm 5 mm Dispersion coefficients
Protection/sheath concentricity 10 mm 1285 1330 nm 3.5 ps/(nm km)
Gel specifications between primary and secondary protection @1550 nm 18 ps/(nm km)
@1625 nm 22 ps/(nm km)
Gel material LA-444
Gel layer thickness 10 mm 5 mm Zero dispersion wavelength 1302 1322 nm
S0 zero dispersion slope 0.089 ps/(nm2 km)
Secondary protection specifications Polarization mode dispersion 0.4 ps/km
Secondary protection material Acrylate
Mechanical Specifications
Secondary protection outer diameter 900 mm 25 mm
Protection/sheath concentricity 40 mm Proof test 1.0 %
Loss due to fibre macrobending without secondary protection
Geometric Specifications
1 turn around 20 mm diam. @1550 nm 0.5 dB
Modal field diameter @1310 nm 8.4 mm 9.2 mm 10 turns around 30 mm diam. @1550 nm 0.05 dB
Sheath diameter 125 0.7 mm 10 turns around 30 mm diam. @1625 nm 0.5 dB
MFD/sheath concentricity error 0.5 mm
Sheath non-circularity error 1.0 %
Short wiring wave length. 1260 nm
Note: all accessories and assembly instructions on pages 207-222.
116
AFUMEX FLEXIBLE PANELS (AS)

Rated
standard: UNE 21027-9 Generic
designation: H05Z-K (AS)
H07Z-K (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Construction standard: UNE 21027-9; HD 22.9 S2; NI 56.10.00.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): -40C, +90C. (Thermostable cable).
Rated voltage: 300/500 V up to 1 mm2 (HO5Z-K [AS]) and 450/750 V (HO7Z-K [AS]) from 1.5 mm2.
Fire tests:
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4.3; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Special thermostable mixture, halogen-free, type AFUMEX, class E15 according to UNE 21027-9.
Colours: Grey.
USES
Cable especially adequate for wiring distribution boards, panels and relay frames (ITC-BT 28).
117
FLEXIBLE AFUMEX PANELS (AS)

Rated
H07Z1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
SECTION TABLE
1 conductor (GR)
1 x 0.5 1 x 0.75 1x1
1 x 1.5 1 x 2.5 1x4
1x6 1 x 10 1 x 16
Colour coding:
GR-Grey.
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
*1 x 0.5 0.7 2.3 10 39 - - -

*1 x 0.75 0.7 2.5 12 26 - - -
*1 x 1 0.7 2.7 15 19.5 - - -
1 x 1.5 0.7 3 20 13.3 20 30.98 24.46
1 x 2.5 0.8 3.6 31 7.98 26.5 18.66 15.06
1x4 0.8 4.1 45 4.95 36 11.68 9.46
1x6 0.8 4.6 64 3.3 46 7.9 6.43
1 x 10 1 6.1 108 1.91 65 4.67 3.84
1 x 16 1 7.2 160 1.21 87 2.94 2.45
XLP2 with installation type B1 column 10.
(2) Single phase installation (divide by 1.15 for three-phase).
(See page 23).
* According to Iberdrola Policy 56.10.00
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A).
118
RIGID AFUMEX PANELES (AS)

Rated
standard: UNE 21027-9
Generic
designation: H07Z-U (AS)
H07Z-R (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Construction standard: UNE 21027-9; HD 22.9 S2; NI 56.10.00.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): - 40C, +90C. (Thermostable cable).
Fire tests:
Fire retardant: UNE EN 50266-2-4; IEC 60332-3-24.
Low opaque smoke emission: UNE EN 61034-2 ; IEC 61034-2
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Flexibility: Rigid, class 1 (single core) up to 4 mm2; rigid, class 2 (multicore) from 6 mm2;
Flexibility:
in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
INSULATION
Material: Special thermostable mixture, halogen-free, type AFUMEX, class E15 according to UNE 21027-9.
Colours: Blue, grey, brown and red. (See colour table according to section).
USES
Cable especially adequate for wiring centralised meters/counters, distribution boards, panels and relay frames.
Centralised meters (ITC-BT 16).

Wiring inside distribution panels (ITC-BT 28).
119
RIGID AFUMEX PANELES (AS)

Rated
UNE 21027-9
standard:
Generic
designation: H07Z-U (AS)
H07Z-R (AS)
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
COLOUR TABLE ACCORDING TO SECTION
Section Cable colours
1 x 2.5 GR-BLK-R
1 x 10 BLU-GR-BLK
1 x 16 BLU-GR-BLK
*Subject to changes. (Check current price list).
Colour coding:
BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black; RO-Red
cos f = 1 cos f = 0,8
1 x 1.5 0.7 3 19 12.1 20 30.98 24.46

1 x 2.5 0.8 3.7 35 7.41 26.5 18.66 15.06
1x4 0.8 4.2 51 4.61 36 11.68 9.46
1x6 0.8 4.5 64 3.08 46 7.9 6.43
1 x 10 1 6 111 1.83 65 4.67 3.84
1 x 16 1 6.7 158 1.15 87 2.94 2.45
XLP2 with installation type B1 column 10.
(2) Single phase installation (divide by 1.15 for three-phase).
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
120
AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

Rated
voltage: 0,6/1 kV Design
designation: RZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
UNE EN UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN emission of corrosive gases water absorption resistance
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Construction standard: UNE 21123-4.

Rated voltage: 0.6/1 kV.
Fire tests:
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1 ; BS 6425-1.
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713 ; NFC 20454; It 1,5.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4,3 ; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Flexibility: Flexible, class 5, in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
INSULATION
Material: Cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE), type DIX3.
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, grey, brown and black; in accordance with UNE 21089-1.
(See colour table according to number of conductors).
SHEATH
Material: Special zero-halogen mix, type AFUMEX Z1.
Colour: Green, with a band of colour identifying the section, which can be written on for identifying circuits
(see colours on following page).
USES
o Easily peeled and highly flexible cable especially suited for interior and receiving installations at public access buildings: (showrooms, shopping
centres, schools, hospitals, office buildings, sport stadiums, etc.)
o At computer centres, airports, industrial buildings, parkings, railway and roadway tunnels, buildings with poor ventilation and/or evacuation, etc.
o At any installations where the risk of fire is not negligible (superficial assembly installations, vertical channels in buildings or upon trays, etc.) or
where the best fire-resistant characteristics and/or building product ecology are required.
General power lines (ITC-BT 14). Individual branch circuits (ITC-BT 15). Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20).
Public access buildings (ITC-BT 28).
121
AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

Rated
Ecological Line
COLOUR CODE WITH IRIS TECH STRIPES ON THE SHEATH

Section Colour Section Colour Section Colour
1.5 Red 6 Grey 25 White

2.5 Blue 10 Orange
4 Brown 16 Light Blue
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 conductor (BLK) 2 conductors (BLU-BR) 4 conductors

1 COND.
(BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
(NE) 5 conductors
1 COND.
(YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
(NE)
1 x 1.5 1 x 2,5 1x4 2 x 1.5 2 x 2.5 2x4 4x6 4 x 10 4 x 16 5 G 1.5 5 G 2.5 5G4
1x6 1 x 10 1 x 16 2x6 2 x 10 2 x 16 4 x 25 4 x 35 4 x 50 5G6 5 G 10 5 G 16
1 x 25 1 x 35 1 x 50 3 conductors (YG-BLU-BR) **4 G 1.5 **4 G 2.5 **4 G 4 5 G 25 5 G 35 -
1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 3 G 1.5 3 G 2.5 3G4 **4 G 6 **4 G 10 **4 G 16
1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240 3G6 3 G 10 3 G 16
1 x 300

** YG-GR-BR-BLK.
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black.
122
AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV Design
Ecological Line
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at current when in current when
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km open air (1) buried (2)
A A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
1 x 1.5 0.7 5.7 42 13.3 21 Not Allowable 26.5 21.36

1 x 2.5 0.7 6.2 60 7.98 29 Not Allowable 15.92 12.88
1x4 0.7 6.8 74 4.95 38 Not Allowable 9.96 8.1
1x6 0.7 7.3 96 3.3 49 44 6.74 5.51
1 x 10 0.7 8.4 140 1.91 68 58 4 3.31
1 x 16 0.7 9.4 195 1.21 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 11 290 0.78 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 12.6 395 0.55 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 14.2 550 0.38 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 15.8 750 0.27 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 17.9 970 0.20 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 19 1200 0.16 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 21.2 1480 0.12 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 23.9 1866 0.10 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 26.9 2350 0.08 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 29.5 3063 0.06 630 380 0.14 0.19
2 x 1.5 0.7 8.7 105 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92

2 x 2.5 0.7 9.6 136 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 10.5 175 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 11.7 230 3.3 57 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 14 345 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 16.9 503 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 20.4 780 0.78 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 23.4 1060 0.55 154 140 1.34 1.16
2 x 50 1 26.8 1448 0.38 188 166 0.99 0.88
3 G 1.5 0.7 9.2 120 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92

3 G 2.5 0.7 10.1 160 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 11.1 215 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 12.3 282 3.3 57 53 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 14.7 430 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 0.7 17.8 650 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 21.4 946 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 24.9 1355 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 28.6 1869 0.38 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 32.1 2530 0.27 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 36.4 3322 0.20 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 40.3 4301 0.16 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 44.9 5332 0.12 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 49.8 6521 0.10 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 56.1 8576 0.08 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 61.8 10633 0.06 565 380 0.14 0.18
(1) Installation in tray in open air (40C).

XLPE3 with installation type F column 11 (1x three-phase).
XLPE2 with installation type E column 12 (2x, 3G single-phase).
XLPE3 with installation type E column 10 (3x, 4G 4x, 5G three-phase).
(2) Buried installation, directly or in tube, with standard thermal ground resistance of 2.5 Km/W.
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 1x, 3x, 4G, 4x, 5G three-phase.
XLPE2 with installation type D (Cu) 2x, 3G single-phase.
123
AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

0.6/1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at when in open air (1) when buried (2)
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km A A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 x 25/16 0.9/0.7 22.6 1120 0.780/1.21 110 96 1.62 1.38

3 x 35/16 0.9/0.7 26.1 1570 0.554/1.21 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50/25 1.0/0.9 30.3 2240 0.386/0.780 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70/35 1.1/0.9 34 3010 0.272/0.554 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95/50 1.1/1.0 38.7 3809 0.206/0.386 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120/70 1.2/1.1 43.5 5028 0.161/0.272 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150/70 1.4/1.1 47.4 5980 0.129/0.272 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185/95 1.6/1.1 52.7 7490 0.106/0.206 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240/120 1.7/1.2 59.3 9705 0.0801/0.161 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300/150 1.8/1.4 64.7 12145 0.0641/0.129 565 380 0.14 0.18
4 G 1.5 0.7 9.9 145 13.3 20 Not allowable 26.94 21.67

4 G 2.5 0.7 11 195 7.98 26.5 Not allowable 16.23 13.1
4G4 0.7 12.1 260 4.95 36 Not allowable 10.16 8.23
4G6 0.7 13.5 350 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 G 10 0.7 16.2 540 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 G 16 0.7 19.7 810 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 23.8 1233 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 27.4 1711 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 31.7 2386 0.38 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 35.7 3240 0.27 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 40.0 4380 0.20 259 202 0.43 0.42
4 x 120 1.2 44.0 5420 0.16 301 230 0.34 0.35
4 x 150 1.4 50.0 6800 0.12 343 260 0.28 0.3
4 x 185 1.6 56.5 8560 0.10 391 291 0.22 0.26
4 x 240 1.7 63.5 10940 0.08 468 336 0.17 0.21
5 G 1.5 0.7 10.8 170 13.3 20 Not allowable 26.94 21.67

5 G 2.5 0.7 12 230 7.98 26.5 Not allowable 16.23 13.1
5G4 0.7 13.2 315 4.95 36 Not allowable 10.16 8.23
5G6 0.7 14.8 420 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
5 G 10 0.7 17.8 660 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
5 G 16 0.7 21.5 990 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
5 G 25 0.9 25.8 1490 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
5 G 35 0.9 30.6 2160 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
In the case of conductors with section "3 x a/b", there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one conductor with section b.
XLPE2 with installation type D (Cu) 2x, 3G single-phase. (See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A) for interior or receiving installations. See section C) for underground distribution networks.
124
SPECIAL INDIVIDUAL
BRANCH CIRCUITS
AFUMEX CONTROL 1000 V (AS)
Rated
Generic
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame Flame Low opaque Halogen sfree Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
retardant retardant smoke emission UNE EN emission of corrosive gases water absorption resistance
UNE EN UNE EN UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 61034-2 20454 50267-2-2

Fire tests:
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4,3; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, brown and red, cross section 1.5 mm2 for the timer control conductor
(night time tariff).
SHEATH
Colour: Green, with an IrisTech colour band which indicates the section and allows for writing upon it
for the purpose of circuit identification (see colours on the next page).
USES
Highly flexible and easily strippable cable, specially designed for underground individual branch circuits.
Individual branch circuits (ITC-BT 15).
125
AFUMEX CONTROL 1000 V (AS)

0.6/1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
COLOUR CODE WITH IRIS TECH STRIPES ON THE SHEATH
Section Colour Section Colour
6 Grey 25 White
10 Orange
16 Light blue
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
3+1 conductors (YG-BLU-BR+R)
3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 3 G 25 + 1 x 1.5 3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5
Colour coding: YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; BR-Brown; R-Red.

Nominal Outer Total Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km

section diameter weight conductor at current when in current
mm2 (mm) kg/km 20 C W/km open air (1) underground (2)
A A cos f = 1 cos f = 0,8
3 G 6 + 1 x 1.5 13 300 3.3 40 53 7.90 6.42

3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 15 440 1.91 54 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 18 660 1.21 73 91 2.94 2.45
3 G 25 + 1 x 1.5 22 980 0.78 95 116 1.86 1.59
3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5 25 1330 0.554 119 140 1.34 1.16
XLPE2 with B2 column 8 installation.
(2) Single-phase buried installation for cables 3+1 conductors and three-phase for cables 5+1 conductors, in tube with standard thermal ground
resistance of 2.5 Km/W.
XLPE2 with installation type Method D (Cu).
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
126
AFUMEX FIRS 1000 V (AS+)

0.6/1 kV UNE 211025 SZ1-K (AS+)
RZ1-K mica (AS+)

Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen Low toxic-gas No corrosive gas Fire resistance Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
UNE EN UNE EN smoke emission free emission emission UNE EN 50200 Resistance to cold resistance
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN UNE EN NFC UNE EN 50267-2-2 water absorption
61034-2 50267-2-1 20454
Construction standard: UNE 21123-4
Rated voltage: 0.6/1 kV
5-minute AC voltage test: 3500 V
Fire tests:
Fire resistance: UNE EN 50200 PH 90 (842C, 90 min.); IEC 60331.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Special thermostable mixture, halogen-free, type AFUMEX:
Silicone up to 25 mm2 (SZ1-K).
Mica-glass tape + XLPE as of 35 mm2 (RZ1-K mica)
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, grey, brown, black; in accordance with UNE 21089-1.
SHEATH
Colour: Orange.
USES
Highly flexible and easily strippable cable, specially designed to provide service in extreme fire conditions.
Appropriate for non-independent security service circuits or with independent centralised power supply sources: (emergency lighting, fire prevention
systems, elevators, etc.).
For supplying power to extractors and fans for fire smoke control in garages, parkings, industrial kitchens, commercial or public establishments
and atriums (see Technical Building Code DB-SI 3 point 8).
Non-independent security services or services with independent centralised power supply sources (ITC-BT 28).
Extractors and fans for fire smoke control in garages, parkings, industrial kitchens, commercial or public establishments and atriums
(CTE, DB-SI 3 point 8).
127

0.6/1 kV UNE 211025 SZ1-K (AS+)
RZ1-K mica (AS+)

Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 conductor (BLK) 2 conductors (BLU-BR) 4 conductors (YG-GR-BR-BLK)
1 x 1.5 1 x 2.5 1x4 1x6 1 x 10 2 x 1.5 2 x 2.5 - - 4 G 1.5 4 G 2.5 4 G 4 4 G 10 4 G 16 4 G 25

1 x 16 1 x 25 1 x 35 1 x 50 1 x 70 3 conductors (YG-BLU-BR) 5 conductors (YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240 3 G 1.5 3 G 2.5 3G4 3G6 5 G 1.5 5 G 2.5 5 G 4 5G6 5 G 10
5 G 16 5 G 25 5G35 - -
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black
128

0.6/1 kV UNE 211025 SZ1-K (AS+)
RZ1-K mica (AS+)

Ecological Line
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter mm kg/km conductor at current when current
mm2 mm 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground (2)
1 x 1.5 0.7 5.7 42 13.3 21 Not Allowable 26.5 21.36

1 x 2.5 0.7 6.2 60 7.98 29 Not Allowable 15.92 12.88
1x4 0.7 6.8 74 4.95 38 Not Allowable 9.96 8.1
1x6 0.7 7.3 96 3.3 49 44 6.74 5.51
1 x 10 0.7 8.4 140 1.91 68 58 4 3.31
1 x 16 0.7 9.4 195 1.21 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 11 290 0.78 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 12.6 395 0.55 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 14.2 550 0.38 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 15.8 750 0.27 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 17.9 970 0.20 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 19 1200 0.16 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 21.2 1480 0.12 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 23.9 1866 0.10 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 26.9 2350 0.08 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 29.5 3063 0.06 630 380 0.14 0.19
2 x 1.5 0.7 8.7 105 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92

2 x 2.5 0.7 9.6 136 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 10.5 175 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 11.7 230 3.3 57 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 14 345 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 16.9 503 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 20.4 780 0.78 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 23.4 1060 0.55 154 140 1.34 1.16
2 x 50 1 26.8 1448 0.38 188 166 0.99 0.88
3 G 1.5 0.7 9.2 120 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92

3 G 2.5 0.7 10.1 160 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 11.1 215 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 12.3 282 3.3 57 53 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 14.7 430 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 0.7 17.8 650 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 21.4 946 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 24.9 1355 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 28.6 1869 0.38 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 32.1 2530 0.27 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 36.4 3322 0.20 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 40.3 4301 0.16 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 44.9 5332 0.12 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 49.8 6521 0.10 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 56.1 8576 0.08 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 61.8 10633 0.06 565 380 0.14 0.18

(See page 23).
129

0.6/1 kV UNE 211025 SZ1-K (AS+)
RZ1-K mica (AS+)

Ecological Line
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at when in open air (1) when buried (2)
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km A A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 x 25/16 0.9/0.7 22.6 1120 0.780/1.21 110 96 1.62 1.38

3 x 35/16 0.9/0.7 26.1 1570 0.554/1.21 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50/25 1.0/0.9 30.3 2240 0.386/0.780 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70/35 1.1/0.9 34 3010 0.272/0.554 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95/50 1.1/1.0 38.7 3809 0.206/0.386 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120/70 1.2/1.1 43.5 5028 0.161/0.272 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150/70 1.4/1.1 47.4 5980 0.129/0.272 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185/95 1.6/1.1 52.7 7490 0.106/0.206 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240/120 1.7/1.2 59.3 9705 0.0801/0.161 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300/150 1.8/1.4 64.7 12145 0.0641/0.129 565 380 0.14 0.18
4 G 1.5 0.7 9.9 145 13.3 20 Not allowable 26.94 21.67

4 G 2.5 0.7 11 195 7.98 26.5 Not allowable 16.23 13.1
4G4 0.7 12.1 260 4.95 36 Not allowable 10.16 8.23
4G6 0.7 13.5 350 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 G 10 0.7 16.2 540 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 G 16 0.7 19.7 810 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 23.8 1233 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 27.4 1711 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 31.7 2386 0.38 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 35.7 3240 0.27 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 40.0 4380 0.20 259 202 0.43 0.42
4 x 120 1.2 44.0 5420 0.16 301 230 0.34 0.35
4 x 150 1.4 50.0 6800 0.12 343 260 0.28 0.3
4 x 185 1.6 56.5 8560 0.10 391 291 0.22 0.26
4 x 240 1.7 63.5 10940 0.08 468 336 0.17 0.21
5 G 1.5 0.7 10.8 170 13.3 20 Not allowable 26.94 21.67

5 G 2.5 0.7 12 230 7.98 26.5 Not allowable 16.23 13.1
5G4 0.7 13.2 315 4.95 36 Not allowable 10.16 8.23
5G6 0.7 14.8 420 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
5 G 10 0.7 17.8 660 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
5 G 16 0.7 21.5 990 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
5 G 25 0.9 25.8 1490 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
5 G 35 0.9 30.6 2160 0.55 137 117 1.17 1.01
In the case of conductors with section "3 x a/b", there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one conductor with section b.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
130
FIRE RESISTANT (AS+)
AFUMEX FIRS DETEC-SIGNAL (AS+)

BRAIDED AND SCREENED
Rated
standard: UNE 211025
Generic
designation: S0Z1-K (AS+)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Libre de Reducida emisin No emission of Fire resistance Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
UNE EN 60332-1-2 UNE EN 50266-2-4 smoke emission halgenos de gases txicos corrosive gases UNE EN 50200 water absorption resistance
UNE EN UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC 20454 UNE EN 50267-2-2
61034-2

Fire tests:
Fire retardant: UNE EN 50266-2-4 ; IEC 60332-3-24.
Fire resistance: UNE EN 50200 PH 90 (842C, 90 min); IEC 60331.
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1 ; IEC 60754-1.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; pH 4,3 ; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Silicone.
Colours: Red and black.
Bundle: Braided conductors between 8 and 11 turns per meter.
METAL SCREEN
Aluminium/polyester band-based screen with 0.25 mm2 Cu-Sn drain.
SHEATH
Colour: Orange.
131
AFUMEX FIRS DETEC-SIGNAL (AS+)

300/500 V UNE 211025 S0Z1-K (AS+)
Ecological Line
USES
Fire resistant cable (AS+), specially designed to provide service in extreme fire conditions.
Alarm circuits, detectors and buttons in fire prevention systems (ITC-BT 28).
SECTIONS IN STOCK
2 conductors (BLK-R)
2 x 1.5

Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at when in open air (1)
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
2x1 1.2 6.6 60 19.5 8.7 47.06 37.77

2 x 1.5 1.5 7.2 70 13.3 16.5 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 2 8.5 105 7.98 23 18.66 15.07
XLPE2 with B2 column 8 installation.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
132
AFUMEX MLTIPLE 1000 V (AS)

0.6/1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2

5-minute AC voltage test: 3500 V.s
Fire tests:
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1 ; IEC 60754-1; BS 6425-1.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4.3 ; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Colours: One yellow/green conductor, the rest black and numbered.
SHEATH
Colour: Green.
USES
Highly flexible and easily strippable high security (AS) cable, for solenoid control, machine start-ups, automaton start-ups, remote controls, etc.
Control and command cable specially relevant for interior and receiving installations at public access buildings: (showrooms, shopping centres,
schools, hospitals, office buildings, sport stadiums, etc.)
At any installations where the risk of fire is not negligible (superficial assembly installations, vertical channels in buildings or upon trays, etc.) or
where the best fire-resistant characteristics or building product ecology are required.
133
AFUMEX MLTIPLE 1000 V (AS)

Rated
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
6 G 1.5 8 G 1.5 10 G 1.5 12 G 1.5 14 G 1.5
Nominal Thickness Diameter of Outer Resistance of Allowable Voltage drop V/A km (2)
section of insulation in insulation diameter conductor at current when in
mm2 mm mm mm 20 C W/km open air (1)
A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
6 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 12.7 13.3 15 26.94 21.67

8 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 13.8 13.3 13 26.94 21.67
10 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 15.7 13.3 11 26.94 21.67
12 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 16.1 13.3 11 26.94 21.67
14 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 16.9 13.3 10 26.94 21.67
(1) (1) Installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface.
XLPE3 with installation type E column 10 with coefficient depending on the number of conductors.
(2) Three-phase (3 conductors) per single-phase (every 2 conductors) multiply by 1.15.

(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
134
AFUMEX OR SIGNAL (AS)

Rated
standard: VDE 0250
Generic
designation: RC4Z1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN 50267-2-2
61034-2 20454
Construction standard: VDE 0250 teil 405.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): - 40C, +90C. (Thermostable cable).
Fire tests:
Low opaque smoke emission: UNE EN 61034-2; IEC 61034-2
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Special thermostable mixture (XLPE), halogen-free, type AFUMEX TI Z1.
Colours: Colouring according to UNE 21089-1.
2 cond.: brown and blue.
3 cond.: brown, blue and yellow/green.
4 cond.: black, brown, grey, and yellow/green.
5 cond.: black, grey, brown, blue and yellow/green.
More than 5 cond.: 1 yellow/green cond., the rest are numbered black.
METAL SCREEN:
Bare copper wire braid with approximate screening of 70%.
SHEATH
Material: Special zero-halogen mix, type AFUMEX Z1,
Colour: Green.
USES
High security (AS) bare copper wire braid cable, for solenoid control, machine start-ups, automaton start-ups, remote controls, etc. or for control
of temperature, intensity, voltage, motorised valves, etc.
135
AFUMEX OR SIGNAL (AS)

300/500 V VDE 0250 RC4Z1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
3G1 4G1
2 x 1.5 3 G 1.5 4 G 1.5
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at when in
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km open air (1)
A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
2x1 0.6 7 65.4 19.5 8.7 47.06 37.77

2 x 1.5 0.6 8 85.9 13.3 16.5 30.98 24.92
3G1 0.6 7.4 79.4 19.5 8.7 47.06 37.77
3 G 1.5 0.6 8.5 105.2 13.3 16.5 30.98 24.92
4G1 0.6 8.5 104 19.5 8.7 40.92 32.84
4 G 1.5 0.6 9.2 127.7 13.3 16 26.94 21.67
(1) Installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface.
XLPE2 with installation type B2 column 8 (2x, 3G single-phase)
XLPE3 with installation type B2 column 7 (4G three-phase)
(See page 23).
.
.
CALCULATIONS
136
AFUMEX (AS) FOR

MOBILE SERVICES
AFUMEX EXPO (AS)
Rated
Generic
designation: HO7ZZ-F (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Resistance to Resistance to
chemical agents knocks
Construction standard: UNE 21027-13; HD 22.13.S1.

Operating temperature: -25C, +90C (mobile service); -40C, +90C (permanent installation). (Thermostable cable).
Fire tests:
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713; NFC 20454; IT 1,5.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Halogen-free, thermostable elastomer.
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, grey, brown and black; in accordance with UNE 21089-1 (other options are possible).
SHEATH
Material: Thermostable polyolefin type Afumex.
Colour: Grey with green band.
USES
Box stalls at fairs, trade shows, exhibitions, temporary electrical installations and showrooms at sites open to the public.
Flexible cable for mobile services, adequate for connection low voltage panels to wind turbine transformers.
Provisional retransmission equipment, stage lighting, extenders, and non-permanent services at public access facilities, in general.
Power supply from electric sockets for all types of machines at local places (gaming machines, vending machines, hand driers, etc.).
Fairs and stands (ITC-BT 34, ITC-BT 28).
Provisional installations or mobile services at public places (ITC-BT 34, ITC-BT 28).
137
AFUMEX EXPO (AS)

Rated
Generic
Ecological Line
Nominal Maximum Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section outer diameter in kg/km conductor at when in open air when in open air
mm2 mm 20 C W/km (tray) (1) (surface assembly) (2)
1 x 1.5 7.1 52 13.3 21 16.5 30.47 24.56

1 x 2.5 7.9 68 7.98 29 23 18.31 14.81
1x4 9.0 95 4.95 38 31 11.45 9.32
1x6 9.8 125 3.3 49 40 7.75 6.34
1 x 10 11.9 200 1.91 68 54 4.60 3.81
1 x 16 13.4 275 1.21 91 73 2.89 2.44
1 x 25 15.8 395 0.78 116 95 1.83 1.58
1 x 35 17.9 520 0.554 144 119 1.32 1.16
1 x 50 20.6 750 0.386 175 145 0.98 0.89
1 x 70 23.3 950 0.272 224 185 0.68 0.64
1 x 95 26 1220 0.206 271 224 0.48 0.49
1 x 120 28.6 1480 0.161 314 260 0.39 0.41
1 x 150 31.4 1830 0.129 363 299 0.31 0.36
1 x 185 34.4 2270 0.106 415 341 0.25 0.30
1 x 240 38.3 2850 0.0801 490 401 0.20 0.25
2 x 1.5 11.0 120 13.3 21 16.5 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 13.1 175 7.98 29 23 18.66 15.07
2x4 15.1 245 4.95 38 31 11.68 9.46
2x6 16.8 315 3.3 49 40 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 22.6 590 1.91 68 54 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 25.7 790 1.21 91 73 2.94 2.45
3 G 1.5 11.9 150 13.3 21 16.5 26.94 21.67

XLPE2 with installation type C column 11 (1x, 2x, 3G single-phase).
XLPE3 with installation type C column 9 (3x, 4x, 4G, 5G three-phase).
(2) Open-air (40 C) installation in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface, or in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.).
XLPE2 with installation type B2 column 8 (1x, 2x, 3G single-phase).
XLPE3 with installation type B2 column 7 (3x, 4x, 4G, 5G three-phase).
(See page 23).
138
AFUMEX EXPO (AS)

Rated
Generic
Ecological Line
MEASUREMENTS, WEIGHTS AND RESISTANCE (approximate) - continuation

Nominal Maximum Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section outer diameter in kg/km conductor at when in open air when in open air
mm2 mm 20 C W/km (tray) (1) (surface assembly) (2)
3 G 2.5 14.0 215 7.98 29 23 16.23 13.1

3G4 16.2 300 4.95 38 31 10.16 8.23
3G6 18.0 395 3.3 49 40 6.87 5.59
3 G 10 24.2 740 1.91 68 54 4.06 3.34
3 G 16 27.6 1000 1.21 91 73 2.56 2.13
5 G 1.5 14.4 230 13.3 19 16 26.94 21.67
5 G 2.5 17.0 325 7.98 26 22 16.23 13.1
5G4 19.9 475 4.95 34 30 10.16 8.23
5G6 22.2 630 3.3 44 37 6.87 5.59
6 G 1.5 17.2 315 13.3 13.3 11.2 26.94 21.67
6 G 2.5 20.0 430 7.98 18.2 15.4 16.23 13.1
6G4 23.2 620 4.95 23.8 21 10.16 8.23
12 G 1.5 22.4 530 13.3 8.5 7.2 26.94 21.67
12 G 2.5 26.2 760 7.98 11.7 9.9 16.23 13.1
12 G 4 30.9 1090 4.95 15.3 13.5 10.16 8.23
18 G 1.5 26.3 800 13.3 7.6 6.4 26.94 21.67
18 G 2.5 30.9 1160 7.98 10.4 8.8 16.23 13.1
18 G 4 36.4 1680 4.95 13.6 12 10.16 8.23
24 G 1.5 30.7 1010 13.3 6.6 5.6 26.94 21.67
24 G 2.5 36.5 1450 7.98 9.1 7.7 16.23 13.1
36 G 1.5 35.2 1440 13.3 5.7 4.8 26.94 21.67
36 G 2.5 41.8 2110 7.98 7.8 6.6 16.23 13.1

(2) Open-air (40 C) installation in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface, or in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete,
plaster, etc.).
(See page 23).
139
AFUMEX EXPO (AS)

Rated
Generic
Ecological Line
CALCULATIONS
ALLOWABLE CURRENTS FOR NON-PERMANENT SERVICES
Allowable current
Section Single-pole cable Double-pole cable Triple-pole cable Cable of 4 Cable of 5
of conductor
(mm2) 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded
conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors
4 27 24 27 28 23 24 24
6 35 31 35 36 29 30 31
10 49 43 49 50 41 42 44
16 64 58 64 67 54 56 58
25 85 77 86 89 72 75 77
35 105 95 - 110 90 93 -
50 132 121 - 138 113 117 -
70 165 151 - 173 141 145 -
95 196 182 - 205 167 172 -
120 229 213 - 239 195 201 -
150 263 246 - 274 223 231 -
185 297 279 - 309 253 261 -
240 355 333 - 366 299 309 -
300 407 383 - 417 340 352 -
400 480 453 - - - - -
500 549 519 - - - - -
630 642 608 - - - - -
1 - Ambient temperature 40C.

2 - The tabulated values are for cables in open air.
3 - Single-pole conductors are wired (2 cables in contact and 3 cables staggered).

140
AFUMEX CABLES (AS) FOR MOTORS

WITH FREQUENCY VARIATORS
AFUMEX 1000 V VARINET K FLEX (AS)
Rated
Generic
designation: RZ1KZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2

Fire tests:
Halogen-free: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1 ; BS 6425-1.
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713 ; NFC 20454; It 1.5.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE), type DIX3, in accordance with HD 603-1.
Colours: Grey, brown and black.
INNER SHEATH
Special zero-halogen mix, type AFUMEX Z1, according to UNE 21123-4 annex 1.
CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Copper wire ring placed helicoidally + cross-wound copper (screen and protection conductor functionality).
OUTER SHEATH
Material: Special zero-halogen mix, type AFUMEX Z1, according to UNE 21123-4 annex 1.
Colour: Green.
USES
Special high security cable for interconnection between frequency variators and motors, in accordance with the manufacturer's indications for
those variators.
141
AFUMEX 1000 V VARINET K FLEX (AS)

Rated
Generic
designation: RZ1KZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
Nominal Thickness Dimetro Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in sobre diameter kg/km conductor at current when current when
mm2 mm aislamiento mm 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground (2)
mm A A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 x 2.5 / 2.5 0.7 3.4 14.2 290 7.980 / 7.980 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
3x4/4 0.7 3.8 15.2 350 4.950 / 4.950 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
3x6/6 0.7 4.4 16.6 440 3.300 / 3.300 46 44 6.87 5.59
3 x 10 / 10 0.7 5.5 19.1 650 1.910 / 1.910 65 58 4.06 3.34
3 x 16 / 16 0.7 6.6 22.1 910 1.210 / 1.210 87 75 2.56 2.13
3 x 25 / 16 0.9 8.2 25.9 1330 0.780 / 1.210 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 / 16 0.9 9.7 29.1 1720 0.554 / 1.210 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 / 25 1 10.8 31.7 2330 0.386 / 0.780 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 / 35 1.1 12.9 36.7 3190 0.272 / 0.554 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 / 50 1.1 14.4 40.6 4110 0.206 / 0.386 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 / 70 1.2 15.9 44.3 5180 0.161 / 0.272 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 / 70 1.4 18 48.3 6390 0.129 / 0.272 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 / 95 1.6 20.5 56.1 8080 0.106 / 0.206 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 / 120 1.7 23.3 63.1 10410 0.0801 / 0.161 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 / 150 1.8 25.7 70.1 13390 0.0641 / 0.129 565 380 0.14 0.18

XLPE3 with installation type E column 10 (3x).
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 3x.
(See page 23).
The sections are indicated as 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one concentric conductor with section b. Conductor
b has screen and protection (ground) functionality.
CALCULATIONS
142
AFUMEX 1000 V LUX (AS)

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2

Fire tests:
Low toxic-gas emission: DEF STAN 02-713 ; NFC 20454 ; It 1,5.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4,3 ; C 10 mS/mm.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Flexibility: Flexible, class 5, in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
The cable is composed of supply conductors (3G) plus a braided pair control cable (2 x 1.5).
INSULATION
Colours: Yellow/green, blue and brown. Red and black control pair (optional red and white).
In accordance with UNE 21089-1.
SHEATH
Colour: Green with blue or brown band (section 2.5 or 4 power conductors). Allows for writing upon it for the purpose of circuit identification.
USES
Highly flexible and easily strippable high security (AS) cable, for power supply and control of receivers for lighting DALI luminaires.
143
AFUMEX 1000 V LUX (AS)

0.6/1 kV UNE 21123-4 RZ1-K (AS)
Ecological Line
Nominal Maximum Outer Total Resistance of conductor Allowable Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section outer diameter in diameter weight at 20 C W/km current when in in embedded cos = 1 cos = 0.8
mm2 mm mm kg/km power control open air (tray) tube (2) power control power control
2.5 o 4 1.5 (1) A 2.5 o 4 1.5 2.5 o 4 1.5
A
3 G 2.5 + 2 x 1.5 0.7 12.8 200 7.98 13.3 33 23 18.66 30.98 10.57 24.92
3 G 4 + 2 x 1.5 0.7 13.6 255 4.95 13.3 45 31 11.68 30.98 9.46 24.92

XLPE2 with installation type E column 12 (3G single-phase).
(2) Installation inside an embedded tube (40C).
XLPE2 with installation type B2 3G.
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A) for interior or receiving installations. See section C) for underground distribution networks.
144
AL AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

Rated
designation: AL RZ1 (AS)
Ecological Line
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flame retardant Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN 50267-2-2
61034-2 20454

Fire tests:
Fire retardant: UNE EN 50266-2-4 ; IEC 60332-3-24.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4,3 ; C 10
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Aluminium.
Flexibility: Rigid, class 2; in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
INSULATION
Colour: Black.
SHEATH
Colour: Green.
USES
Cable specially relevant for interior and receiving installations at public access buildings: (showrooms, shopping centres, schools, hospitals, office
buildings, sport stadiums, etc.)
At any installations where the risk of fire is not negligible (superficial assembly installations, vertical channels in buildings or upon trays, etc.) or
where the best fire-resistant characteristics or building product ecology are required.
General power lines (ITC-BT 14). Individual branch circuits (ITC-BT 15). Public access buildings (ITC-BT 28).
145
AL AFUMEX 1000 V (AS)

Rated
Generic
designation: AL RZ1 (AS)
Ecological Line
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 conductor (BLK)
1 x 16 1 x 25 1 x 35 1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95
1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at when in current when
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km open air (1) underground (2)
1 x 16 0.7 10.2 140 1.91 70 58 4.15 3.42

1 x 25 0.9 12 195 1.2 88 74 2.62 2.19
1 x 35 0.9 12.4 220 0.868 109 90 1.89 1.6
1 x 50 1 13.7 265 0.641 133 107 1.39 1.21
1 x 70 1.1 15.5 350 0.443 170 132 0.97 0.86
1 x 95 1.1 17.4 445 0.32 207 157 0.7 0.65
1 x 120 1.2 19.4 530 0.253 239 178 0.55 0.53
1 x 150 1.4 20.6 630 0.206 277 201 0.45 0.45
1 x 185 1.6 23 785 0.164 316 226 0.36 0.37
1 x 240 1.7 25.7 980 0.125 372 261 0.27 0.3
1 x 300 1.8 28.0 1160 0.100 462 295 0.22 0.26

XLPE3 with installation type F column 11 (Al) (single-pole three-phase).
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Al).
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A) for interior or receiving installations. See section C) or C) bis for underground distribution networks.
146
SPECIAL PHOTOVOLTAIC
P-SUN sp
Rated
standard: DKE/VDE AK 411.2.3
ZERO
HALOGENS
Flexible cable Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas No emission Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to
UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN emission of corrosive gases water absorption resistance chemical agents
60332-1 UNE EN 50267-2-1 UNE EN
61034-2 EN 50305 ITC3 50267-2-2
Resistance to Abrasion Resistance to

grease and oil resistant knocks
Operating temperature: -40C, +120C (20.000 h); -40C, +90C (30 years)
Rated voltage: 0.6/1 kV (maximum AC current: 0.7/1.2 kV (maximum DC current: 0.9/1.8 kV.
15-minute 6 kV AC voltage test.
15-minute 10 kV DC voltage test.
Fire tests:
Flame retardant: EN 60332-1; IEC 60332-1.
Halogen-free: EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; BS 6425-1.
Low toxic-gas emission: EN 50305 ITC 3
Low opaque smoke emission: EN 61034-2; IEC 61034-2.
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2 ; IEC 60754-2 ; pH 4,3 ; C 10 mS/mm.
Resistance to climate conditions:
Ozone resistance: EN 50396, test B
Ultraviolet ray resistance: UL 1581 (Xeno-test); ISO 4892-2 (method A); HD 506/A1-2.4.20.
Water absorption resistance: EN 60811-1-3
Other tests:
Cold resistance: Bending at low temperature (EN 60811-1-4).
Impact (EN 50305)
Hardness: 85 (DIN 53505)
Resistance to mineral oils: 24 h, 100C (EN 60811-2-1)
Resistance to acids and bases: 7 days, 23C, N oxalic acid, sodium hydroxide (EN 60811-2-1)
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Tinned electrolytic copper.
Maximum temperature in conductor: 120C (20,000 h); 90C (30 years). 250C in short-circuit.
INSULATION
Material: Rubber type EI6 in accordance with UNE-EN 50363-1 which confers high electrical and mechanical characteristics.
147
P-SUN sp
Rated
standard: DKE/VDE AK 411.2.3
DESCRIPTION
SHEATH
Material: Zero-halogen mix type EM5 in accordance with UNE EN 50363-1
Colour: Black, red or blue
USES
Specially designed for photovoltaic solar installations, whether interior, exterior, industrial, agricultural, fixed or mobile (with trackers) They can
be installed in trays, ducts or equipment.
SECTIONS IN STOCK *
SECTIONS AVAILABLE
SECTION CABLE COLOUR
1x4 BLU-BLK-R
1x6 BLU-BLK-R
*Subject to changes.
Colour coding:
BLU-Blue; BLK-Black; R-Red. For other options, check with us.
Nominal Conductor Outer Weight Resistance of Allowable Voltage drop
section diameter diameter of cable kg/km conductor at current when in V/A km
mm2 mm (max. value) 20 C W/km open air (1) (direct current)
A
1x1.5 1.6 4.9 33 13.7 25 26.5

1x2.5 1.9 5.2 43 8.21 34 15.92
1x4 2.4 5.9 58 5.09 46 9.96
1x6 2.9 6.5 77 3.39 59 6.74
1x10 3.9 8.3 134 1.95 82 4
1x16 5.4 10.1 198 1.24 110 2.51
1x25 6.4 11.4 290 0.795 140 1.59
1x35 7.5 12.9 394 0.565 174 1.15
1x50 9 14.9 549 0.393 210 0.85
1x70 10.8 17 756 0.277 269 0.59
1 x 95 12.6 16.8 930 0.210 327 0.42
1 x 120 14.3 19.4 1300 0.164 380 0.34
1 x 150 15.9 21.1 1500 0.132 438 0.27
1 x 185 17.5 23.5 1900 0.108 500 0.22
1 x 240 20.5 26.3 2300 0.0817 590 0.17
(1) Single-phase installation in tray in open air (40C). With direct exposure to sunlight, multiply by 0.9.
XLPE2 with installation type F column 13. (See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
NOTE: for P-SUN SP cable connection accessories see Tecplug connectors in the low voltage accessories section.
148
WIREPOL FLEX
Rated
designation: H05V-K
450/750 V H07V-K
Extra-slip Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Reduced emission Resistance to
UNE EN UNE EN free water absorption
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN
50267-2-1
Construction standard: UNE 21031-3; CENELEC HD 21.3 S3; CEI 60227-3.

Operating temperature (permanent installation):-25C, +70C. (Thermoplastic cable).
Rated voltage: 300/500 V up to 1 mm2 (HO5V-K) and 450/750 V (HO7V-K) from 1.5 mm2.
5-minute AC voltage test: 2000 V in H05V-K cables and 2500 V in H07V-K cables.
Fire tests:
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; (CLH Emission < 20%).
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type TI1.
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, white, grey, brown, black, red. (See colour table according to section).
USES
High-slip cable for
H05V-K:
Protected, permanent installation.
Signalling or control circuits, bells, household alarms, or similar.
H07V-K:
Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in closed analogue systems. (Except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS)).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20 ); except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267/2004).
Interior installations of dwellings (ITC-BT 26); except for high-rise buildings (See Afumex Plus (AS)).
Areas with fire or explosion risk (ITC-BT 29); except the mandatory requirement of Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267/2004).
149
WIREPOL FLEX
Rated
voltage: 300/500 V
Design
sstandard: UNE 21031-3
Generic
designation: H05V-K
450/750 V H07V-K
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 x 1.5 YG-BLU-W-GR-BR-BLK-R
1 x 2.5 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK-R
1x4 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
1x6 YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK
1 x 16 YG
Colour coding:
AM-Yellow; YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; W-White; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black; R-Red; VE-Green.
Nominal section Thickness Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 of insulation in mm kg/km conductor at in open air (1)
mm 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
H05V-K
1 x 0.5 0.6 2.5 9 39 - 85.79 68.76
1 x 0.75 0.6 2.7 12 26.5 - 58.39 46.83
1x1 0.6 2.8 14 19.5 - 43.13 34.62
H07V-K
1 x 1.5 0.7 3.4 20 13.3 15 28.84 23.22
1 x 2.5 0.8 4.1 31 7.98 21 17.66 14.25
1x4 0.8 4.8 45 4.95 27 10.99 8.91
1x6 0.8 5.3 64 3.3 36 7.34 5.99
1 x 10 1 6.8 110 1.91 50 4.36 3.59
1 x 16 1 8.1 160 1.21 66 2.74 2.29
1 x 25 1.2 10.2 250 0.78 84 1.73 1.48
1 x 35 1.2 11.7 350 0.554 104 1.25 1.09
1 x 50 1.4 13.9 510 0.386 125 0.92 0.84
1 x 70 1.4 16 700 0.272 160 0.64 0.61
1 x 95 1.6 18.2 900 0.206 194 0.46 0.46
(1) (1) Single-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface.
PVC2 with B1 column 6 installation.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
150
RIGID WIREPOL
Rated
voltage: 300/500 V Generic
designation: UNE 21031-3
Design
standard: H05V-U
450/750 V H07V-U
H07V-R
Extra-slip Flame retardant Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to

UNE EN UNE EN emission water absorption
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE ENN
50267-2-1
Construction standard: UNE 21031-3; CENELEC HD 21.3 S3; CEI 60227-3.

Rated voltage: 300/500 V up to 1 mm2 (HO5V-U) and 450/750 V (HO7V-U and H07V-R) from 1.5 mm2.
5-minute AC voltage test: 2000 V in H05V-U cables and 2500 V in H07V-U and H07V-R cables.
Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2; IEC 60332-1-2; NFC 32070-C2.
Fire retardant: UNE EN 50266-2-4; IEC 60332-3-24; NFC 32070-C1.
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; (CLH Emission < 20%).
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Rigid, class 1 (single core) up to 4 mm2; rigid, class 2 (multicore) from 6 mm2;
Flexibility:
in accordance with UNE EN 60228.s
Maximum temperature in conductor: Maximum temperature in conductor:
INSULATION
Colours: Yellow/green, blue, white, grey, brown, black. (See colour table according to section).
USES
H05V-U:
Protected, permanent installation.
Signalling or control circuits, bells, household alarms, or similar.
H07V-U, H07V-R:
Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in analogue systems. (Except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS)).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20); except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267/2004).
Interior installations of dwellings (ITC-BT 26); except for high-rise buildings (See Afumex Plus (AS)).
Areas with fire or explosion risk (ITC-BT 29); except the mandatory requirement of Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267/2004).
151
RIGID WIREPOL
Rated
designation: UNE 21031-3
Design
standard: H05V-U
450/750 V H07V-U
H07V-R
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 x 1.5 YG-BLU-W-GR-BR-BLK
1 x 2.5 YG-BLU-W-GR-BR-BLK
1 x 1.6 YG
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; W-White; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black.
Nominal section Thickness Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 of insulation in mm kg/km conductor at in open air (1)
mm 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
H05V-U
1x1 0.6 2.7 13.6 18.1 - 43.13 34.62
H07V-U
1 x 1.5 0.7 3.2 20 12.1 15 28.84 23.22
1 x 2.5 0.8 3.9 31 7.41 21 17.66 14.25
1x4 0.8 4.4 46 4.61 27 10.99 8.91
H07V-R
1x6 0.8 5.2 67 3.08 36 7.34 5.99
1 x 10 1 6.7 111 1.83 50 4.36 3.59
1 x 16 1 7.8 170 1.15 66 2.74 2.29
PVC2 with B1 column 6 installation.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
152
RETENAX FLEX
Rated
Generic
designation: RV-K
Flexible cable Reduced halogen Reduced halogen Resistance to Cold resistance Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
emission emission water absorption rrayos ultravioleta chemical agents grease and oil
UNE EN UNE EN
60332-1-2 50267-2-1

Fire tests:
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; ClH Emission < 14%.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
SHEATH
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type DMV-18, in accordance with HD 603-1.
Colours: Black, with an identificative colour band which indicates the section and allows
for writing upon it for the purpose of circuit identification (see colours on the next page).
White, supplied in cases for sections: 2x1.5, 2x2.5, 3G1.5, 3G2.5.
USES
Highly flexible and easily strippable cable for underground installations in general and open air installations when these require a greater ease
in handling and do not require Afumex (AS).
Underground distribution and underground installations (ITC-BT 07).

Underground networks for exterior lighting (ITC-BT 09).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20); except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267 / 2004).
The RV-K cables are not allowed for provisional services in general (construction, fairs, stands...) ITC-BT 33, 34 ...) nor for mobile services nor for
extenders (see Flextreme).
153
RETENAX FLEX
0.6/1 kV RV-K
Rated
UNE 21123-2
Design Generic
COLOUR CODE WITH IRIS TECH STRIPES ON SHEATH

Section Colour Section Colour Section Colour
1.5 Red 6 Grey 25 Yellow

2.5 Blue 10 Orange 35 Green
4 Brown 16 Light blue 50 White
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 conductor (BLK) 4 conductors (BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
1 x 2.5 1x4 1x6 1 x 10 **4 G 1.5 **4 G 2.5 **4 G 4 **4 G 6

1 x 16 1 x 25 1 x 35 1 x 50 4x6 **4 G 10 4 x 10 **4 G 16
1 x 70 1 x 95 1 x 120 1 x 150 4 x 16 4 x 25 4 x 35
1 x 185 1 x 240 - 5 conductors (YG-BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
2 conductors (BLU-BR)
5 G .5 5 G 2.5 5G4 5G6
2 x 1.5 2 x 2.5 2x4 2x6 5 G 10 5 G 16 5 G 25
2 x 10 2 x 16 - -
3 conductors (YG-BLU-BR)
3 G 1.5 3 G 2.5 3G4 3G6

3 G 10 3 G 16 - -

**YG-GR-BR-BLK
Colour coding: YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black.
154
RETENAX FLEX
Rated
Generic
designation: RV-K
Nominal section Thickness Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 of insulation in mm kg/km conductor at open air (1) enterrado (2)
mm 20 C W/km A A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
1 x 1.5 0.7 5.7 42 13.3 21 Not Allowable 26.5 21.36

1 x 2.5 0.7 6.2 54 7.98 29 Not Allowable 15.92 12.88
1x4 0.7 6.6 70 4.95 38 Not Allowable 9.96 8.1
1x6 0.7 7.2 91 3.3 49 44 6.74 5.51
1 x 10 0.7 8.3 135 1.91 68 58 4 3.31
1 x 16 0.7 9.4 191 1.21 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 11 280 0.78 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 12.5 389 0.554 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 14.2 537 0.386 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 15.8 726 0.272 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 17.9 958 0.206 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 18.9 1170 0.161 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 21.2 1460 0.129 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 23.8 1830 0.106 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 26.7 2310 0.0801 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 29.3 3100 0.0641 630 380 0.14 0.19

2 x 1.5 0.7 8.7 95 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 0.7 9.6 125 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 10.5 165 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 11.7 215 3.3 57 53 7.9 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 13.9 330 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 16.9 503 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 20.6 775 0.78 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 23.6 1060 0.554 154 140 1.31 1.16
2 x 50 1 27 1470 0.386 188 166 0.99 0.88

3 G 1.5 0.7 9.2 110 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
3 G 2.5 0.7 10.1 150 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 11.1 200 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 12.3 270 3.3 57 53 7.9 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 14.7 415 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 0.7 18 639 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 21.4 946 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 25.1 1355 0.554 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 28.8 1900 0.386 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 32.3 2550 0.272 214 170 0.6 0.56

(See page 23).
155
RETENAX FLEX
Rated Generic
voltage:
0,6/1 kV Design
standard: UNE 21123-2 designation:
RV-K
Nominal section Thickness Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 of insulation in mm kg/km conductor at open air (1) underground (2)
mm 20 C W/km A A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 x 95 1.1 35.9 3290 0.206 259 202 0.43 0.42

3 x 120 1.2 39.2 4060 0.161 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 44.2 5070 0.129 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 50.3 6400 0.106 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 56.7 8200 0.0801 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 62.2 10450 0.0641 - 380 0.14 0.18
4 G 1.5 0.7 9.9 135 13.3 20 Not Allowable 26.94 21.67

4 G 2.5 0.7 11 180 7.98 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
4G4 0.7 12.1 245 4.95 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
4G6 0.7 13.5 330 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 G 10 0.7 16.2 520 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 0.7 19.9 796 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 24 1240 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 27.7 1700 0.554 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 32.2 2430 0.386 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 35.8 3260 0.272 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 39.8 4210 0.206 259 202 0.43 0.42
4 x 120 1.2 43.7 5178 0.161 301 230 0.34 0.35
4 x 150 1.4 49.5 6476 0.129 343 260 0.28 0.3
4 x 185 1.6 56.1 8778 0.106 391 291 0.22 0.26
4 x 240 1.7 63.2 10526 0.0801 468 336 0.17 0.21
5 G 1.5 0.7 10.8 160 13.3 20 Not Allowable 26.94 21.67

5 G 2.5 0.7 12 215 7.98 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
5G4 0.7 13.2 300 4.95 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
5G6 0.7 14.8 400 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
5 G 10 0.7 17.7 630 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
5 G 16 0.7 21.8 976 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
5 G 25 0.9 26.2 1460 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
5 G 35 0.9 30.6 2070 0.54 137 117 1.17 1.01
(2) Buried installation, directly or in tube, with standard thermal ground resistance of 2,5 Km/W.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: See section A) for interior or receiving installations. See section C) or C bis) for underground distribution networks.
156
RETENAX FLAM N
Rated
UNE 21123-2
standard:
Generic
designation: RV
Reduced halogen Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Cold resistance Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
emission UNE EN emission water absorption rrayos ultravioleta chemical agents grease and oil
UNE EN 50266-2-4 UNE EN
60332-1-2 50267-2-1

Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Rigid, class 1 (single core) up to 4 mm2, rigid class 2 (multicore)
Flexibility:
from 6 mm2; in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
INSULATION
SHEATH
Colour: Black
USES
Underground installations in general and open air installations when flexibility is not essential and do not require Afumex (AS).

Underground networks for exterior lighting (ITC-BT 09).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20); except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D. 2267/2004).
Areas with fire or explosion risk (ITC-BT 29); except the mandatory requirement of Afumex (AS) (see R.D. 2267/2004).
157
RETENAX FLAM N
Rated
Generic
designation: RV
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1x6 1 x 10 4x6 4 x 10
1 x 16 1 x 25
1 x 50 1 x 70
1 x 95 1 x 120
1 x 150 1 x 240
Colour coding:
158
RETENAX FLAM N
Rated
Generic
designation: RV
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer Total Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness insulation diameter weight conductor at current when in current
mm2 mm mm mm kg/km 20 C W/km open air (1) underground (2)
1 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 5.6 50 12.1 21 Not Allowable 26.5 21.36

1 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 6 60 7.41 29 Not Allowable 15.92 12.88
1x4 0.7 3.6 6.4 75 4.61 38 Not Allowable 9.96 8.1
1x6 0.7 4.4 7.1 100 3.08 49 44 6.74 5.51
1 x 10 0.7 5.2 8.1 145 1.83 68 58 4 3.31
1 x 16 0.7 6.1 9 200 1.15 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 7.7 10.6 300 0.727 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 8.8 11.6 400 0.524 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 10.3 12.8 530 0.387 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 12 14.7 730 0.268 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 13.8 16.6 1000 0.193 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 15.4 18.1 1210 0.153 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 17.2 20.1 1470 0.124 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 19.3 22.3 1860 0.0991 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 21.8 25.4 2420 0.0754 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 24.3 27.9 3030 0.0601 630 380 0.14 0.19
2 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 8.4 110 12.1 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 9.2 130 7.41 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 3.6 10 190 4.61 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 4.4 11.4 240 3.08 57 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 5.2 13.3 340 1.83 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 6.4 16.2 560 1.15 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 7.7 19.6 850 0.727 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 8.8 21.8 1100 0.524 154 140 1.34 1.16
2 x 50 1 10.3 24.8 1460 0.387 188 166 0.99 0.88

(See page 23).
159
RETENAX FLAM N
0.6/1 kV UNE 21123-2 RV
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer Total Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness insulation diameter weight conductor at current when in current
mm2 mm mm mm kg/km 20 C W/km open air (1) underground (2)
3 G 1.5 0.7 2.8 8.8 120 12.1 20 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
3 G 2.5 0.7 3.2 9.6 160 7.41 26.5 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 3.6 10.6 210 4.61 36 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 4.4 12.1 290 3.08 46 53 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 5.2 14.1 430 1.83 65 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 0.7 6.1 17.1 695 1.15 87 91 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 7.7 20.8 1070 0.727 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 8.8 23.2 1390 0.524 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 10.3 26.4 1860 0.387 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 12 30.5 2580 0.268 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 13.8 34.5 3490 0.193 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 15.4 38.2 4300 0.153 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 17.2 42.5 5400 0.124 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 19.3 47.6 6740 0.0991 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 21.8 53.4 8590 0.0754 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 24.3 59.2 10770 0.0601 565 380 0.14 0.18
4 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 9.5 140 12.1 20 Not Allowable 26.94 21.67
4 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 10.4 190 7.41 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
4x4 0.7 3.6 11.5 260 4.61 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
4x6 0.7 4.4 13.2 360 3.08 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 x 10 0.7 5.2 15.4 540 1.83 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 0.7 6.1 18.7 855 1.15 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 7.7 22.8 1330 0.727 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 8.8 25.4 1740 0.524 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 10.3 29.3 2370 0.387 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 12 33.8 3310 0.268 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 13.8 38.3 4480 0.193 259 202 0.43 0.42
(2) Underground installation, directly or in tube, with standard thermal ground resistance of 2.5 Km/W.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable short-circuit currents: See table F.2
160
EUROFLAM ENERGA
Rated
Generic
designation: VV-K
Flexible cable Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN emission water absorption ultraviolet rays chemical agents grease and oil
60332-1-2 UNE EN
50267-2-1
Build standard: UNE 21123-1.

Operating temperature (permanent installation): -25 C, +70 C. (Thermoplastic cable).
Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Colours: 1 yellow/green conductor, the rest black and numbered.
SHEATH
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type ST1.
Colour: Black.
USES
Cable for solenoid control, machine start-ups, automaton start-ups, remote controls, etc.
Resistant to grease and oil.
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20 (Supplementary Technical Instructions , Low Voltage to the REBT)),
except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT and R.D.). 2267/2004).
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
Sections
6 G 1.5 7 G 1.5 8 G 1.5 10 G 1.5 12 G 1.5 14 G 1.5
16 G 1.5 19 G 1. 5
161
EUROFLAM ENERGA
Rated
Generic
designation: VV-K
Nominal Thickness Outer Total Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter weight conductor at in open air (1)
mm2 mm mm kg/km 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
6 G 1.5 0.8 13 241 13.3 11.2 26.94 21.67

6 G 2.5 0.8 14.3 319 7.98 15.4 16.23 13.1
6G4 1 16.9 501 4.95 21 10.16 8.23
7 G 1.5 0.8 13 256 13.3 9.6 26.94 21.67
7 G 2.5 0.8 14.3 341 7.98 13.2 16.23 13.1
7G4 1 16.9 538 4.95 18 10.16 8.23
8 G 1.5 0.8 14.1 297 13.3 9.6 26.94 21.67
8 G 2.5 0.8 15.7 400 7.98 13.2 16.23 13.1
8G4 1 18.6 632 4.95 18 10.16 8.23
10 G 1.5 0.8 16.1 373 13.3 8 26.94 21.67
10 G 2.5 0.8 17.9 498 7.98 11 16.23 13.1
10 G 4 1 21.4 752 4.95 15 10.16 8.23
12 G 1.5 0.8 16.6 409 13.3 7.2 26.94 21.67
12 G 2.5 0.8 18.5 538 7.98 9.9 16.23 13.1
12 G 4 1 22 853 4.95 13.5 10.16 8.23
14 G 1.5 0.8 17.4 460 13.3 7.2 26.94 21.67
14 G 2.5 0.8 19.4 624 7.98 9.9 16.23 13.1
14 G 4 1 23.2 971 4.95 13.5 10.16 8.23
16 G 1.5 0.8 18.3 515 13.3 6.4 26.94 21.67
16 G 2.5 0.8 20.4 734 7.98 8.8 16.23 13.1
16 G 4 1 24.5 1097 4.95 12 10.16 8.23
19 G 1.5 0.8 19.3 589 13.3 6.4 26.94 21.67
19 G 2.5 0.8 21.5 840 7.98 8.8 16.23 13.1
19 G 4 1 25.8 1261 4.95 12 10.16 8.23
24 G 1.5 0.8 22.4 728 13.3 5.6 26.94 21.67
24 G 2.5 0.8 25.1 1001 7.98 7.7 16.23 13.1
24 G 4 1 30.4 1586 4.95 10.5 10.16 8.23
27 G 1.5 0.8 22.9 784 13.3 4.8 26.94 21.67
27 G 2.5 0.8 25.6 1109 7.98 6.6 16.23 13.1
27 G 4 1 31.3 1707 4.95 9 10.16 8.23
30 G 1.5 0.8 23.7 842 13.3 4.8 26.94 21.67
30 G 2.5 0.8 26.6 1216 7.98 6.6 16.23 13.1
30 G 4 1 32.5 1875 4.95 9 10.16 8.23
(1) Installation in tray in open air (40 C).

PVC3 with installation type E column 7 with coefficient depending on the number of conductors.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
162
RETENAX FLAM M FLEX (RH)

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVMV-K
Flexible cable Flame retardant Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN UNE EN emission water absorption resistance chemical agents grease and oil rodentss
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN
50267-2-1

Operating temperature (permanent installation): -25 C, +90 C. (Thermostable cable).
5-minute AC voltage test: 3500 V. Resistance to
knocks
Fire tests:
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1; CLH Emission < 14%.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Annealed electrolytic copper (or aluminium upon request).
INSULATION
INNER SHEATH
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type DMV-18, in accordance with HD 603-1.
ARMOUR
(M) Steel threads. (MA) Aluminium threads.
OUTER SHEATH
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type DMV-18, in accordance with HD 603-1, with hydrocarbons resistance according to UIC 895 OR black-
coloured.
USES
In installations where it is necessary to protect the cables from mechanical aggressions, such as from traction or shearing forces, anti-rodents,
anti-explosion risk in environments with explosive or fire-risk atmospheres, etc.
Underground distribution networks (ITC-BT 07). Underground networks for exterior lighting (ITC-BT 09).
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20 (Supplementary Technical Instructions , Low Voltage to the REBT)),
except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT and R.D.). 2267/2004).
Areas with fire or explosion risk (ITC-BT 29); except the mandatory requirement of Afumex (AS). 2267/2004).
NOTE: Afumex (AS) version can be manufactured upon request.
163

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVMV-K
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
3 conductores (GR-MA-NE)
3 x 1,5

** YG-BLU-BR.
*** YG-GR-BR-BLK
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/green; BLU-Blue; BR-Brown; BLK-Black; GR-Grey.
Nominal Thickness Diameter Outer diameter Total weight Conductor resistance at

section of insulation in of insulation mm kg/km 20 C W/km
mm2 mm mm
RVMV-K (RH)
2 x 1.5 0.7 2.9 8.3 326 13.3
2 x 2.5 0.7 3.4 13.3 339 7.98
2x4 0.7 3.8 14.8 396 4.95
2x6 0.7 4.3 15.7 474 3.08
3 x 1.5 0.7 2.9 13.4 313 13.3
3 x 2.5 0.7 3.4 14.4 373 7.98
3x4 0.7 3.8 15.3 442 4.95
3x6 0.7 4.3 16.3 541 3.08
4 x 1.5 0.7 2.9 14.1 351 13.3
4 x 2.5 0.7 3.4 15.2 421 7.98
4x4 0.7 3.8 16.3 509 4.95
4x6 0.7 4.3 17.5 638 3.08
164

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVMV-K
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer diameter Total weight Conductor Allowable Allowable Voltage drop
section thickness insulation mm kg / km resistance current when current when V/A km
mm2 mm mm at 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground (Cu)
A (2) A
Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al (Cu) (Cu) cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
RVMV-K
2 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 - 12.1 - 292 - 12.1 - 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 - 13.3 - 338 - 7.41 - 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 3.6 - 14.3 - 395 - 461 - 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 4.3 - 15.2 - 473 - 3.08 - 57 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 5.2 - 17 - 641 - 1.83 - 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 6.4 - 19.8 - 874 - 1.15 - 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 7.7 - 25.9 - 1546 - 0.727 - 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 8.8 - 28.1 - 1895 - 0.524 - 154 140 1.35 1.16
2 x 50 1 10.3 - 30.7 - 2324 - 0.387 - 188 166 0.99 0.89
2 x 70 1.1 12 - 35.3 - 3220 - 0.268 - 244 204 0.69 0.64
2 x 95 1.1 13.8 - 39 - 4029 - 0.193 - 296 241 0.49 0.48
3 G 1.5 0.7 2.9 - 13.4 - 313 - 13.3 - 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
3 G 2.5 0.7 3.4 - 14.4 - 373 - 7.98 - 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 3.8 - 15.3 - 442 - 4.95 - 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 4.3 - 16.3 - 541 - 3.08 - 57 44 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 5.2 - 18.3 - 730 - 1.83 - 76 58 4.67 3.84
3 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 24 25 1290 825 1.15 1.91 105 75 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 25.8 27.8 1770 1510 0.727 1.2 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 28.2 28.9 2170 1640 0.524 0.868 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 31.6 31.7 2760 1930 0.387 0.641 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 36.3 36.6 3840 2650 0.268 0.443 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 13.8 13.8 40.9 41.5 4970 3335 0.193 0.32 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 15.4 15.3 44.6 44.9 5920 3845 0.153 0.253 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 17.2 17 50.3 50.4 7680 4985 0.124 0.206 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 19.3 19.4 55 55.7 9200 5965 0.0991 0.164 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 21.8 22.1 60.8 62 11320 7203 0.0754 0.125 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 24.3 24.3 67 67.5 13320 8475 0.0601 0.1 565 380 0.14 0.18
4 x 1.5 0.7 2.9 - 14.1 - 351 - 12.1 - 20 Not Allowable 26.94 21.67
4 x 2.5 0.7 3.4 - 15.2 - 421 - 7.41 - 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
4x4 0.7 3.8 - 16.3 - 509 - 4.61 - 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23

(2) Underground installation, directly or in tube, with standard thermal ground resistance of 2,5 Km/W.
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 3x, 4G, 4x, 5G three-phase.
(See page 23).
165

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVMV-K
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness insulation mm kg / km conductor at current when current (Cu)
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground
A (2) A
4x6 0.7 4.3 - 17.5 - 638 - 3.08 - 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 x 10 0.7 5.2 - 19.6 - 865 - 1.83 - 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 25.7 27 1510 935 1.15 1.91 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 27.8 30.1 2100 1075 0.727 1.2 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 31.2 31.6 2710 1895 0.524 0.868 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 35.2 34.6 3450 2255 0.387 0.641 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 40.6 43 4840 3150 0.268 0.443 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 13.8 13.8 - 45.3 - 3910 0.193 0.32 259 202 0.43 0.42
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness insulation diameter kg/km conductor at current when current
mm2 mm mm mm 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
A (2) A
RVMV-K Cu Conductor
3 x 10/10 0.7/0.7 5.2/4.4 19.7 900 1.83/3.08 65 58 4.06 3.34
3 x 16/16 0.7/0.7 6.1/5.2 25.1 1426 1.15/1.83 87 75 2.56 2.13
3 x 25/16 0.9/0.7 7.7/6.1 28.8 1962 0.727/1.15 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35/16 0.9/0.7 8.8/6.1 30.5 2376 0.525/1.15 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50/25 1/0.9 10.3/7.7 34.3 3010 0.387/0.727 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70/35 1.1/0.9 12/8.8 38.8 4390 0.268/0.525 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95/50 1.1/1 13.8/10.3 43.1 5600 0.193/0.387 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120/70 1.2/1.1 15.4/12 47.2 6795 0.153/0.268 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150/70 1.4/1.1 17.2/12 52.5 8515 0.124/0.268 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185/95 1.6/1.1 19.3/13.8 57.7 10370 0.0991/0.193 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240/120 1.7/1.2 21.8/15.4 64.1 12820 0.0754/0.153 468 336 0.17 0.21
RVMV-K Al conductor
3 x 25/16 0.9/0.7 8.6/6.6 29 1630 1.20/1.91 110 96 2.66 2.21
3 x 35/16 0.9/0.7 9.1/6.6 30 1775 0.868/1.91 137 117 1.93 1.62
3 x 50/25 1/0.9 10.3/8.6 33.4 2135 0.641/1.2 167 138 1.42 1.22
3 x 70/35 1.1/0.9 12.1/9.1 38.6 2935 0.443/0.868 214 170 0.98 0.87
3 x 95/50 1.1/1 14/10.3 43 3575 0.320/0.641 259 202 0.71 0.65
3 x 120/70 1.2/1.1 15.5/12.1 47 4220 0.253/0.443 301 230 0.56 0.53
3 x 150/70 1.4/1.1 17.2/12.1 52 5310 0.206/0.443 343 260 0.46 0.44
3 x 185/95 1.6/1.1 19.6/14 57.9 6415 0.164/0.320 391 291 0.37 0.37
3 x 240/120 1.7/1.2 22.3/15.5 64.6 7820 0.125/0.253 468 336 0.28 0.3
3 x 300/150 1.8/1.4 24.5/17.2 69.9 9090 0.100/0.206 565 380 0.22 0.25

_ XLPE2 with installation type D (Cu) _ 2x, 3G single-phase. (See psage 23).
In the case of conductors with section 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one protective conductor with section
b. (The neutrals must be the same for the phases unless justified by calculation [ITC-BT 19 section 2.2.2., last paragraph]).
166

Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVMV-K (RH)
A (2) A
RVMAV (aluminium thread armour)
1 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 14.5 15.1 370 310 1.15 1.91 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 16.1 17.1 495 400 0.727 1.2 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 17.2 17.6 605 435 0.524 0.868 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 18.7 18.8 760 495 0.387 0.641 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 20.4 20.6 985 605 0.268 0.443 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 13.8 13.8 22.2 22.5 1265 730 0.193 0.32 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 15.4 15.3 23.8 24 1520 840 0.153 0.253 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 17.2 17 25.6 25.7 1850 960 0.124 0.206 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 19.3 19.4 27.7 28.1 2240 1155 0.0991 0.164 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 21.8 22.1 30.4 31 2800 1400 0.0754 0.125 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 24.3 24.3 33.1 33.4 3450 1655 0.0601 0.1 630 380 0.14 0.19
1 x 400 2 27.2 27.5 37 37.6 4360 2085 0.047 0.0778 0.18 0.21

(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
167
RETENAX FLAM F
Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVFV
HCI
Flame retardant Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN UNE EN emission water absorption resistance chemical agents grease and oil rodents knocks
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN
50267-2-1

Operating temperature (permanent installation): -25 +90 C. (Thermostable cable).
Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR:
Metal: Annealed electrolytic copper (or aluminium upon request).
Flexibility: Rigid, class 1 up to 4 mm2, rigid, class 2 from 6 mm2 (Cu), rigid, class 2 (Al), according to UNE EN 60228.
INSULATION:
Colours: Blue, grey, brown and black; in accordance with UNE 21089-1.
INNER SHEATH:
ARMOUR:
(F) Steel strap.
(FA) Aluminium strap.
OUTER SHEATH:
Colour: Black.
USES
In installations where it is necessary to protect the cables from mechanical aggressions, such as traction or shearing forces, anti-rodent, etc.
Underground distribution networks (ITC-BT 07). Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20 ) except the mandatory requirement
Underground networks for exterior lighting (ITC-BT 09). for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT 28 and R.D.). 2267/2004).
NOTE: Afumex (AS) version can be manufactured upon request.
168
RETENAX FLAM F
Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVFV
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
**1 x 6 4x6 4 x 10
** Stainless steel armour.
Colour coding: BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black.
A (2) A
RVFV
2 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 - 12.4 - 210 - 12.1 - 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 - 13.1 - 250 - 7.41 - 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 3.6 - 14 - 310 - 4.61 - 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 4.3 - 15.1 - 375 - 3.08 - 57 53 7.91 6.43
2 x10 0.7 5.2 - 17.2 - 510 - 1.83 - 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 6.4 - 19.3 - 765 - 1.15 - 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 7.7 - 22.5 - 1070 - 0.727 - 123 116 1.86 1.59
2 x 35 0.9 8.8 - 24.7 - 1340 - 0.524 - 154 140 1.35 1.16
2 x 50 1 10.3 - 27.7 - 1730 - 0.387 - 188 166 0.99 0.89
2 x 70 1.1 12 - 31.3 - 2300 - 0.268 - 244 204 0.69 0.64
2 x 95 1.1 13.8 - 35.5 - 3060 - 0.193 - 296 241 0.49 0.48
3 G 1.5 0.7 2.8 - 12.8 - 230 - 12.1 - 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
3 G 2.5 0.7 3.2 - 13.6 - 275 - 7.41 - 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 3.6 - 14.6 - 350 - 4.61 - 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 4.4 - 16.1 - 440 - 3.08 - 57 44 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 5.2 - 18 - 610 - 1.83 - 76 58 4.67 3.84
3 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 20.2 25.8 860 680 1.15 1.91 105 75 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 23.7 26.7 1300 960 0.727 1.2 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 26.1 29.3 1650 1090 0.524 0.868 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 29.3 33.4 2140 1285 0.387 0.641 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 33.2 38.3 2890 1670 0.268 0.443 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 13.8 13.8 37.8 43.2 3900 2200 0.193 0.32 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 15.4 15.3 43 47.5 5130 3015 0.153 0.253 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 17.2 17 47.7 53 6380 3610 0.124 0.206 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 19.3 19.4 52.4 59.3 7770 4450 0.0991 0.164 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 21.8 22.1 58.2 64.8 9730 5495 0.0754 0.125 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 24.3 24.3 64.4 72.1 12100 6600 0.0601 0.1 565 380 0.14 0.18
XLPE2 with installation type D (Cu) 2x, 3G single-phase. (See page 23).
169
RETENAX FLAM F
Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVFV
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
A (2) A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
RVFV - Cu Conductor
3 x 10/10 0.7 / 0.7 5.2 / 4.4 19.2 770 1.83 / 3.08 76 58 4.67 3.84
3 x 16/16 0.7 / 0.7 6.1 / 5.2 21.3 1035 1.15 / 1.83 105 75 2.94 2.45
3 x 25/16 0.9 / 0.7 7.7 / 6.1 25.3 1510 0.727 / 1.15 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35/16 0.9 / 0.7 8.8 / 6.1 27.4 1855 0.525 / 1.15 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50/25 1 / 0.9 10.3 / 7.7 30.6 2390 0.387 / 0.727 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70/35 1.1 / 0.9 12 / 8.8 35.6 3345 0.268 / 0.525 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95/50 1.1 / 1 13.8 / 10.3 41.4 4800 0.193 / 0.387 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120/70 1.2 / 1.1 15.4 / 12 45.7 5920 0.153 / 0.268 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150/70 1.4 / 1.1 17.2 / 12 49.8 7115 0.124 / 0.268 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185/95 1.6 / 1.1 19.3 / 13.8 55 8795 0.0991 / 0.193 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240/120 1.7 / 1.2 21.8 / 15.4 61.2 11030 0.0754 / 0.153 468 336 0.17 0.21
RVFV - Al Conductor
3 x 25/16 0.9 / 0.7 8.6 / 6.6 26.8 1055 1.2 / 1.91 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35/16 0.9 / 0.7 9.1 / 6.6 27.8 1170 0.868 / 1.91 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50/25 1 / 0.9 10.1 / 8.4 31 1435 0.641 / 1.2 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70/35 1.1 / 0.9 11.9 / 8.9 35.4 1885 0.443 / 0.868 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95/50 1.1 / 1 13.8 / 10.1 41.3 2770 0.320 / 0.641 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120/70 1.2 / 1.1 15.3 / 11.9 45.5 3345 0.253 / 0.443 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150/70 1.4 / 1.1 17 / 11.9 49.3 3900 0.206 / 0.443 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185/95 1.6 / 1.1 19.4 / 13.8 55.2 4840 0.164 / 0.320 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240/120 1.7 / 1.2 22.1 / 15.3 61.7 5995 0.125 / 0.253 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300/150 1.8 / 1.4 24.3 / 17 67.2 7135 0.1 / 0.206 565 380 0.14 0.18

(See page 23).
In the case of conductors with section 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one protective conductor with section b.
In the case of conductors with section 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one protective conductor with section
b. (The neutrals must be the same for the phases unless justified by calculation [ITC-BT 19 section 2.2.2., last paragraph]).
170
RETENAX FLAM F
Rated
voltage: 0.6/1 kV
Design
Generic
designation: RVFV
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
A (2) A
RVFV
4 x 1.5 0.7 2.8 - 13.5 - 265 - 12.1 - 20 Not allowable 26.94 21.67
4 x 2.5 0.7 3.2 - 14.4 - 320 - 7.41 - 26.5 Not allowable 16.23 13.1
4x4 0.7 3.6 - 15.5 - 405 - 4.61 - 36 Not allowable 10.16 8.23
4x6 0.7 4.4 - 17.2 - 520 - 3.08 - 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 x 10 0.7 5.2 - 19.4 - 730 - 1.83 - 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 21.8 23 1030 780 1.15 1.91 87 75 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 25.7 27.9 1580 1100 0.727 1.2 110 96 1.62 1.38
4 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 28.8 29.1 2050 1255 0.524 0.868 137 117 1.17 1.01
4 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 32.6 32.2 2720 1545 0.387 0.641 167 138 0.86 0.77
4 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 37.4 37.1 3730 2060 0.268 0.443 214 170 0.6 0.56
4 x 95 1.1 - 13.8 - 43.6 - 3060 - 0.32 259 202 0.43 0.42
RVFAV AV (aluminium strap armour)
1 x 16 0.7 6.1 6.6 13.9 15.1 340 310 1.15 1.91 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 7.7 8.4 15.5 17.1 460 400 0.727 1.2 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 8.8 8.9 16.6 17.6 560 435 0.524 0.868 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 10.3 10.1 18.1 18.8 705 495 0.387 0.641 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 12 11.9 19.8 20.6 925 605 0.268 0.443 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 90 1.1 13.8 13.8 21.6 22.5 1200 730 0.193 0.32 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 15.4 15.3 23.2 24 1440 840 0.153 0.253 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 17.2 17 25 25.7 1760 960 0.124 0.206 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.6 19.3 19.4 27.1 28.1 2140 1155 0.0991 0.164 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 21.8 22.1 29.6 31 2670 1400 0.0754 0.125 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 24.3 24.3 32.3 33.4 3320 1655 0.0601 0.1 630 380 0.14 0.19
1 x 400 2 27.2 27.5 35.4 37.6 4120 2085 0.047 0.0778 0.18 0.21

(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
171
FOR ENGINES WITH FREQUENCY

VARIATORS
RETENAX FLAM VARINET K FLEX
Rated
Generic
designation: RVKV-K
HCI
Flame retardant Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray
UNE EN 50266-2-4 emission water absorption resistance
60332-1-2 UNE EN
50267-2-1

Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Colours: Grey, brown and black
INNER SHEATH
CONCENTRIC CONDUCTOR
Copper wire ring placed helicoidally + cross-wound copper.
(Screen and protection conductor functionality).
OUTER SHEATH
Colour: Black.
USES
Special cables for interconnection between frequency variators and engines, in accordance with the manufacturer's indications for those variators.
(If Afumex (AS) is mandatory, see Afumex Varinet K (AS)).
172
RETENAX FLAM VARINET K FLEX

Rated
Generic
designation: RVKV-K
A (2) A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 x 2.5 / 2.5 0.7 3.4 14.2 290 7.98 / 7.98 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
3x4/4 0.7 3.8 15.2 350 4.95 / 4.95 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
3x6/6 0.7 4.4 16.6 440 3.30 / 3.30 46 44 6.87 5.59
3 x 10 / 10 0.7 5.5 19.1 650 1.91 / 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
3 x 16 / 16 0.7 6.6 22.1 910 1.21 / 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13
3 x 25 / 16 0.9 8.2 25.9 1330 0.78 / 1.21 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 / 16 0.9 9.7 29.1 1720 0.554 / 1.21 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 / 25 1 10.8 31.7 2330 0.386 / 0.78 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 / 35 1.1 12.9 36.7 3190 0.272 / 0.554 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 / 50 1.1 14.4 40.6 4110 0.206 / 0.386 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 / 70 1.2 15.9 44.3 5180 0.161 / 0.272 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 / 70 1.4 18 48.3 6390 0.129 / 0.272 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 / 95 1.6 20.5 56.1 8080 0.106 / 0.206 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 / 120 1.7 23.3 63.1 10410 0.0801 / 0.161 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 / 150 1.8 25.7 70.1 13390 0.0641 / 0.129 565 380 0.14 0.18
XLPE3 with installation type E column 10 (3x).
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 3x.
(See page 23).
For the sections that are indicated as 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section a (the phases) plus one concentric conductor with section b. Conductor
b has screen and protection (ground) functionality.
CALCULATIONS
173
WIREPOL GAS
Rated
voltage: 300/500 V
Design
Generic
designation: H05VV-F
Flexible cable Flame retardant Resistance to

UNE EN water absorption
60332-1-2
Build standard: UNE 21031-5; HD 21.5 S3; IEC 60227-5.

Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
SHEATH
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type TM2.
Colour: White.
USES
In household locations, kitchens, offices, for the power supply of home appliances, even those that are in humid locations.
For mechanical efforts of type H05VV-F (washing machines, refrigerators, microwaves, etc.).
Not suitable for use outdoors, in workshops or in non-household locations (See Flextreme).
Provisional and temporary cables for work sites (only indoors) (ITC-BT 33).
Power supply for home appliances (washing machines, refrigerators, etc.) (ITC-BT 43).
Installations in furniture (ITC-BT 49).
Interior extenders and winders for household uses (UNE 21176).
174
WIREPOL GAS
300/500 V UNE 21031-5 H05VV-F
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
2 conductors (BLU-BR) 3 conductors (YG-BLU-BR)

2x1 2 x 1.5 3G1 3 G 1.5 3 G 2.5
Colour coding:
Nominal Thickness Width of Minimum outer Maximum outer Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in sheath diameter diameter conductor at in open air (1)
mm2 mm mm mm mm 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
H05VV-F
2x1 0.6 0.8 5.9 7.5 19.5 8.7 43.13 34.62
2 x 1.5 0.7 0.8 6.8 8.6 13.3 16.5 28.84 23.22
2 x 2.5 0.8 1 8.4 10.6 7.98 23 17.66 14.25
2x4 0.8 1.1 9.7 12.1 4.95 31 10.99 8.91
2x6 0.8 1.2 10.8 13.5 3.3 40 7.34 5.99
3G1 0.6 0.8 6.3 8 19.5 8.7 43.13 34.62
3 G 1.5 0.7 0.9 7.4 9.4 19.5 16.5 28.84 23.22
3 G 2.5 0.8 1.1 9.2 11.4 13.3 23 17.66 14.25
3G4 0.8 1.2 10.5 13.1 4.95 31 10.99 8.91
3G6 0.8 1.4 11.9 14.8 3.3 40 7.34 5.99
4G1 0.6 0.9 7.1 9 19.5 8.7 37.51 30.11
4 G 1.5 0.7 1 8.4 10.5 13.3 15 25.08 20.19
4 G 2.5 0.8 1.1 10.1 12.5 7.98 21 15.36 12.39
4G4 0.8 1.4 11.5 14.3 4.95 27 9.55 7.75
4G6 0.8 1.4 13.1 16.2 3.3 36 6.38 5.21
5G1 0.6 0.9 7.8 9.8 19.5 8.7 37.51 30.11
5 G 1.5 0.7 1.1 9.3 11.6 13.3 15 25.08 20.19
5 G 2.5 0.8 1.2 11.2 13.9 7.98 21 15.36 12.39
5G4 0.8 1.4 13 16.1 4.95 27 9.55 7.75
5G6 0.8 1.4 14.3 17.7 3.3 36 6.38 5.21
(1) Open-air installation (40 C) placed over a surface (ground, wall or roof).
PVC2 with installation type C column 8 (2x, 3G).
PVC3 with installation type C column 6 (4G, 5G).
(See page 23).
175
WIREPOL GAS
Rated
voltage: 300/500 V
Design
Generic
CALCULATIONS
ALLOWABLE CURRENTS FOR NON-PERMANENT OPERATIONS
Conductor section Maximum current (A)

(mm2) Two loaded conductors Three loaded conductors
0.5 2.5 2.5
0.75 5 5
1 8 8
1.5 13 13
2.5 20.5 16.4
4 26 20.5
1 Ambient temperature 40 C.
2 Totally extended cable.
3 For long lengths, check the voltage drop in table E.3.
Maximum allowable current: See section A) for permanent operations.

176
EUROFLAM N
300/500 V UNE 21031-5 H05VV-F
HCI
Flexible cable Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN emission water absorption and chemical grease and oil
60332-1-2 UNE EN agents
50267-2-1

Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2.
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; Emission ClH < 20%.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Colours: Colouring according to UNE 21089-1.
2 cond.: blue and brown.
3 cond.: yellow/green, blue, brown.
4 cond.: yellow/green, grey, brown and black.
5 cond.: yellow/green, blue, grey, brown and black.
More than 5 cond.: 1 yellow/green cond., the rest are numbered black.
SHEATH
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) mixture, type TM2.
Colour: Black.
USES
In household locations, kitchens, offices, for the power supply of home appliances, even those that are in humid locations.
For mechanical efforts of type H05VV-F (washing machines, refrigerators, microwaves, etc.).
Not suitable for use outdoors, in workshops or in non-household locations (See Flextreme).
Provisional and temporary cables for work sites (only indoors) (ITC-BT 33).
Power supply for home appliances (washing machines, refrigerators, etc.) (ITC-BT 43).
Installations in furniture (ITC-BT 49).
Interior extenders and winders for household uses (UNE 21176).
177
EUROFLAM N
Rated
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
Sections
2x1 4G1 6G1 12 G 1 19 G 1
3G1 5G1 8G1 16 G 1

Nominal Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of Allowable current Voltage drop in V/A km (2)
section mm kg/km conductor at in open air (1)
mm2 20 C W/km A
cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
2x1 6.6 68 19.5 8.7 37.51 30.11

3G1 7 80 19.5 8.7 37.51 30.11
4G1 7.8 97 19.5 8.7 37.51 30.11
5G1 8.5 127 19.5 6.5 37.51 30.11
6G1 9.5 139 19.5 6.5 37.51 30.11
8G1 10.6 182 19.5 5.7 37.51 30.11
12 G 1 12.8 252 19.5 4.8 37.51 30.11
16 G 1 14.6 335 19.5 4.4 37.51 30.11
19 G 1 15.3 383 19.5 3.9 37.51 30.11
24 G 1 18.2 490 19.5 3.5 37.51 30.11
(1) Open-air installation (40 C) placed over a surface (ground, wall or roof).
PVC2 with installation type C column 8 (2x, 3G) with coefficient depending on the number of conductors.
PVC3 with installation type C column 6 (4G, 5G) with coefficient depending on the number of conductors.
(2) Three-phase (every 3 conductors) for single-phase (every 2 conductors) multiply by 1.15.
CALCULATIONS
ALLOWABLE CURRENTS FOR NON-PERMANENT OPERATIONS
Conductor section Maximum current (A)
(mm2) Two loaded conductors Three loaded conductors
0.5 2.46 2.46
0.75 4.92 4.92
1 8.20 8.20
1.5 13.12 13.12
2.5 20.50 16.40
4 26.24 20.50
1 Ambient temperature 40 C.
2 Totally extended cable.
3 For long lengths, check the voltage drop in section E.
178
DETEC-SIGNAL
Rated
designation: VOV-K
HCI
Flexible cable Flame retardant Reduced halogen Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN emission water absorption chemical agents
60332-1-2 UNE EN
50267-2-1

Fire tests:
Reduced halogen emission: UNE EN 50267-2-1; IEC 60754-1 (HCI 20%).
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: PVC.
Colours: Red and black.
Bundle: Braided conductors between 10 and 14 turns per meter.
METAL SCREEN
Aluminium/polyester band-based screen with 0.25 mm2 Cu-Sn drain.
SHEATH
Material: PVC.
Colour: Red.
USES
Cable intended for fire detection systems (where Afumex AS or Afumex Firs AS+ are not mandatory).
179
DETEC-SIGNAL
Generic
Rated
voltage: 300/500 V designation:
VOV-K
SECTIONS IN STOCK
2 conductores (NE-RO)
2 x 1.5

Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km conductor at current
mm2 mm mm 20 C W/km in open air (1)
A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
2x1 1.2 6.6 60 19.5 8.7 43.14 34.62

2 x 1.5 1.5 7.2 70 13.3 13.5 28.83 23.22
PVC2 with installation type B2 column 5..
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
180
FLEXTREME
450/750 V UNE 21027-4 H07RN-F
Flexible cable Flame retardant Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Abrasion resistant Resistance to
UNE EN water absorption resistance chemical agents grease and oil knocks
60332-1-2
Build standard: HD 22.4, IEC 60245-4, UNE 21027-4.

Operating temperature: -30 C, +80 C. (Thermostable cable).
Cold resistance: -50 C (permanent installation); -30 C (mobile operation).
Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Thermostable elastomer.
Yellow/green and black numbered for more than 5 conductors.
FILLING (if necessary)

Material: Filling and thermostable coating type EM3 according to HD 22.4.
Colour: Black.
SHEATH
Material: Polychloroprene or equivalent synthetic elastomere
Colour: Black.
USES
Suitable for permanent installations and mobile operation (mobile machines and equipment, robots, cranes, etc.)
Suitable for those installations where great cable flexibility is requires, especially indicated for industrial use due to its characteristics: resistance to heat and
cold, resistance to oils, greases and hydrocarbons, outdoor resistance and its excellent behaviour in dampness and water.
Valid for 1000V in protected permanent operation (UNE 21176).
Interior machine connections and wiring (UNE 21176).
Power supply for outdoors portable equipment and industrial equipment (UNE 21176).
Devices in industrial and agricultural workshops (UNE 21176).
Locations with very low temperatures, damp, wet or outdoors (ITC-BT 30).
Provisional and temporary cables for work sites (ITC-BT 33).
Fairs and stands (ITC-BT 34) (fairs, exhibitions, shows, stands, festive street lighting, festivals and similar demonstrations, carousels, fair stalls, booths,
attractions, where Afumex is not mandatory. See Afumex Expo (AS)).
Agricultural and horticultural establishments (ITC-BT 35).
Caravans and caravan parks (ITC-BT 41).
Ports and marinas for recreational boats (ITC-BT 42).
181
FLEXTREME
450/750 V UNE 21027-4 H07RN-F
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
2 conductors 5 conductors
2 x 1.5 2 x 2.5 2x4 2x6 2 x 10 5 G 1,5 5 G 2,5 5G6 5 G 10

3 conductors More than 5 conductors
3 G 1.5 3 G 2.5 3G4 3G6 - 12 G 1.5

4 conductors
4 G 1.5 4 G 2.5 4G4 4G6
COLOUR TABLE ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

No. Cond. A07RN-F H07RN-F
2 Cond. Blue-Brown Blue-Brown
3 Cond. Brown-Black-Grey Brown-Black-Grey
4 Cond. Blue-Brown-Black-Grey Yellow/Green-Grey-Brown-Black
5 Cond. Yellow/Green-Blue-Brown-Black-Grey
182
FLEXTREME
450/750 V UNE 21027-4 H07RN-F
Nominal Maximum outer Total weight Resistance of Allowable Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section diameter in kg/km conductor current when in when in open air
mm2 mm at 20 C W/km open air (tray) (surface assembly) (2)
1 x 1.5 7.1 52 13.3 21 16.5 30.47 24.56

1 x 2.5 7.9 68 7.98 29 23 18.31 14.81
1x4 9.0 95 4.95 38 31 11.45 9.32
1x6 9.8 125 3.3 49 40 7.75 6.34
1 x 10 11.9 200 1.91 68 54 4.60 3.81
1 x 16 13.4 275 1.21 91 73 2.89 2.44
1 x 25 15.8 395 0.78 116 95 1.83 1.58
1 x 35 17.9 520 0.554 144 119 1.32 1.16
1 x 50 20.6 750 0.386 175 145 0.98 0.89
1 x 70 23.3 950 0.272 224 185 0.68 0.64
1 x 95 26 1220 0.206 271 224 0.48 0.49
1 x 120 28.6 1480 0.161 314 260 0.39 0.41
1 x 150 31.4 1830 0.129 363 299 0.31 0.36
1 x 185 34.4 2270 0.106 415 341 0.25 0.30
1 x 240 38.3 2850 0.0801 490 401 0.20 0.25
2 x 1.5 11.0 120 13.3 21 16.5 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 13.1 175 7.98 29 23 18.66 15.07
2x4 15.1 245 4.95 38 31 11.68 9.46
2x6 16.8 315 3.3 49 40 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 22.6 590 1.91 68 54 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 25.7 790 1.21 91 73 2.94 2.45
3 G 1.5 11.9 150 13.3 21 16.5 26.94 21.67
2 x 1.5 8.8 132 13.3 21 16.5 35.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 10.4 154 7.98 29 23 18.66 15.07
2x4 12.6 245 4.95 38 31 11.68 9.46
2x6 14.3 315 3.3 49 40 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 19.1 590 1.91 68 54 4.67 3.84

(See page 23).
183
FLEXTREME
450/750 V UNE 21027-4 H07RN-F
Nominal Maximum outer Total weight Resistance Allowable Allowable current Voltage drop V/A km
section diameter in kg/km of conductor current when in when in open air
mm2 mm at 20 C W/km open air (tray) (surface assembly) (2)
(1) A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 G 1.5 9.4 128 13.3 21 16.5 26.94 21.27

3 G 2.5 11.4 187 7.98 29 23 16.23 13.1
3G4 12.9 272 4.95 38 31 10.16 8.23
3G6 15.0 375 3.3 49 40 6.87 5.59
4 G 1.5 10.8 158 13.3 19 16 26.5 21.36
4 G 2.5 12.5 227 7.98 26 22 15.92 12.88
4G4 14.4 320 4.95 34 30 9.96 8.1
4G6 16.4 510 3.3 44 37 6.74 5.51
4 G 10 22.5 910 1.91 60 52 26.5 21.36
4 G 16 25.2 1240 1.21 81 70 15.92 12.88
5 G 1.5 11.5 198 13.3 19 16 26.94 21.67
5 G 2.5 13.7 324 7.98 26 22 16.23 13.1
5G6 18.7 630 3.3 44 37 10.16 8.23
5 G 10 24.7 1120 1.91 60 52 26.5 21.36
5 G 16 27.9 1530 1.21 81 70 15.92 12.88
7 G 1.5 17 337 13.3 11.4 9.6 26.5 21.36
7 G 2.5 19 462 7.98 15.6 13.2 15.92 12.88
12 G 1.5 20 486 13.3 8.5 7.2 26.5 21.36
12 G 2.5 24 760 7.98 11.7 9.9 15.92 12.88
27 G 1.5 28.5 931 13.3 5.7 4.8 26.5 21.36

(See page 23).
184
FLEXTREME
Rated
designation: H07RN-F
CALCULATIONS
ALLOWABLE CURRENTS FOR NON-PERMANENT SERVICES
Allowable current
Section Single-pole cable Double-pole cable Triple-pole cable Cable of 4 Cable of 5
of conductor
(mm2) 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded loaded
conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors conductors
4 27 24 27 28 23 24 24
6 35 31 35 36 29 30 31
10 49 43 49 50 41 42 44
16 64 58 64 67 54 56 58
25 85 77 86 89 72 75 77
35 105 95 - 110 90 93 -
50 132 121 - 138 113 117 -
70 165 151 - 173 141 145 -
95 196 182 - 205 167 172 -
120 229 213 - 239 195 201 -
150 263 246 - 274 223 231 -
185 297 279 - 309 253 261 -
240 355 333 - 366 299 309 -
300 407 383 - 417 340 352 -
400 480 453 - - - - -
500 549 519 - - - - -
630 642 608 - - - - -
1 - Ambient temperature 40 C.
2 - The tabulated values are for cables in open air.
3 - Single-pole conductors are wired (2 cables in contact and 3 cables staggered).

185
BUPRENO
0.6/1 kV IEC 60502-1 DN-K
Flexible cable Flame retardant Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Abrasion resistant
UNE EN water absorption resistance chemical agents grease and oil
60332-1-2
Build standard: IEC 60502-1.

Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2; IEC 60332-1; NFC 32070-C2.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Thermostable ethylene-propylene elastomere (EPR)
SHEATH
Material: Polychloroprene, type SE1, according to IEC 60521-1.
Colour: Black.
USES
Suitable for those installations that require great cable flexibility, especially indicated for use that requires resistance to heat and cold, resistance
to oils, greases and hydrocarbons, and excellent behaviour in dampness and water.
Interior or receiving installations (ITC-BT 20), except the mandatory requirement for Afumex (AS) (see ITC-BT and R.D.). 2267/2004).
186
BUPRENO
0.6/1 kV IEC 60502-1 DN-K
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 conductor (BLK) 3 conductors (GR-BR-BLK)
1x6 1 x 10 1 x 16 1 x 25 3 x 1.5 3 x 2.5 - -

2 conductors (BLU-BR) 4 conductors (BLU-GR-BR-BLK)
2 x 2.5 - - - - 4 x 2.5 4x6 4 x 10
Colour coding:
BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black.
187
BUPRENO
Rated
standard: IEC 60502-1 Generic
designation: DN-K
Nominal Insulation Width Outer Total Resistance Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness of sheath diameter weight of conductor current when current
mm2 mm mm mm kg/km at 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground (2)
1 x 1.5 0.7 1.4 5.8 56 13.3 21 Not Allowable 26.5 21.36

1 x 2.5 0.7 1.4 6.3 67 7.98 29 Not Allowable 15.92 12.88
1x4 0.7 1.4 6.8 82 4.95 38 Not Allowable 9.96 8.1
1x6 0.7 1.4 7.3 106 3.3 49 44 6.74 5.51
1 x 10 0.7 1.4 8.4 153 1.91 68 58 4 3.31
1 x 16 0.7 1.4 9.5 210 1.21 91 75 2.51 2.12
1 x 25 0.9 1.4 11.1 308 0.78 116 96 1.59 1.37
1 x 35 0.9 1.4 14.3 413 0.554 144 117 1.15 1.01
1 x 50 1 1.4 14.3 575 0.386 175 138 0.85 0.77
1 x 70 1.1 1.4 16.4 827 0.272 224 170 0.59 0.56
1 x 95 1.1 1.5 17.8 1052 0.206 271 202 0.42 0.43
1 x 120 1.2 1.5 20.3 1345 0.161 314 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 1.4 1.6 22.4 1660 0.129 363 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 1.5 1.6 25 2023 0.106 415 291 0.22 0.26
1 x 240 1.7 1.7 27.9 2622 0.0801 490 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 1.8 1.8 29.4 3210 0.0641 630 380 0.14 0.19
2 x 1.5 0.7 1.8 9.8 120 13.3 24 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 0.7 1.8 10.7 151 7.98 33 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 0.7 1.8 11.6 193 4.95 45 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 0.7 1.8 12.7 255 3.30 57 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 0.7 1.8 14.9 377 1.91 76 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 0.7 1.8 16.9 552 1.21 105 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 0.9 1.8 20.2 814 0.78 123 116 1.86 1.59

(See page 23).
188
BUPRENO
Rated
standard: IEC 60502-1 Generic
designation: DN-K
Nominal Insulation Width Outer Total Resistance Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness of sheath diameter weight of conductor current when current
mm2 mm mm mm kg/km at 20 C W/km in open air (1) underground (2)
3 G 1.5 0.7 1.8 10.2 137 13.3 20 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
3 G 2.5 0.7 1.8 11.2 179 7.98 26.5 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
3G4 0.7 1.8 11.2 233 4.95 36 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
3G6 0.7 1.8 12.2 233 4.95 46 53 7.90 6.42
3 G 10 0.7 1.8 13.4 314 3.3 65 70 4.67 3.84
3 G 16 0.7 1.8 18.9 696 1.21 87 91 2.94 2.45
3 x 25 0.9 1.8 21.6 1040 0.78 110 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 0.9 1.8 24.8 1408 0.554 137 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1 1.8 28.3 2016 0.386 167 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.1 1.9 32.2 2839 0.272 214 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.1 2 36 3576 0.206 259 202 0.43 0.42
3 x 120 1.2 2.1 40.1 4336 0.161 301 230 0.34 0.35
3 x 150 1.4 2.3 45.1 5500 0.129 343 260 0.28 0.3
3 x 185 1.6 2.4 50.8 6813 0.106 391 291 0.22 0.26
3 x 240 1.7 2.6 57.1 8784 0.0801 468 336 0.17 0.21
3 x 300 1.8 2.8 62.7 11285 0.0641 565 380 0.14 0.18
4 x 1.5 0.7 1.8 11 163 13.3 20 Not Allowable 26.94 21.67

4 x 2.5 0.7 1.8 12.1 214 7.98 26.5 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
4x4 0.7 1.8 13.2 283 4.95 36 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
4x6 0.7 1.8 14.6 385 3.3 46 44 6.87 5.59
4 x 10 0.7 1.8 17.3 583 1.91 65 58 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 0.7 1.8 19.8 875 1.21 87 75 2.56 2.13

(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
189
SOLDA
Rated
designation: H01N2-D
Extra-flexible Flame retardant Resistance to Abrasion resistant

cable UNE EN grease
60332-1-2 and oil
Build standard: UNE 21027-6, HD 22.6 S2.

Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2, IEC 60332-1.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Annealed electrolytic cable, according to table 1 UNE 20127-6.
Flexibility: Extra-flexible, class 6; in accordance with UNE EN 60228.
SEPARATOR
Polyester (optional).
SHEATH
Material: Type EM5 thermostable polychloroprene.
Colour: Black.
USES
Cables for welding machines, with special flexibility, for connection between the industrial welding machine's generator and the electrode
support. (UNE 21176).
190
SOLDA
Rated
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 x 16 1 x 25
Nominal section Insulation thickness Outer diameter Total weight Resistance of conductor
mm2 mm mm kg/km at 20 C W/km
1 x 10 2 8.7 160 1.91
1 x 16 2 9.6 225 1.21
1 x 25 2 11.1 315 0.78
1 x 35 2 12.1 415 0.554
1 x 50 2.2 14.0 575 0.386
1 x 70 2.4 16.4 805 0.272
1 x 95 2.6 18.8 1060 0.206
1 x 120 2.8 20.5 1325 0.161
191
SOLDA
Rated
CALCULATIONS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR A SINGLE OPERATION CYCLE, DURING A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF 5 MINUTES
Section Maximum allowable current (A)

of conductor in Loading time percentage
mm2
100 % 85 % 60 % 35 %
10 87 89 93 106
16 117 126 152 200
25 156 169 200 261
35 195 213 252 326
50 247 265 317 417
70 308 330 400 522
95 374 408 487 635
120 435 469 565 739
150 504 548 652 852
185 578 626 748 974
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR A REPEATED OPERATION BASED ON A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF 5 MINUTES
Maximum allowable current (A)

Section Loading time percentage
of conductor in
mm2 100 % 85 % 60 % 35 % 20 % 8%
10 87 87 88 103 124 179
16 117 120 121 150 184 273
25 156 161 164 212 265 400
35 195 204 207 275 348 528
50 247 260 265 361 460 705
70 308 326 333 461 593 916
95 374 396 406 572 739 1.147
120 435 462 474 675 875 1.361
150 504 538 551 792 1.030 1.605
185 578 618 634 916 1.195 1.866
192
SOLDA
Rated
CALCULATIONS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT FOR A REPEATED OPERATION BASED ON A MAXIMUM PERIOD OF 10 MINUTES
Maximum allowable current (A)

Section Loading time percentage
of conductor in
mm2 100 % 85 % 80 % 60 % 35 % 20 % 8%
10 87 87 87 87 92 102 137
16 117 118 118 120 130 151 211
25 156 158 159 165 185 220 318
35 195 199 200 211 242 294 432
50 247 254 257 274 322 397 592
70 308 319 324 350 419 523 789
95 374 389 396 433 527 665 1.012
120 435 455 464 510 627 797 1.221
150 504 530 541 599 742 948 1.458
185 578 610 623 693 865 1.110 1.714
1 - Considered ambient temperature 40 C.
VOLTAGE DROP AT NORMAL AND ELEVATED TEMPERATURES
Rated cross section Voltage drop at continuous current for 100 A in 10m of cable at:
of the copper conductor in
mm2 20 C 60 C 85 C
V V V
10 1.950 2.260 2.450
16 1.240 1.300 1.560
25 0.795 0.920 0.998
35 0.565 0.654 0.709
50 0.393 0.455 0.493
70 0.277 0.321 0.348
95 0.210 0.243 0.264
120 0.164 0.190 0.206
150 0.132 0.153 0.166
185 0.108 0.125 0.136

193
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS

Rated
standard:
UNE 21166
Generic
designation: DN-F BOMBAS SUMERGIDAS
Cable flexible Flame retardant Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Abrasion resistant
UNE EN water absorption resistance chemical agents grease
60332-1-2 and oil
Build standard: UNE 21166.

Fire tests:
Flame retardant: UNE EN 60332-1-2; IEC 60332-1; NFC 32070-C2.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Copper.
INSULATION
Material: Thermostable ethylene-propylene elastomer (EPR)
Colour: Black.
SHEATH
Material: Thermostable polychloroprene rubber elastomer, type SE1.
Colour: Black.
USES
Suitable for the power supply of submerged pumps used for raising well water. For other uses (waste water, chemical products, oils, etc.),
the appropriate cable should be studied.
Designed to operate in permanently submerged installations.
Ports and marinas for recreational boats (ITC-BT 42).
194
DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS

Rated
standard:
UNE 21166
Generic
designation: DN-F SUBMERGED PUMPS
Nominal Thickness Outer Total weight Resistance Intensidad Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km of conductor admisible current
mm2 mm mm at 20 C W/km sumergido (1) underground (2)
1 x 95 1.8 26.0 1220 0.206 354 202 0.42 0.43

1 x 120 1.8 28.5 1480 0.161 403 230 0.34 0.36
1 x 150 2.0 31.5 1820 0.129 455 260 0.27 0.31
1 x 185 2.2 34.5 2260 0.106 509 291 0.12 0.26
1 x 240 2.4 38.0 2840 0.0801 588 336 0.17 0.22
1 x 300 2.6 41.5 3580 0.0641 665 380 0.14 0.19
2 x 1.5 1.0 12.9 170 13.3 43 Not Allowable 30.98 24.92
2 x 2.5 1.0 14.3 220 7.98 57 Not Allowable 18.66 15.07
2x4 1.0 15.4 280 4.95 74 Not Allowable 11.68 9.46
2x6 1.0 19.5 390 3.3 93 53 7.90 6.42
2 x 10 1.2 24.0 630 1.91 123 70 4.67 3.84
2 x 16 1.2 27.5 780 1.21 159 91 2.94 2.45
2 x 25 1.4 31.5 1170 0.78 203 116 1.86 1.59
3 x 1.5 1.0 13.7 200 13.3 37 Not Allowable 26.94 21.27
3 x 2.5 1.0 15.3 260 7.98 48 Not Allowable 16.23 13.1
3x4 1.0 16.6 345 4.95 61 Not Allowable 10.16 8.23
3x6 1.0 21.0 490 3.3 77 44 6.87 5.59
3 x 10 1.2 25.5 760 1.91 102 58 4.06 3.34
3 x 16 1.2 29.5 1000 1.21 131 75 2.56 2.13
3 x 25 1.4 34.0 1450 0.78 168 96 1.62 1.38
3 x 35 1.4 38.0 1870 0.554 205 117 1.17 1.01
3 x 50 1.6 44.0 2500 0.386 242 138 0.86 0.77
3 x 70 1.6 49.5 3200 0.272 298 170 0.6 0.56
3 x 95 1.8 54.0 4100 0.206 354 202 0.43 0.42
(1) Laid out submerged for its entire length (considering the thermal resistivity of the water at 0.4 Km/W).
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 1x, 3x three-phase.
XLPE2 with installation type Method D (Cu) 2x single-phase.
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Cu) 1x, 3x three-phase.
XLPE2 with installation type Method D (Cu) 2x single-phase.
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
195
CABLES FOR NETWORKS -
UNDERGROUND AND AERIAL
low voltage cables for underground and aerial networks

Rated
standard: HD 603-5X-1 Generic
designation: AL XZ1 (S)
Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free No emission of Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Resistance to Resistance to Resistance to
UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN corrosive gases water absorption resistance chemical agents grease knocks
60332-1-2 UNE EN 50267-2-1 UNE EN 50267-2-2 and oil
61034-2
RESISTANT TO OILS, ACIDS AND ALKALIS
Build standard: UNE-HD 603-5X-1 (applies to the appropriate sections), IEC-60502.

Fire tests:
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Aluminium.
INSULATION
Cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE), type DIX3, in accordance with HD 603-1.
SHEATH
Material: Special zero-halogen mix, type Flamex DMO1, according to UNE HD 603-5.
Colour: Black.
USES
Distribution networks, utilities connections, open-air or underground installations.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Not suitable for installation in public places, main power supply lines, individual branches, and in general, all
installations where Afumex (AS) is required. See section M.
199

Rated
voltage:
0.6/1 kV
Design
standard:
HD 603-5X-1
Generic
designation: AL XZ1 (S)
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
1 COND. (NE)
1 x 16 1 x 25 1 x 35 1 x 50 1 x 70 1 x 95
1 x 120 1 x 150 1 x 185 1 x 240 1 x 300
Nominal Insulation Diameter of Outer Total Resistance Allowable Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
section thickness insulation diameter weight of conductor current current
mm2 mm mm mm kg/km at 20 C W/km al aire (1) underground (2)
1 x 16 0.7 6.1 8.3 85 1.91 70 58 4.15 3.42

1 x 25 0.9 7.7 9.9 124 1.2 88 74 2.62 2.19
1 x 35 0.9 8.6 10.8 153 0.868 109 90 1.89 1.6
1 x 50 1 10.1 12.5 200 0.641 133 107 1.39 1.21
1 x 70 1.1 11.9 14.5 265 0.443 170 132 0.97 0.86
1 x 95 1.1 13.8 15.8 340 0.32 207 157 0.7 0.65
1 x 120 1.2 15.3 17.4 420 0.253 239 178 0.55 0.53
1 x 150 1.4 17 19.3 515 0.206 277 201 0.45 0.45
1 x 185 1.6 19.4 21.4 645 0.164 316 226 0.36 0.37
1 x 240 1.7 22.1 24.2 825 0.125 372 261 0.27 0.3
1 x 300 1.8 24.3 26.7 1035 0.1 462 295 0.22 0.26

XLPE3 with installation type F (Al) column 11 (single-pole three-phase).
XLPE3 with installation type Method D (Al).
(See page 23).
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable short-circuit currents: Ver tabla F.3.
200
AL POLIRRET
0.6/1 kV UNE 21030-1 AL RZ
Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray

water absorption resistance
Build standard: UNE 21030-1; HD 626 S1.

Operating temperature (permanent installation, suspended or laid network): -40 C , +90 C. (Thermostable cable).
OUTDOOR RESISTANCE
It is clear that a cable intended to operate in the open air, in which, furthermore, the insulation is also the protective sheath, the tests for resistance
to ultraviolet radiation, ozone and saturating moisture in an aggressive sulphur dioxide atmosphere become outstandingly significant. The cited
standard UNE 21030, specifies the tests which these cables must pass in order to guarantee a satisfactory and prolonged useful life of these
materials.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
Metal: Aluminium in active conductors.
Messenger neutral: When the cable has a messenger neutral, it is made up of an Al-Mg-Si (Almelec) alloy
wire cord. Due to its special characteristics, it serves the purpose of neutral and
carrying cord in suspended networks.
INSULATION
Material: Cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE).
Colour: Black.
GATHERING
Insulated conductors gathered together or together with the messenger neutral if it has one.
USES
Especially suitable for suspended aerial lines self-supported on supports or laid on the faces of buildings.
Aerial distribution networks (ITC-BT 06).

Laid or suspended aerial installations (ITC-BT 20).
Not for use in underground or embedded installations.
201
AL POLIRRET
0.6/1 kV UNE 21030-1 AL RZ
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
Sections in stock
2 x 16 2 x 25 3 x 25 + 1 x 54.6 3 x 25 + 29.5
3 x 50 + 1 x 54.6 3 x 50 + 29.5 4 x 16 3 x 95 + 1 x 54.6
3 x 150 + 1 x 80 4 x 25
Nominal Minimum breakage Thickness Insulated conductor Resistance

section load of insulation in diameter of conductor
mm2 daN mm mm at 20 C W/km
Conductor: Phase or non-messenger neutral

16 190 1.2 7.9 1.91
25 300 1.4 9.6 1.2
50 600 1.6 12.3 0.641
95 1140 1.8 16.1 0.32
150 1800 2 19.3 0.206
Conductor: Messenger neutral ALMELE
29.5 870 1.4 10.4 1.15
54.6 1660 1.6 13 0.63
80 2000 1.8 15.8 0.4
202
AL POLIRRET
Rated
designation:
AL RZ
Nominal section Enclosure diameter Total weight Allowable current. Allowable current. Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 mm kg/km Cable laid Allowable current.
on faades* with steel messenger*
2 x 16 Al 15.8 145 73 81 4.88** 4**

2 x 25 Al 19.2 225 101 109 3.06** 2.54**
4 x 16 Al 18 285 67 72 4.24 3.48
4 x 25 Al 23.1 445 90 97 2.66 2.21
4 x 50 Al 29.6 770 133 144 1.42 1.22
3 x 95 / 50 Al 38 1250 207 223 0.71 0.65
3 x 150 / 95 Al 46.5 1875 277 301 0.46 0.44
1 x 16 Al/29.5 Alm 16.8 187 81 4.88** 4**
1 x 25 Al/54.6 Alm 22.6 310 110 3.06** 2.54**
1 x 50 Al/54.6 Alm 25.3 385 165 1.61** 1.4
2 x 16 Al/29.5 Alm 17.5 255 81 4.88** 4**
3 x 16 Al/29.5 Alm 20.0 320 72 4.24 3.48
3 x 25 Al/29.5 Alm 27.1 425 100 2.66 2.21
3 x 25 Al/54.6 Alm 31 535 100 2.66 2.21
3 x 50 Al/29.5 Alm 32.1 640 150 1.42 1.22
3 x 50 Al/54.6 Alm 36 765 150 1.42 1.22
3 x 95 Al/54.6 Alm 44.0 1260 230 0.71 0.65
3 x 150 Al/80 Alm 51 1700 305 0.46 0.44
* Ambient temperature 40 C (for cables exposed to the sun, apply a correction factor of 0.9).
** In single-phase installations (the rest of the values is for three-phase).
See tables B.1 and B.2.
The mechanical characteristics of the Almelec (Alm) messenger are:
Linear expansion coefficients: 23 x 10-6 K-1

Elasticity module: 62000 N/mm2
In the case of cables with section 3 x a/b, there are three conductors with section (the phases) plus one conductor with section b (the neutral).
The cables with section 1 x a/b are for laid single-phase. a is the phase and b is the Almelec (Alm) neutral messenger.
CALCULATIONS
Maximum allowable current: Ver tabla B.1 y B.2.
Maximum allowable short-circuit currents: Ver tabla F.3.
203
POLIRRET FERIEX
Rated
designation:
RZ
ID
Resistance to Cold resistance Ultraviolet ray Easy
water absorption resistance identification
Build standard: UNE 21030-2; HD 626 S1.

Operating temperature (permanent installation, suspended or laid network): -40 C , +90 C. (Thermostable cable).
OUTDOOR RESISTANCE
It is clear that a cable intended to operate in the open air, in which, furthermore, the insulation is also the sheath, the tests for resistance to ultraviolet
radiation, ozone and saturating moisture in an aggressive sulphur dioxide atmosphere become outstandingly significant. The cited standard UNE
21030- 2 specifies the tests which these cables must pass in order to guarantee a satisfactory and prolonged useful life of these materials.
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR
INSULATION
Material: Cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE).
Colour: Black with identifying colour band on each conductor to allow for their easy and fast identification.
Band colours: Blue, grey, brown, black, green. (See colour table according to number of conductors).
GATHERING
Bundle of braided copper cables.
USES
Suitable, according to REBT, for installations in aerial lines in distribution networks and exterior lighting aerial installations.
Aerial distribution networks (ITC-BT 06).

Aerial networks for exterior lighting (ITC-BT 09).
Laid or suspended aerial installations (ITC-BT 20).
Not for use in underground or embedded installations.
204
POLIRRET FERIEX
Rated
designation:
RZ
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
2 conductors (BLU-BR) 3 conductors (BLU-BR-GN) 4 conductors (BLU-GR-BR-BLK) 5 conductors (BLU-GR-BR-BLK-GN)
2x4 2x6 3G4 4x4 4x6 5G4 5G6

2 x 10 2 x 16 4 x 10 4 x 16 5 G 10 5 G 16
4 x 25 -
Colour code of the bands:

BLU-Blue; GR-Grey; BR-Brown; BLK-Black; GN-Green.
Note: G instead of x means that it includes a green earth conductor and is the same as a yellow/green protection.
Nominal Thickness Enclosure Total weight Resistance Allowable current. Allowable current. Voltage drop V/A km
section of insulation in diameter kg/km of conductor Cable laid Laid cable
mm2 daN mm mm at 20 C W/km on faades* with steel messenger*
2x4 1.2 9.9 100 4.61 45 50 11.68** 9.46**

2x6 1.2 10.6 135 3.08 57 63 7.9** 6.43**
2 x 10 1.2 12.4 210 1.83 77 85 4.67** 3.84**
2 x 16 1.2 14.3 320 1.15 105 -- 2.94** 2.45**
3G4 1.2 10.7 150 4.61 45 50 11.68** 9.46**
4x4 1.2 12 200 4.61 37 41 10.16 8.23
4x6 1.2 12.8 270 3.08 47 52 6.87 5.59
4 x 10 1.2 15 425 1.83 65 72 4.06 3.34
4 x 16 1.2 17.3 640 1.15 86 95 2.56 2.13
4 x 25 1.4 21.1 1005 0.727 120 132 1.62 1.38
5G4 1.2 13.4 250 4.61 37 41 10.16 8.23
5G6 1.2 14.3 335 3.08 47 52 6.87 5.59
5 G 10 1.2 16.8 529 1.83 65 72 4.06 3.34
5 G 16 1.2 19.3 800 1.15 86 95 2.56 2.13
* Ambient temperature 40 C (for cables exposed to the sun, apply a correction factor of 0.9)
** In single-phase installations (the rest of the values is for three-phase).
See tables B.1 and B.2.

The breakage load is not provided for this type of cable, since it is considered for installation in laid networks, or if it is suspended, it must have
an additional steel messenger cable.
CALCULATIONS
205
low voltage special cables
SPECIAL CABLES
At Prysmian Cables and Systems we offer you special solutions for low voltage, medium voltage and high voltage for industry and for infrastructures
in general
WIND TURBINE INTERIORS PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRY CRANES AND MOBILE EQUIPMENT
MINES RAILWAYS MARINE
OFF-SHORE SOLAR RAILWAY INFRASTRUCTURES
206
Now power
cables open
up a whole
world of
possibilities.
The only conductor that

contains optical wires
low voltage
THE 7 ADVANTAGES OF AFUMEX DUO
1 High added value with no extra cost
2 Allows the optical fibre to reach homes
3 A single installation inside the building for Power and Telecommunications services
In existing residential buildings it allows individual branch circuits to be replaced quickly,

4 avoiding building work
In new builds it provides a competitive advantage in the building specifications report with no
5 extra cost
6 It avoids right of way problems between residents
7 It comes with the Prysmian guarantee
208
low voltage
WHAT IS AFUMEX DUO?

Prysmian presents Afumex Duo, the new cable that brings power and communications to homes without bandwidth limits and through a
single cable.
What does real bandwidth mean?
With Afumex Duo large optical fibre data transmission capacity is not restricted to building access, it actually reaches homes, allowing them to use
applications that require large data capacity.
This way the physical environment will never limit the bandwidth that the user requires.
Insulation
Copper conductor
Optical fibres
WHERE IS IT INSTALLED?
The Afumex Duo cable can be installed in refurbished buildings and in new builds.
It runs from the switchboard to the general control and circuit breaker panel in each home (individual branch circuit).
The special feature of this cable is that each of the conductor contains two optical fibres inside.
Switchboard
General control and

circuit breaker panel
Individual branch
circuit (Afumex Duo)
209
low voltage
WHAT IS THE PROCEDURE IN EXISTING RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

1. Fitting a new individual branch circuit with Afumex Duo allows a single power and telecom installation, saving on costs and the entire optical
fibre cable installation infrastructure.
2. In residential buildings there are cable runs from the switchboard to each of the general control and circuit breaker panels in each home (individual
branch circuits).
3. The cable that supplies power to the home is installed inside each tube.
4. This installed cable is used as a guide to pull on the new Afumex Duo cable.
5. In a few minutes the optical fibre can be sent from the switchboard to each home*, avoiding resident disputes and allowing the optical fibre to
reach the home.
* Replacement of the cable alone avoids building work.
WHAT IS THE PROCEDURE IN NEW BUILDS

Install the individual branch circuit as usual:
Insert a guide through the tubing.
Connect the cable to the guide.
Pull the guide through one end of the tubing while joining the cable to the inlet at the other end.
Information and videos demonstrating the Afumex Duo cable can be seen and downloaded online at www.afumexduo.com
General Control and Circuit Breaker Panel

switch 5
switch 4
switch 3
switch 2
switch 1
breaker
breaker
breaker
breaker
breaker
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Switch
General Switch Differential
Trip switch
Switch for
Power Control
Optical fibre connector
(Individual branch
circuit using Afumex Duo)
Switchboard
Optical fibre connector
Wh Wh Wh Wh Wh Meter
Fuse
General Panel
Switch
Power supply line
Circuit Breaker
Panel
210
low voltage
TO INSTALL THE AFUMEX DUO CABLE...
Installation sketch with Afumex DUO
Cable (Afumex Duo 750 V (AS))
Afumex Duo connection accessories:
Modular cabinets for centralization

of counters (MDU Multi-operator distribution boxes)
Jacks or UCTB completion boxes
Universal mechanical splice
Kits for carrying out universal mechanical splicing
Heat-shrinking tubes for separation of fibres

(Termospeed Tube PTPF-AF (halogen free)
211
low voltage
INSTALLATION SKETCH WITH AFUMEX DUO
General control
and circuit breaker
panel of the residence
Jack
(residence
interior)
Optical fibres
Entrance of fibre Afumex DUO
optic (coming from
the telecommunications
operator)
Individual Branch Circuit

with Afumex DUO
Optical fibres
Afumex DUO
Modular cabinets
Switchboard
212
low voltage
SPECIAL INDIVIDUAL
BRANCH CIRCUITS WITH
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS) OPTICAL FIBRE
Rated
voltage:
450/750 V
Design
standard:
UNE 211002
Generic
Cable flexible Flame retardant Fire retardant Low opaque Halogen free Low toxic-gas Very low corrosive Resistance to Cold resistance
UNE EN UNE EN smoke emission UNE EN emission gas emission water absorption
60332-1-2 50266-2-4 UNE EN 50267-2-1 NFC UNE EN
61034-2 20454 50267-2-2
Reference standard: UNE 211002.

Optical fibre continuity check.
Fire tests:
No corrosive gas emission: UNE EN 50267-2-2; IEC 60754-2; NFC 20453; BS 6425-2; pH 4,3 ; C 10 mS/mm
DESCRIPTION
CONDUCTOR:
Arrangement: Arrangement in bundle of 3+1, 5+1 insulated conductors, plus 2 optical fibres
in the interior of the protection conductor (h/v).
OPTICAL FIBRES:
The earth conductor (yellow/green) includes two optical fibres
Optical fibre type: G. 657A single-mode optical fibres with 900-micron adapted protection. Optical
fibre specifications: See Fibre adapted for Afumex DUO technical data sheet - Identification of
optical fibres: one green and another blue.
INSULATION:
Colours:
3+1 conductors: yellow/green, blue, brown and red, cross section 1.5 mm2.
5+1 conductors: yellow/green, blue, grey, brown, black and red, cross section 1.5 mm2.
Marking: The optical fibre conductor will bear the following marking:
Prysmian Afumex Duo 750V 07Z1-K (AS) (Cross section) + 2 FO G.657
USES
Joint installation of power and optical fibre conductors in individual branch circuits (from the switchboard to each of the general control and
circuit breaker panels).
Individual branch circuits, (ITC-BT 15).

Note: For other possible uses of electrical conductors with optical fibres in the interior, please consult Prysmian.
213
low voltage
AFUMEX DUO 750 V (AS)

450/750 V UNE 211002 H07Z1-K (AS)
SECTIONS IN STOCK*
3+1 conductors (YG-BLU-BR+R) 5+1 conductors (YG-BLU-BR-BLK+R) * Subject to changes.
(Check current price list).
3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 5 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 5 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO
3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5 + 2FO 3 G 25 +1 x 1.5 + 2FO
Colour coding:
YG-Yellow/Green; BLU-Blue; BR-Brown; R-Red.
One green optical fibre and another blue one.
Nominal section Insulation thickness Bundle diameter Total weight Resistance of conductor Allowable Voltage drop V/A km
mm2 (phases) mm in mm kg/km a 20 C W/km current
A cos f = 1 cos f = 0.8
3 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 13.2 347 1.83 50 (1) 4.36 (1) 3.59 (1)
3 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 15.4 502 1.15 66 (1) 2.74 (1) 2.29 (1)
3 G 25 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1.2 18.9 772 0.727 84 (1) 1.73 (1) 1.48 (1)
3 G 35 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1.2 25.2 1073 0.554 104 (1) 1.25 (1) 1.09 (1)
5 G 10 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 16.6 575 1.83 44 (2) 3.79 (2) 3.13 (2)
5 G 16 + 1 x 1.5 + 2 FO 1 19.5 840 1.15 59 (2) 2.38 (2) 1.99 (2)
(1) Single-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface. PVC2 with installation type
B1 column 6.
(2) Three-phase installation in a tube or pipe embedded in a masonry wall (brick, concrete, plaster, etc.) or in a tube or pipe assembled on a surface PVC 3 with
installation
Type B1 column 5.
BEND-INSENSITIVE FIBRE SPECIFICATION

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Attenuation coefficients [1]
Material Silicon/Doped Silicon @1310 nm 0.36 dB/km
Refractive index profile Step Index @1380 nm 0.36 dB/km
Primary protection specifications @1550 nm 0.24 dB/km
@1625 nm 0.29 dB/km
Primary protection material NeonTM Plus acrylate
Primary protection outer diameter 245 mm 5 mm Dispersion coefficients
Protection/sheath concentricity 10 mm 1285 1330 nm 3.5 ps/(nm km)
Gel specifications between primary and secondary protection @1550 nm 18 ps/(nm km)
@1625 nm 22 ps/(nm km)
Gel material LA-444
Gel layer thickness 10 mm 5 mm Zero dispersion wavelength 1302 1322 nm
S0 zero dispersion slope 0.089 ps/(nm2 km)
Secondary protection specifications Polarization mode dispersion 0.4 ps/km
Secondary protection material Acrylate
Mechanical Specifications
Secondary protection outer diameter 900 mm 25 mm
Protection/sheath concentricity 40 mm Proof test 1.0 %
Loss due to fibre macrobending without secondary protection
Geometric Specifications
1 turn around 20 mm diam. @1550 nm 0.5 dB
Modal field diameter @1310 nm 8.4 mm 9.2 mm 10 turns around 30 mm diam. @1550 nm 0.05 dB
Sheath diameter 125 0.7 mm 10 turns around 30 mm diam. @1625 nm 0.5 dB
MFD/sheath concentricity error 0.5 mm
sheath non-circularity error 1.0 %
Short wiring wave length. 1260 nm
214
low voltage
MODULAR CABINETS
Modular cabinets allow the connection of various operators to an internal network in a

residential building.
It has a modular design with two different configurations:
A client module where the fibre coming from each residence is connected.
An operator module where the operator cable is connected.
SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Number of cable entrances: 2 (operator module), 4 (client module)
Max. cable diameter: 15 mm
Dimensions: 440 x 175 x 102 mm
Maximum capacity: 36 fibres per module (modules are stackable)
Operating temperature: -20 C to +50 C
Material: mild steel / polymer FR
Colour: grey (RAL 7035)
Packaging dimensions: 540 x 290 x 186 mm3
Net weight: 3.4 kg (client module)
3.8 kg (operator module)
Gross weight: 5.0 kg (client module)
5.4 kg (operator module)
Tests
Optics: tested at 1310 nm, 1550 nm and 1625 nm
Dry heat: BS EN 60068-2-2 Test Bb
Damp heat: IEC 60068-2-14: 1969
Temperature change: IEC 60068-2-14:1984
Vibrations: IEC 60068-2-6:1995
Impact: IEC 60068-2-27:1987
TECHNICAL INFORMATION -
Pigtails are provided with xx/UPC or xx/APC connectors
The xx/UPC connectors can be used when xx/UPC or xx/APC connectors are required.
UPC APC
Insertion Losses (max.) 0.3 dB 0.2dB
Return Losses (min.) -55 dB -65 dB
The client module can be fitted with up to 36 fibres with SC/PC or SC/APC connectors.
The client and operator modules are installed one on top of the other, allowing the fibres between them to always be duly protected from the
exterior.
The client module accepts different types of connectors.
Each module has 4 trays for housing the splices
To limit access to the modules, each one has two separate doors: one for the splicing area and the other for the patching area. Each door closes
with an Allen wrench
All of the cables can fit properly inside the module without hazard.
All the fibres are properly placed in the modules to maintain a minimum bending radius of 30 mm.
215
low voltage
MODULAR CABINETS
USES
The modular cabinets are installed in the basement of the building and are connected to the meters centralization panel where the fibres are
separated from the individual branches (Afumex Duo) coming from each residence.
The interior wiring of these (pigtails already existing) interconnects with the modules.
The modular cabinets allow the entrance of the operator cable to be spliced with the existing pigtails and to be connected to the client module with
the jumpers.
The modular cabinets permit access of different operators in the same building.
216
low voltage
JACKS OR COMPLETION BOXES (UCTB)
The jack or UCTB completion box is a special design for use in the residential and business
area for completions of up to 2 fibres. The box contains 2 pigtails (PC or APC).
SPECIFICATIONS
Number of cable entrances: 1
Max. cable diameter: 6 mm
Dimensions: 440 x 175 x 102 mm
Maximum capacity: 2 fibres
Material: ABS FR
Colour: White (RAL 9016)
Packaging dimensions: 540 x 290 x 186 mm3
Net weight: 73 g
Gross weight: 80 g
Tests
Optics: tested at 1310 nm, 1550 nm and 1625 nm
Dry heat BBS EN 60068-2-2 Test Bb
Damp heat IEC 60068-2-14: 1969
Temperature change IEC 60068-2-14:1984
Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6:1995
Impact IEC 60068-2-27:1987
TECHNICAL INFORMATION - PIGTAILS
UPC APC
Insertion Losses (max.) 0.3 dB 0.2 dB
Return Losses (min.) -55 dB -65 dB
USES
On the general control and circuit breaker panel of each residence, the fibre that comes from the Afumex Duo individual branch circuit separation
is spliced with the existing pigtail on the jack or UCTB completion box.
This pigtail has, on its other end, one or two SC (PC or APC) connectors fixed on the jack, allowing the connection of, for example, a wireless router.
217
low voltage
UNIVERSAL MECHANICAL SPLICER
Designed for the quick splicing of optical fibres between a telecommunications operator
network and the private optical fibre network.
It is a simple alternative to the traditional splicing by fusion with heat-shrinking protectors.
The splicing is done by aligning the nucleus of the two fibres to be joined with the push-
pull mechanical process. With this process, an excellent optical and mechanical quality
is obtained, in addition to an excellent benefit-cost relationship.
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: 40 x 4 x 4 mm3
Material:
Body: PPS
Gel index: Silicone gel
Interior cable clip: Beryl
Colour: Black/Silver
Packaging dimensions: 100 x 60 x 60 mm3 (box of 50 units)
Gross weight: 0.2 kg
Tests
Reliability: in accordance with the requirements of Telcordia GR-765 for CORE
Losses: at 1310 nm and 1550 nm < 0'15 dB (usually < 0'1 dB)
The universal mechanical splicer can be used both with mono-mode and multi-mode fibres.
The mechanical splicing process is very easy and requires minimum training.
The mechanical splicing process is very easy and requires minimum training.
Splicing operation time: 1-2 minutes.
Usual losses from splicing: 0,1 dB
The universal mechanical splicer has been proven in more than 3 million FTTH installations.
It can be used to splice fibres of 250 and 250 microns, 900 and 900 microns, or 250 and 900 microns.
218
low voltage
KITS FOR CARRYING OUT UNIVERSAL MECHANICAL SPLICING
Precision cutter
SPECIFICATIONS
Basic kit for universal mechanical splicing complemented by a precision cutter.
Contents
Base for mechanical splicing (1 unit)
Support for the optical fibre (250 ) (4 units)
Spacer (2 units)
Mechanical micro-stripper 250 mm (1 ud.)
Cepillo (1 ud.)
Bottle of alcohol (1 unit)
Wipes (1 unit)
Instructions
Case
Precision cutter (1 unit)
219
low voltage
STANDARD KIT FOR UNIVERSAL MECHANICAL SPLICER
SPECIFICATIONS
Basic kit for universal mechanical splicing
Contents
Base for mechanical splicing (1 unit)
Spacer (2 units)
Mechanical micro-stripper for 900 mm (1 ud.)
Brush (1 ud.)
Bottle of alcohol (1 unit)
Wipes (1 box)
Instructions
Case
220
low voltage
TERMOSPEED PTPF-AF TUBE (HALOGEN FREE)
SPECIFICATIONS
DEF
STAN
59/97
Cable flexible Resistance to Flame retardant Low opaque Halogen free Recognized by
chemical agents smoke emission DEF STAN 59/97
Complies with DEF STAN 59-97, subject 3, type 8.

Operating temperature: -40 C to 105 C.
Contraction relationship 2:1
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Thin wall grid-patterned polyolefin.
Colours: Black. (The possibility of other colours exists).
USES
Thermo-retractile tube recommended for use with Afumex cables (high security cables (AS)).
For use in closed areas, such as underground transportation systems, and military and aerospace applications.
This heat-shrinking tube is to be applied on the conductor, on each duly separated optical fibre, and a third tube on the 3 above components.
In this way, maximum protection of the fibres is guaranteed, preventing small bending radii that could harm them.
221
low voltage
TERMOSPEED PTPF-AF TUBE (HALOGEN FREE)
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
Internal diameter (Min.) Internal diameter (Max.) Wall width (Nom.)
mm mm mm
1.6 0.8 0.45

2.4 1.2 0.51
3.2 1.6 0.51
4.8 2.4 0.51
6.4 3.2 0.64
9.5 4.8 0.64
12.7 6.4 0.64
16.0 8 0.64
19.0 9.5 0.76
25.4 12.7 0.89
Property Testing method Yield type
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction IEC 60684-2 10 MPa
Extension IEC 60684-2 200%
Change in length ASTM-D 2671 10% max.
Drying module ASTM-D 882 130 MPa max.
Specific weight ISO/R 1183 1.45 g/cm3
Extension after thermal
aging (168h at 158 C) ISO 37 150%
Extension after thermal shock
(4h at 150 C) ASTM-D 2671 100% min.
Flexibility at low temperatures ASTM-D 2671 Met.C does not break at -40 C.
Combustibility ASTM-D 635 flame retardant
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation IEC 243 24 kV/mm
Resistivity by volume ASTM-D 2671 1e16 W x cm
CHEMICAL
Corrosive action ASTM-D 2671 Met. A not corrosive
Compatibility with copper ASTM-D 2671 Met. B not corrosive
Chemical resistance good to excellent
Water absorption ASTM-D 570 0.20%
222
ACCESSORIES FOR
LOW VOLTAGE
low voltage accessories for low voltage
PHOTOVOLTAIC
Type of accessory Use LV Accessory Page
Connectors and pigtails Photovoltaic installations TECPLUG 226
HEAT-SHRINKING
Insulation thickness Contraction
relationship
For general use

2:1 TERMOSPEED PTPF 229
Thin wall
Halogen-free 2:1 TERMOSPEED 231
PTPF-AF*
Heat-shrink tubing Anti-track bar 233

3:1 TERMOSPEED PTPE
Cable splicing
3:1 TERMOSPEED PTPM 236
Cable splicing 238

Various relationships TERMOSPEED PTPG
Seal Medium/thick Sealing and protection

Above 2:1 TERMOSPEED PCC 240
heat-shrinking Wall of cable ends
Polyfurcation Multi-conductor
Various relationships TERMOSPEED PPD 242
heat-shrinking branching
Branching Branching to several

TERMOSPEED PLVKD 244
heat-shrinking conductors
Blanket Sheath repair

Various relationships TERMOSPEED PMT 245
heat-shrinking
COLD RESIN BATH

Splice or branch of
Splice or branch BICAST PBU 247
non-armoured cables
TAPES
Insulating
PVC insulating tape Various uses PVC TAPE - P1000 248
EPR insulating tape Self-welding rubber EPR TAPE PBA-1 249

Various uses
(*) Absolutely necessary in installations done with Afumex cables (high security cables (AS)).
225
TECPLUG
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating temperature: -40 C, +110 C
Rated voltage: 1 kV
Voltage test: 6 kV (AC current, 1 min)
Fire tests:
Insulation body
Test: IEC 60695-11-20
Glow-Wire test to 650 C: IEC 61695-2-10.
Insulation body with metal contacts
Test: IEC 60695-11-10
Glow-Wire test to 650 C: IEC 61695-2-10
Level of inflammability
V2: IEC 60695-11-10
Resistance to chemical agents:
Resistance to action of chemical agents: Oils, greases, alcohol, ammonia, acids, bases, sea water. Resistance to other agents, by request.
Resistance to ultraviolet rays and the action of the atmosphere: ISO 4982-2, Method A
Resistance to corrosion: ISO 6988
Electrical specifications:
Voltage: 1000 V
Voltage test: 6 kV (AC current, 1 min)
Current intensity to 85 C:
1.5 mm2 17.5 A
2.5 mm2 24 A
4 mm2 32 A
6 mm2 40 A
10 mm2 40 A
Contact resistance: EN 60352-9: < 1 m W
Protection against accidental contact: charge 10 N (IEC 60512)
Minimum insulation distance: 14 mm (IEC 60664-1)
Creepage Distance: 28 mm (IEC 60664-1)
Impulse voltage resistance: 8 kV (IEC 60664-1)
Thermal specifications:
Maximum allowable temperature: 110 C
Cold resistance: -40 C, test of resistance to impact at low temperature (DIN V VDE V 0126-3; IEC 60068-2-75)
Alternating temperature test: From -40 C to +85 C (IEC 60068-2-14, test Nb)
Resistance to humidity when hot: 85 C, 85% relative humidity for 1000 hours, in accordance with IEC 61215 10.13
Mechanical specifications:
Crimp connection, disconnection force: IEC 60352-2
Voltage compensation for traction: IEC 60512 17c
Voltage compensation for torsion: IEC 60512 17d
Drop resistance: IEC 60512 7b
Connection/disconnection cycle 100 times without charge
Bending test: DIN V VDE V 0126-3, similar to IEC 60309-1
Disconnection force: 80 N, IEC 60512 15f
Level of protection: IP 20 (disconnected), IP 68 (connected)
226
TECPLUG
DESCRIPTION
Specification: Single-pole connector IP 68
Body: Polyamide (PA66)
Seal: NBR (Nitrile Butadiene Rubber)
Contact
Male: Tinned copper, perforated, male contact
Female: Tinned copper, perforated, female contact
Marking: PS40I1 Allowable current / nominal section + (Female) or (Male)
Nominal section: From 1.5 mm2 to 10 mm2
USES
Indicated for use in photovalic systems at voltages up to 1000 V continuously and up to 40 A according to the application of class A. Suitable for
permanent or mobile interior or exterior installations. Also applicable in equipment with double insulation (class II). Compatible with other brands.
227
TECPLUG
COMMERCIAL DATA FOR SELECTION

Nominal section Cable length (cm) 1st 2nd Image
mm2 end end
(by request)
TECPLUG pre-assembled protector, colour Black
1 x 1.5
1 x 2.5
1 x 4.0 100 Male Free
1 x 6.0
1 x 10
1 x 1.5
1 x 2.5
1 x 4.0 100 Female Free
1 x 6.0
1 x 10
1 x 1.5 200
1 x 2.5
Male Female
1 x 4.0
1 x 6.0 100
1 x 10
TECPLUG complete for assembly
1.5
2.5
4.0 Male
6.0
10
1.5
2.5
Female
4.0
6.0
10
Tool set for TECPLUG
Contents Box
- Crimping tool
- Crimping wrench B 2.5 mm2
- Crimping wrench C 4.0-10 mm2
- Cable stripper
- Ejection tool
- Spanner SW20
- Spanner SW13
Component set
Contents Box
- Female 50 pieces
- Male 50 pieces
- Contact plugs 100 pieces
- Plug for h contact. 20 pieces
- Plug for m contact. 20 piecess
- Female contact (2.5-10 mm2) 50 pieces
- Male contact (2.5-10 mm2) 50 pieces
228
TERMOSPEED PTPF TUBE (THIN WALL)
SPECIFICATIONS
Flexible cable Resistance to Flame retardant Recognized by UL Recognized by

chemical agents CSA
Suitable for different uses.

Operating temperature: -55 C to +135 C.
Contraction temperature: 110 C.
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Colours: Brown, black, grey, blue and yellow. (The possibility of other colours exists).
USES
Heat-shrinking tubing for general use. Especially for insulation of cables, marking, packaging and mechanical protection.
229
TERMOSPEED PTPF TUBE (THIN WALL)
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
mm mm mm
1.2 0.6 0.40
1.6 0.8 0.40
2.4 1.2 0.50
3.2 1.6 0.50
4.8 2.4 0.50
6.4 3.2 0.60
9.5 4.8 0.60
12.7 6.4 0.60
19.0 9.5 0.80
25.4 12.7 0.90
Property Testing method Coloured type Transparent

yield type yield
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction IEC 60684-2 15 MPa 19 MP
Extension IEC 60684-2 450% 530%
Change in length ASTM-D 2671 10% max. 10% max.
Drying module ASTM-D 882 175 MPa max. 175 MPa max.
Specific weight ASTM-D 792, A-I 1.25 g/cm3 1.00 g/cm3
Extension after thermal aging UL 224 300% 490%
Resistance to traction after (168h at 158 C)
thermal aging (168h at 158 C) UL 224 12 MPa 18 MPa
Extension after thermal shock (4h at 200 C) IEC 811-1-2 400% 500%
Resistance to traction after
thermal shock (4h at 200 C) IEC 811-1-2 13 MPa 18 MPa
Flexibility at low temperatures ASTM-D 2671 Met.C does not break at -55 C does not break at -55 C
Combustibility UL 224 (coloured)
FMVSS 302 (transp.) flame retardant Approved
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation VDE 0303 part 2 24 kV/mm 6 kV/mm
Resistivity by volume VDE 0303 part 3 1e15 W x cm 1e15 W x cm
CHEMICAL
Corrosive action ASTM-D 2671 Met. A not corrosive not corrosive
Compatibility with copper ASTM-D 2671 Met.B not corrosive not corrosive
Chemical resistance good good
Water absorption VDE 0472 0.15% 0.30%
230
TERMOSPEED TUBE PTPF-AF (HALOGEN FREE)
SPECIFICATIONS
DEF
ZERO
HALOGENS STAN
59/97
Flexible cable Resistance to Retardant Low emission Halogen Recognized by
chemical agents to flame de humos opacos of opaque smoke DEF STAN 59/97
Complies with DEF STAN 59-97, subject 3, type 8.

DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Colours: Black. (The possibility of other colours exists).
USES
Thermo-retractile tube recommended for use with Afumex cables (high security cables (AS)).
For use in closed areas, such as underground transportation systems, and military and aerospace applications.
231
TERMOSPEED TUBE PTPF-AF (HALOGEN FREE)
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
mm mm mm
1.6 0.8 0.45

2.4 1.2 0.51
3.2 1.6 0.51
4.8 2.4 0.51
6.4 3.2 0.64
9.5 4.8 0.64
12.7 6.4 0.64
16.0 8 0.64
19.0 9.5 0.76
25.4 12.7 0.89
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction IEC 60684-2 10 MPa
Extension IEC 60684-2 200%
Change in length ASTM-D 2671 10% max.
Drying module ASTM-D 882 130 MPa max.
Specific weight ISO/R 1183 1.45 g/cm3
aging (168h at 158 C) ISO 37 150%
(4h at 150 C) ASTM-D 2671 100% min.
Flexibility at low temperatures ASTM-D 2671 Met.C does not break at -40 C.
Combustibility ASTM-D 635 flame retardant
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation IEC 243 24 kV/mm
CHEMICAL
Corrosive action ASTM-D 2671 Met. A not corrosive
Compatibility with copper ASTM-D 2671 Met. B not corrosive
Water absorption ASTM-D 570 0.20%
232
TERMOSPEED PTPE TUBE (FOR BAR SYSTEM)
SPECIFICATIONS
ZERO
HALOGENS
Resistance to Flame retardant Halogen Recognized by UL

water absorption free
Reduces requirements of distances between bars.

Protects against accidental flares.
Anti-track bar.
Proven with standards ANSI C37.20.2 for use with medium voltage switches (up to 36 kV).
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Medium wall grid-patterned polyolefin tube.
Colour: Red.
USES
Medium wall heat-shrinking anti-track for bar system, specially designed for the insulation of electrical bars up to medium voltage (service voltages
up to 36 kV in electrical bar systems).
233
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted Ranges of use
Internal diameter (Min.) Internal diameter (Max.) Wall width (Nom.) Rectangular bars Round bars
mm mm mm (Min.) (Max.) (Min.) (Max.)
mm mm mm mm
19.0 5.5 2.70 6.4 6.4 6.8 15.2
33.0 10.1 3.00 12.7 28.5 12.4 27.9
52.0 19.0 2.80 31.5 50.8 22.3 43.1
69.8 25.4 2.90 44.4 76.2 29.7 58.4
88.9 29.9 3.10 57.1 101.6 35.8 73.6
119.3 39.9 3.20 73 142.8 47.7 101.6
Rectangular bars are 1/4 to 5/8 inches thick.
The mentioned ranges of use have been selected to obtain the minimum insulation thickness required to comply with the resistance requirements
in ANSI C37.20.2 in the bar spacing that is included below. These spacing distances have been determined based on the limited number of test
configurations. Due to the wide variety of bar configurations, these spaces should not be used unless they are actually measured by the user.
MARGINS WITH INSULATION

PTPE
Voltage of the system BIL Medium wall tube
kV
p a p (mm) p a g (mm)
15 kV 95 86.0 106.0
25 kV 125 114.0 152.0
36 kV 150 165.0 203.0
p a p: Phase to phase direction.

p a g: Phase to ground direction.
Spacing based on the measurements of metal to metal before insulation.
Spacing based on wall thickness within the range of applications of the previous table.
234
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction ASTM-D 412, ISO 37 8.3 MPa
Extension ASTM-D 412, ISO 37 200%
Thermal aging
(7 days at 175 C)
- Resistance to traction ASTM-D 2671 10 MPa
- Extension ASTM-D 2671 200%
Thermal shock ASTM-D 2671 No cracking, no loss
(4h at 225 C)
Flexibility at low ASTM-D 2671 No cracking
temperatures (4h at -25 C)
Combustibility ANSI C37.20, ASTMD-2671 Approved
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation ASTM-D 149 20 Kv/mm
Surface resistivity ASTM-D 257 510e9 W
Resistivity by volume ASTM-D 257 1.9e16 W cm
Dielectric constant ASTM-D 150 3.4
Tracking resistance ANSI C37,20, ASTM-D 2303 without tracking
(2500 V, 300min.)
Atmospheric change ASTM-G 53 without tracking
after 6000 hours
CHEMICAL
Corrosive action ASTM-D 2671 Not corrosive
Resistance to fluids MIL-DTL-23053/15 Good to excellent
Water absorption ASTM-D570 0.25%
235
TERMOSPEED PTPM TUBE (MEDIUM WALL)
SPECIFICATIONS
Flexible cable Resistance to Abrasion resistant Resistance to

Seals and protects cable ends and splices.

The optional interior layer of thermoplastic adhesive allows for insulation and a complete
protection of the environment.
Contraction relationship: 3:1.
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Medium wall grid-patterned polyolefin tube.
Colour: Black.
USES
The medium wall heat-shrinking tubes are suitable for various mechanical and electrical uses in which light weight and excellent flexibility are
important.
236
TERMOSPEED PTPM TUBE (MEDIUM WALL)
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
mm mm mm
10.2 3.8 2.00

19.1 5.6 2.00
25.0 8.0 2.00
27.9 10.2 2.00
33.0 10.2 2.00
38.1 12.7 2.00
43.2 12.7 2.00
52.1 19.1 2.00
69.9 25.4 2.00
88.9 30.0 2.40
119.4 39.9 2.70
152.0 48.0 2.80
170.2 58.4 2.80
228.6 77.0 3.00
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction ASTM-D 412, ISO 37 14.5 MPa
Change in length ASTM-D 2671 +1% a -10% max.
Specific weight ASTM-D 792, A-I 1.10 g/cm3 max.
aging (168h at 150 C) ASTM-D 2671, ISO 37 500%
(4h at 225 C) ASTM-D 2671 No cracking, no loss
Flexibility at low temperatures ASTM-D 2671 Meth.C Does not break at -55 C
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation ASTM-D 149 / IEC 243 20 kV/mm
CHEMICAL
Copper corrosion ASTM-D 2671 No corrosion
Water absorption ASTM-D 570 0.10 %
MARGINS WITH INSULATION
Adhesive Sealed
ADHESIVE
Water absorption <0.3 % <0.1 %
Softening point ASTM-E 28 95 C at 105 C 80 C at 90 C
237
TERMOSPEED PTPG TUBE (THICK WALL)
SPECIFICATIONS
Resistance to Recognized by UL Recognized by

chemical agents CSA
Thick wall
Excellent insulation and mechanical durability
Nominal voltage and temperature, in permanent operation: 600 V; 90 C.
The optional interior layer of thermoplastic adhesive allows for insulation and complete
protection.
Contraction temperature: 120 C
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Thick wall grid-patterned polyolefin with internal adhesive.
Colour: Black.
USES
Thick wall heat-shrinking splicing that provides maximum reliability for the insulation and protection of cable splices and ends.
Suitable for mechanical requirements necessary in direct underground, submerged and U.R.D. installations.
238
TERMOSPEED PTPG TUBE (THICK WALL)
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
mm mm mm
8.9 3 1.80
13.0 4.1 2.40
19.1 6.1 2.40
27.9 8.9 3.00
38.1 11.9 4.10
43.0 10 3.43
50.8 16 4.10
68.1 22.1 4.10
*89.9 30.0 4.10
*119.9 39.9 4.30
Each piece is 1.2m long.

*Not recognized by UL or CSA
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction ASTM-D 412, ISO 37 14.5 Mpa
Change in length ASTM-D 2671 +1% to -10% max.
Specific weight ASTM-D 792, A-I 1.10 g/cm3
aging (168h at 150 C) ASTM-D 2671,ISO 37 500%
(4h at 225 C) ASTM-D 2671 No cracking, no loss
Flexibility at low temperatures ASTM-D 2671 Meth.C Does not break at -55 C
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation ASTM-D 149 20 kV/mm
Resistance by volume ASTM-D 257 1016 W x cm
CHEMICAL
Open-air corrosion ASTM-D 2671 No corrosion
Water absorption ASTM-D 570 0.10 %
Adhesive Sealed
ADHESIVE
Water absorption <0.3 % <0.1 %
Softening point ASTM-E 28 95 C at 105 C 80 C at 90 C
239
TERMOSPEEC CAP PCC
SPECIFICATIONS
Resistance to Ultraviolet ray

chemical agents resistance
Unlimited shelf life.

The interior thermoplastic layer provides complete environmental sealing.
Contraction relationship >2:1
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Grid-patterned polyolefin.
Colour: Black. (The possibility of other colours exists).
USES
Heat-shrinking final cap with interior adhesive layer.
Provides simple protection and sealing against the environmental effects of non-used cables.
240
TERMOSPEEC CAP PCC
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
Internal diameter (Min.) Internal diameter (Max.) Length (Min.) Wall width (Nom.)
mm mm mm mm
15.0 4.5 44.0 1.0

25.0 9.0 69.0 2.7
36.0 15.0 93.0 2.8
55.0 25.0 107.0 3.3
80.0 40.0 127.0 3.6
102.0 60.0 52.0 3.6
124.0 60.0 152.0 3.6
148.0 57.0 152.0 4.5
* Internal diameter without adhesive layer.
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction ASTM-D 638 M 12.0 MPa min.
Extension ASTM-D 638 M 300% min
Water absorption ISO-62 1.0% max.
Tip hardness ASTM-D 2240 45 min. Tip hardness
Resistance to traction after thermal
aging (168h at 120 C) ISO-188 10.0 MPa min.
aging (168h at 120 C) ISO-188 250% min.
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation IEC-243 12 Kv/mm min.
Resistivity by volume IEC-93 1e11W x cm
241
TERMOSPEED POLYFURCATION PPD
SPECIFICATIONS
Resistance to Resistance to
Interior layer of thermoplastic adhesive that provides insulation and a complete protection,
while respecting the environment.
Also available as a multi-pole branching piece for medium voltage anti-track and conductive
cables.
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Grid-patterned polyolefin pieces for multi-pole cables.
Colour: Black. (The possibility of other colours exists).
USES
Moulded heat-shrinking polyfurcation that seals and protects the branching of multi-pole cables.
Pieces available for cables with 2, 3 or 4 conductors.
242
TERMOSPEED POLYFURCATION PPD
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
Total contracted length Contracted length of the
Diameter of the principle Diameter of the branched Diameter of the principle Diameter of the outlet 10 % outlets
cable inlet (Min.) cable outlet (Min.) cable inlet (Max.) branched cable (Max.) mm 10 %
mm mm mm mm mm
Pieces moulded with 2 outlets

33.0 14.0 10.0 3.00 90.00 20.0
50.0 21.0 22.9 7.50 119.00 34.0
87.0 43.0 9.0 13.0 141.00 42.0
38.0 11.0 14.0 4.00 110.0 20.0
60.0 24.0 22.0 8.00 185.0 45.0
80.0 36.0 33.0 16.0 210.0 50.0
110.0 48.0 47.0 20.0 260.0 75.0
125.0 55.0 47.0 20.0 260.0 75.0
38.0 11.0 14.0 4.0 110.0 20.0
55.0 20.0 22.0 8.5 190.0 45.0
72.0 25.0 22.0 8.5 190.0 50.0
100.0 35.0 33.0 14.0 215.0 75.0
125.0 45.0 47.0 2.0 245.0 75.0
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction ASTM-D 638 (M) 10.0 MPa min.
Extension ASTM-D 638 (M) 300% min.
Hardness internal 40 min. Tip hardness
thermal aging (120C, 168h) ISO - 188 9 MPa min
aging (120 C, 168h) ISO - 188 250% min.
Water absorption ISO - 62 1% max.
Resistance to perforation IEC - 243 12 kV/mm
Dielectric constant IEC - 250/ASTM-D 150 5 max.
Tracking resistance ASTM-D 2303 N/A
Resistivity by volume IEC 93 1e12 W x cm
Combustibility ESI 09-13 Not fire retardant
243
TERMOSPEED BRANCHING PLVKD
SPECIFICATIONS
Heat-shrinking branching kit made up of an open heat-shrinking tube, adjustable on the exterior diameter of
the cable and insulating putty.
Certified by Endesa.
DESCRIPTION
KIT CONTENTS
1. Heat-shrink sleeve
2. Closing guide
3. Plastic tie
4. Insulating putty
Certified by Endesa
DIMENSIONS AND GUIDE FOR USE
Expanded Contracted Length Principle cable Principle cable

mm mm mm max. section max. section
mm2 mm2
43 8 200 1 x 95 1 x 50
43 8 250 1 x 95 1 x 50
75 15 250 1 x 150 1 x 50
75 15 300 1 x 150 1 x 150
75 15 500 1 x 240 1 x 240
244
TERMOSPEED BLANKET PMT
SPECIFICATIONS
Resistance to
water absorption
Provides water sealing once it has contracted.

Excellent mechanical resistance.
Fast, simple and clean application procedure.
The sleeves can be cut to adapt to uses requiring shorter lengths.
Easy to install on-site over cables in operation without cutting the cable or the power supply.
DESCRIPTION
INSULATION
Material: Grid-patterned polyolefin with internal adhesive plus a stainless steel channel that provides
a permanent closing system.
Colour: Black. Sleeve with thermo-chromatic paint that changes colour when it reaches the proper
contraction temperature.
USES
Enclosing heat-shrinking cover (blanket) for repairing sleeves.
Used for sealing and applying sleeves, protection of damaged cables, or as an external cover for splices of telecommunications XLPE
Cu cables from 10 to 2000 pairs.
245
TERMOSPEED BLANKET PMT
DIMENSIONS
Expanded Contracted
mm mm mm
43.0 8.0 2.30

68.0 15.0 2.30
75.0 15.0 2.30
93.0 25.0 2.30
137.0 34.0 2.30
Pieces are available in lengths of 250, 500, 750 and 1000 mm.
PHYSICAL
Resistance to traction DIN 53455/ISO R527 17.0 MPa min.
Extension DIN 53455/ISO R527 350% min.
thermal aging (168h at 150 C) DIN 53455/ISO R527 14 Mpa min.
aging (168h at 150 C) DIN 53455/ISO R527 300% min.
Black carbon content for
ultraviolet resistance VDE 0472 2% min.
Flexibility at low temperatures DIN 53453 Does not crack at -40 C
Length-wise contraction 10% max.
ELECTRICAL
Resistance to perforation DIN 53481/IEC 243 12 kV/mm
246
SPLICER/BRANCHER BICAST PCU (RESIN BATH)

SPECIFICATIONS
Build standard: HD 623.
Usable as horizontal or vertical splicer or brancher.
Transparent impact- resistant injection mould.
Practical hinge-type opening system
Easy closing and sealing system.
Compact: 225 mm [length] x 90 mm [height] x 60 mm [width].
Provides high water-tightness.
Resin in two components:
Easy mixing.
Better adhesion for XLPE and PVC.
Better fluidity.
Reduction of 40% in weight.
DESCRIPTION
KIT CONTENTS
1. Two semi-shells (hinged units).
2. Two foams (one adheres to a semi-shell).
3. Polyurethane resin. (Packaged in a bag)
4. Upper cover.
USES
Universal kit for splicing and branching non-armoured conductors, with a maximum section of 1x240 mm2.
Tool for exterior diameters from 10 mm (minimum) up to 26 mm (maximum). Does not require any special tool or heat application. Usable up
to 30 minutes after installation.
DIMENSIONS
SPLICING
Outer diameter of cable
Kit model Conductor section
mm
mm2
Min. Max.
PBUJ1 10 26 4 x 25
J3 23 39 4 x 70
J4 28 62 4 x 95
J5 38 62 4 x 185
J6 58 86 4 x 300
BRANCHING
Outer diameter of cable Conductor section
mm mm2
Kit model Principle Branched
Principle Branched
Min. Max. Min. Max.
D1 9 24 9 24 4x6 4x4
D2 12 24 12 24 4 x 16 4 x 16
D4 20 36 18 28 4 x 50 4 x 25
D14 28 50 20 33 4 x 35 4 x 35
D16 26 60 18 45 4 x 185 4 x 95
247
PVC TAPE - P1000

SPECIFICATIONS
Excellent adhering characteristics and easy handling.
Specifications Unit
Lengthm 20
Widthmm 19
Thickness mm 0.15
Breakage load kg / cm 2.165
Extension breakage % 157
Metal adhesion g / cm 364
Back adhesion g / cm 433
Dielectric resistance kV / mm 58
Self-extinguishing Yes
DESCRIPTION
P1000 Tape. Manufactured with PVC, it is available in various colours, and with dimensions of 20 metres length x 19 mm width x 0.15 mm width.
TABLE OF AVAILABLE COLOURS

Tape colours
BLK-W-BLU-GR-BR-R-GN-Y-YG
COLOUR CODE
YG - Yellow-Green W - White BR - Brown R - Red Y - Yellow
BLU - Blue GR - Grey BLK - Black GR - Green
PRESENTATION AND PACKAGING

Packs of 10 rolls and boxes of 25 packs.
248
medium voltage accessories
PBA-1 Tape
DESCRIPTION
Self-vulcanizing insulating tape for the reconstruction of
insulation in splices and ends.
SPECIFICATIONS
- Resistant to partial drops and ozone.
- Self-vulcanizing
- Excellent resistance to humidity.
- High dielectric rigidity.
- Excellent in low temperature use (-40 C).
- Adaptable to any type of surface.
USE
Used for the reconstruction of insulation of splices of cable with dry insulation and in mixed splices between cables with soaked paper insulation
and cables with dry insulation in a radial field up to a maximum voltage of 66 kV.
It is also used for the production of field deflectors in terminals starting from 30 kV and ends up to 25 kV for cables with dry insulation.
Specifications Unit Value
PHYSICAL
Colour - Black
Condition - Self-vulcanizing
Thickness mm 0.76
Length m 6
Width mm 25
Adhesion g/cm -
Extension % 1.700
Working temperature C -48 to 80
Breakage load kg/cm2 12.5
Joining mm 0.2
Exposure to heat at 110 C Fulfilled
Resistance to traction MPa 3.80
Liner removal OK
CHEMICAL
Resistance:
Ozone - Excellent
Acids and Alkalis - Good
Oil - Little
Humidity - Excellent
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric rigidity. kV/thickness 48
Dielectric rigidity. kV/mm 48
Insulation constant MW/km >72.000
Dielectric constant 50 Hz e 2.30
Loss factor 50 Hz tg s 0.00035
PRESENTATION
Plastic box - -
Separator colour - Red
249
LUTEC LUBRICANTS (for laid electricity and telecommunications installations)
SPECIFICATIONS
All Prysmian lubricant products share the same ingredients and the same main characteristics. They have a sticky viscose consistency, guaranteeing
a perfect adherence to the cable and the tubes, as well as a large reduction of friction.
On-site residues can be cleaned up with no risk of contamination. However, it is not easily removed from the cable, ensuring an optimal lubrication
even in tubes full of water. In addition, it dries slowly, leaving a thin layer, at least 6% of the weight after complete evaporation at ambient temperature.
Inflammable and retains its lubricating properties for months.
HYGIENE AND SAFETY

These lubricants are made with a water base, and are non-toxic and biodegradable. Pleasant smell. Does not irritate the skin. PPE use not necessary.
Does not cause environmental pollution. Therefore it is not necessary to collect any spilled lubricant. Cleaning with water is enough.
STABILITY AT HIGH AND LOW TEMPERATURES

High and low temperatures do not affect the characteristics of the lubricant, not even after freezing and thawing weather cycles. Does not separate
in various stages. The lubricant was designed to be used from -5 C to +65 C. However, there are some models of lubricant that have a specific
formula for laid installations done at temperatures below 0 C.
COMPATIBILITY
They do not contain paraffin, silicone, detergent, or salt, which can damage the cable sheaths and cause hotspots. These lubricants have been
subjected to several compatibility tests with the materials of the sheaths, electrical cable accessories, and tubes: Polyolefins, high-density polyethylene,
linear low-density polyethylene, natural rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, ethylene propylene, cross-link polyethylene, PVC, neoprene, polypropylene,
silicon, etc.
INSTRUCTIONS
Our products are comfortable to use in various methods:
Apply manually or pour it from the bucket above the cable.
A manual or electric pump can also be used, or a funnel or an applicator.
It can be used to pre-lubricate the tubes with pre-lubrication bags, or by placing lubricant in front of the sponge.
250
LUTEC LUBRICANTS (for laid electricity and telecommunications installations)
USES
Lubricants for underground laying of electrical and telecommunications cables.
Pre-lubrication of the tubes to reduce risk in difficult installations.
Contains a sticky and viscose consistency system that facilitates perfect adhesion to the cable, even in tubes full of water (the lubricant does
not dissolve when it comes into contact with water).
Compatible with all types of cables and accessories.
It maintains its lubrication power for months, facilitating later installations of cables in the same tubing.
Inflammable product.
Biodegradable.
Non-toxic for the operators and the environment.
We provide a complete range of lubricants to cover any kind of installation.
PRODUCT CODES
Viscosity
Lubricant Description
cSt
LUTEC P1 Lubricating gel for difficult installations of heavy cables 5400-7400

LUTEC P2 Lubricant for any type of cable 4500-6400
LUTEC P3 Liquid lubricant for laying light cables 1800-3500
LUTEC FO1 Lubricant specifically designed for telecom cables 1800-3500
High efficiency due to its great elasticity
Code Description Packaging
28951760 Lubricant for electric LUTEC P1 C-20L 20 litre bucket

28951761 Pre-lubricant for electric LUTEC P1 B-2K 2 kg bag
28951762 Lubricant for electric LUTEC P3 C-20L 20 litre bucket
28951763 Lubricant for electric LUTEC P2 C-20LL 20 litre bucket
28951764 Lubricant for telecommunications LUTEC FO B-1L 1 litre bottle
Note: Please contact our customer service network for any concerns or consultations.
251
LIENER SOLVENT (for cleaning cables and electrical equipment)
SPECIFICATIONS
Cleans without leaving any residue to prevent losses in grounding and hotspots.
Approved for high tension up to 440 kV
The perfect adhesion of the resins in the splices prevents the penetration of moisture.
The reduction of installation defects ensures a maximum duration of the cables.
Designed according to the recommendations of the IEEE.
Inflammable. Eliminates the risks associated with flammable liquid solvents.
Reduces COV emissions to the atmosphere.
Reduces health and safety risks
Eliminates the risk of liquid spills and related risks.
Eliminates the logistics, transportation and storage of hazardous substances.
HYGIENE AND SAFETY

They were designed for easy handling and high productivity in cleaning, in addiction to replacing traditional solvents such as trichloroethane,
isopropyl alcohol and other flammable solvents. As it is classified as combustible, explosive fire risks are eliminated and it is not subject to the
logistics of flammable products. The pre-soaked wipe solvent package eliminates the risk of contamination by spill and other risks associated with
handling liquids.
It respects the environment, does not damage the ozone layer, and does not contain contaminants that are hazardous for the atmosphere or the
operators. It does not contain any halogenated solvent component or carcinogenic, teratogenic or mutagen ingredients. It is not classified as a
hazardous substance. Use of PPE is recommended as a precaution. Safety goggles are recommended in case of projection towards the eyes.
Prolonged exposure can dry the skin, therefore gloves should be worn.
EVAPORATION AND COV EMISSIONS

100% volatile solvent that does not leave any residue (less than 100 ppm). Applied in a fine layer, it evaporates in less than 5 minutes. This controlled
evaporation (flashpoint 62 C) allows for the reduction in the consumption of the solvent as well as its atmospheric emissions; up to an 80% reduction.
COMPATIBILITY
Solvent subjected to numerous compatibility tests with the majority of the materials found in electricity networks, especially cable sheaths, insulators,
metals, composites, resins, varnishes, enamels and ceramics.
INSTRUCTIONS
The low surface tension of our solvent ensures an excellent wetting of even the most difficult plastics.
1. Apply a fine layer of liquid with the bottle or with a pre-soaked wipe.
2. Leave it soaking for a moment, or up to 2 minutes for difficult stains.
3. Clean with the same pre-soaked wipe, or with a clean dry cloth that does not release fibres.
It is not necessary to wait for the complete evaporation of the solvent before continuing work on the electrical system.
252
LIENER SOLVENT (for cleaning cables and electrical equipment)
USES
Cleaning of cables before adding accessories.
Maintenance of cables and accessories, transformers and connection devices.
De-greasing and general cleaning of electrical equipment.
Eliminates oils, dirt residue, bitumen and tar.
Solvent and high resistance wipes, does not release fibres.
100% volatile solvent, no residue.
Reduced toxicity and odour.
Inflammable.
Dielectric solvent up to 39 kV.
PRODUCT CODES
28951752 LIENER B-1L cleaning solvent 1 litre bottle

28951753 LIENER S-1L cleaning solvent 1 litre spray bottle
28951754 LIENER C-250T cleaning solvent bucket of 250 wipes
28951755 LIENER P-24T cleaning solvent 24 wipe packet
253
LICOM SOLVENT (for telecommunications cables)
SPECIFICATIONS
High specification cleaner for FO cables, tools and equipment.

Cleans and eliminates the damp-resistant filling without leaving any sticky residue behind.
Reduces splicing failures and prevents the penetration of moisture.
Does not erase the marking ink and can be used on multi-tube cables.
Effective on both copper cables and optical fibres.
Inflammable. Eliminates the risks associated with flammable liquid solvents.
Reduces emissions to the atmosphere.
Reduces health and safety risks.
Eliminates the logistics, transportation and storage of hazardous substances.
Comes in bottles and in pre-soaked wipes.
HYGIENE AND SAFETY

They were designed for easy handling and high productivity in cleaning, in addiction to replacing traditional solvents such as trichloroethane,
isopropyl alcohol and other flammable solvents. As it is classified as combustible, explosive fire risks are eliminated and it is not subject to the
logistics of flammable products. The pre-soaked wipe solvent package eliminates the risk of contamination by spill and other risks associated with
handling liquids.
It respects the environment, does not damage the ozone layer, and does not contain hazardous atmospheric contaminants. It does not contain any
halogenated solvent component or carcinogenic, teratogenic or mutagen ingredients. It is not classified as a hazardous substance. Use of PPE is
recommended as a precaution. Safety goggles are recommended in case of projection towards the eyes. Prolonged exposure can dry the skin,
therefore gloves should be worn.
EVAPORATION AND COV EMISSIONS

100% volatile solvent that does not leave any residue (less than 100 ppm). Applied in a fine layer, it evaporates in less than 5 minutes. This controlled
evaporation (flashpoint 62 C) allows for the reduction in the consumption of the solvent as well as its atmospheric emissions; up to an 80% reduction.
COMPATIBILITY
This solvent does not damage the cables, accessories or tools. It has been subjected to numerous different compatibility tests undertaken by
independent laboratories concerning its compatibility with metals, plastics, insulators, and cable and sheath components.
INSTRUCTIONS
Our solvent is offered in liquid gel and in pre-soaked wipes.
1. Remove most of the gel from the cable bundle with a pre-soaked wipe, or submerge the bundle in a bottle of our gel.
2. Let it work for 1-2 minutes.
3. Get another gel wipe to finish cleaning each cable of the bundle individually before preparing them (stripping, etc.).
4. Hold the ends of the cables to be spliced and clean them with a gel wipe, going from the sheath towards the end.
254
LICOM SOLVENT (for telecommunications cables)
USES
Cleaning of telecommunications cables before handling them (splicing, etc.).
Cleans and eliminates damp-resistant gel filling without erasing marking inks.
Compatible with all cables, sheaths and splicing accessories.
Recommended for cleaning the compact fibre cord.
Eliminates oils, dirt residue, tar and filling gel.
The cloth of the wipes is high resistance. Does not release fibres.
Halogen and alcohol free.
Reduced toxicity and odour.
Inflammable.
PRODUCT CODES
28951756 LICOM B-1L cleaning solvent 1 litre bottle

28951757 LICOM S-1L cleaning solvent 1 litre spray bottle
28951758 LICOM C-250T cleaning solvent bucket of 250 wipes
28951759 LICOM P-24T cleaning solvent 24 wipe packet
255
Prysmian Cables and Systems reserves the right to modify the contents of this catalogue at any time, with no obligations
and with no prior warning.

Catalogo BT 2011 ENG PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Catalogo BT 2011 ENG PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Cables and Accessories

for Low Voltage

USER GUIDE ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5

Suggested usual applications for LV cables................................................................................................................................................. 6

TECHNICAL INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15

A) Interior or receiving installations ................................................................................................................................................................. 17

B) Overhead networks for distribution or exterior lighting at Low Voltage .................................................................................................. 29

D) Calculation of intensity of current ............................................................................................................................................................... 42

E) Calculation of the section by voltage drop ................................................................................................................................................. 43

F) Maximum short-circuit current .................................................................................................................................................................... 48

G) Examples of LV section calculations .......................................................................................................................................................... 50

H) Radius of curvature ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 57

I) Maximum traction voltage during cable laying ......................................................................................................................................... 59

J) Most frequent errors in calculating sections and choice of cable ......................................................................................................... 60

K) Solution to special and frequent situations .............................................................................................................................................. 71

L) Fire tests ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87

M) New aluminium cable for LV Al Voltalene Flamex (S).

N) Section calculations for open lines with uniform section ....................................................................................................................... 93

P) Example of calculation of a technical and economic section of a conductor in a photovoltaic installation.

CABLES FOR INTERIOR OR RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS

Cable for photovoltaics

Cables with PVC

ACCESSORIES FOR LOW VOLTAGE

GAS 300 / 500 MULTI-POLE CU / PVC / PVC 174

N 300 / 500 177

FLEX IRISTECH 153

OR SIGNAL (AS) CU / XLPE / tr CU / AFUMEX 135

PLUS 750 V (AS) 113

FLEXIBLE PANELS (AS) SINGLE-POLE CU / AFUMEX 117

P-SUN SP 600 / 1000 SINGLE-POLE E16 rubber / EM5 mix 147

CU / PVC / Screen band

SOLDA 100 / 100 SINGLE-POLE CU / PCP 190

AL VOLTALENE FLAMEX 600 / 1000 SINGLE-POLE AL / XLPE / FLAMEX 199

DN-K SINGLE-POLE CU / EPR / PCP 186

450 / 750 SINGLE P. AND CU / EPR / PCP

INDUSTRIAL NETWORKS THIRD-PARTY AND

15, 20, 28 and 29

30, 33, 34, 35,

The circuit breaker conductor includes 2 optic fibres

RATED VOLTAGE DESIGN STANDARD GENERIC DESIGN USES

Transmission of control signals, regulation, instrumentation and remote control

Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in closed analogue systems.

Photovoltaic solar installations.

H05V-U Installation in conduits on surfaces or embedded, or in systems closed, analogue.

* Unless obligatory to use Afumex (AS)

RATED VOLTAGE DESIGN STANDARD GENERIC DESIGN USES

Exterior underground lighting, interior or receiving installations, open air or

Exterior underground lighting, interior or receiving installations, open air or

EUROFLAM ENERGA 0.6 / 1 kV UNE 21123-1 VV-K Control signals*.

Underground exterior lighting, premises with a fire or explosion hazard, fixed

Exterior underground lighting, installations in danger of attack mechanical

In domestic premises, kitchens, offices; for average mechanical effort. Power

H05VV-F In domestic premises, kitchens, offices; for average mechanical effort.Power

DETEC-SIGNAL 300 / 500 V VOV-K Detectors in fire prevention systems*.

AL RZ Overhead distribution networks, installations laid on faades or suspended

RZ Overhead exterior lighting installations. Installations laid on faades or

* Unless obligatory to use Afumex (AS)

A) INTERIOR OR RECEIVING INSTALLATIONS

TABLE 52-B2: INSTALLATION MODES AND "STANDARD" INSTALLATIONS

2 Multi-conductor cable in conduits recessed into a thermally insulated wall. A2

3 Multi-conductor cable recessed directly into a thermally insulated wall. A1

4 Insulated conductors or single-pole cable in conduits on wooden or masonry walls, spaced B1

5 Multi-conductor cable in conduits on wooden or masonry (brick, concrete, plaster...) walls, B2